po: update translations and regenerate POT file and PO files

The leftedge variable is a column number, not an x position.

.gitignore

@@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ core
 /ABOUT-NLS
 /INSTALL
 /aclocal.m4
+/ar-lib
 /autom4te.cache
 /compile
 /config.cache
@@ -34,5 +35,47 @@ core
 /mkinstalldirs
 /stamp-h1
 
+# gettext m4 files.
+/m4/codeset.m4
+/m4/extern-inline.m4
+/m4/fcntl-o.m4
+/m4/gettext.m4
+/m4/glibc2.m4
+/m4/glibc21.m4
+/m4/iconv.m4
+/m4/intdiv0.m4
+/m4/intl.m4
+/m4/intldir.m4
+/m4/intlmacosx.m4
+/m4/intmax.m4
+/m4/inttypes-pri.m4
+/m4/inttypes_h.m4
+/m4/lcmessage.m4
+/m4/lib-ld.m4
+/m4/lib-link.m4
+/m4/lib-prefix.m4
+/m4/lock.m4
+/m4/longlong.m4
+/m4/nls.m4
+/m4/po.m4
+/m4/printf-posix.m4
+/m4/progtest.m4
+/m4/size_max.m4
+/m4/stdint_h.m4
+/m4/threadlib.m4
+/m4/uintmax_t.m4
+/m4/visibility.m4
+/m4/wchar_t.m4
+/m4/wint_t.m4
+/m4/xsize.m4
+
+# gnulib entries
+/gnulib/
+/lib/
+/m4/.gitignore
+/m4/gnulib-cache.m4
+/snippet/
+
 /nano.spec
 /src/nano
+/src/revision.h

AUTHORS

@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 This file lists people who have made significant contributions to the
 nano editor.  Please see the ChangeLog for specific changes by author.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 Chris Allegretta <chrisa@asty.org>
-	* Original program author, former and current maintainer.
+	* Original program author and long-time maintainer.
 
 David Lawrence Ramsey <pooka109@gmail.com>
 	* Former stable series maintainer.  Multiple buffer support,
@@ -39,11 +39,24 @@ Mike Frysinger <vapier@gentoo.org>
 	* Gentoo package maintainer.  Whitespace display mode,
 	  --enable-utf8/--disable-utf8 configure options for ncurses,
 	  many new color regexes and improvements to existing color
-	  regexes for nanorc.sample, and miscellaneous bug fixes.
+	  regexes in syntax/*.nanorc, and miscellaneous bug fixes.
 
 Mark Majeres <mark@engine12.com>
 	* A functional undo/redo system, and coloring nano's interface.
 
+Mahyar Abbaspour <mahyar.abaspour@gmail.com>
+	* Improved handling of SIGWINCH.
+
+Mike Scalora <mike@scalora.org>
+	* The comment/uncomment feature.
+
+Faissal Bensefia <faissaloo@gmail.com>
+	* Line numbers.
+
+Sumedh Pendurkar <sumedh.pendurkar@gmail.com>
+	* The word-completion feature.
+
 Benno Schulenberg <bensberg@justemail.net>
-	* A bunch of small bug fixes, the cutword routines, some extra
+	* An array of small bug fixes, the cut-word and block-jump
+	  routines, text selection by holding Shift, and some extra
 	  key bindings.  Current maintainer.

IMPROVEMENTS

@@ -1,5 +1,18 @@
-Improvements in nano
-====================
+Improvements in GNU nano
+========================
+
+Since 2.7.0:
+  - The keystroke ^] to complete a fragment to an existing full word.
+  - The ability to display line numbers in front of the text (M-#).
+
+Since 2.6.0:
+  - Shift plus the cursor keys can be used for selecting text.
+  - Ctrl+Arrow should now work also on a Linux virtual console.
+  - Ctrl+Up and Ctrl+Down jump to previous or next block of text.
+  - Feedback during Unicode Input (M-V followed by six digits).
+  - The option 'wordchars' for specifying extra word characters.
+  - Hi-bit control characters are shown in a more readable manner.
+  - The ability to use negative numbers at the Go To Line prompt.
 
 Noteworthy changes since 2.2
 ----------------------------

Makefile.am

@@ -1,7 +1,12 @@
 AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = gnu no-dependencies
 
-SUBDIRS = doc m4 po src
+SUBDIRS = doc lib m4 po src
 
-EXTRA_DIST = ChangeLog.pre-2.1 IMPROVEMENTS README.GIT nano.spec
+if USE_COLOR
+SUBDIRS += syntax
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST = ChangeLog.1999-2006 ChangeLog.2007-2015 \
+		IMPROVEMENTS README.GIT nano.spec
 
 ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4

NEWS

@@ -1,3 +1,110 @@
+2017.03.31 - GNU nano 2.8.0 "Axat" makes it easier to move around in
+		softwrapped lines: the Up and Down keys now step from
+		visual row to visual row instead of jumping between
+		logical lines, and the Home and End keys now move to
+		the start and end of a row, and only when already
+		there, then to the start and end of the logical line.
+		Furthermore, the screen can now scroll per row instead
+		of always per logical line.  On an entirely different
+		front: nano now makes use of gnulib, to make it build
+		on more platforms.  In short: there were many internal
+		changes, not many user-visible ones (apart form the
+		new softwrap navigation).  The conversion to gnulib
+		was done by Mike Frysinger, the softwrap overhaul by
+		David Ramsey.
+
+
+2017.02.23 - GNU nano 2.7.5 "Nijntje" can properly search and replace
+		the \B and \b regex anchors, correctly repaints things
+		when multiline regexes with identical start and end are
+		involved, fixes a crash with zero-length regex matches,
+		does replacements at the edges of a marked region right,
+		no longer hides double-width characters at the head of
+		softwrapped rows, displays at most three warnings at
+		startup, and documents the ability to read a file from
+		standard input.  Come tickle my ears.
+
+2017.01.10 - GNU nano 2.7.4 "Red dress" undoes deletions in an orderly
+		manner again (bug was introduced in previous version),
+		sets the preferred x position for vertical movements
+		more consistently, avoids some scrolling problems in
+		softwrap mode, installs the Info manual also when your
+		system lacks 'makeinfo', and corrects the behavior of
+		the beginning-of-word anchor (\<) in regex searches.
+
+2016.12.28 - GNU nano 2.7.3 "Ontbijtkoek" wipes away a handful of bugs:
+		your editor is now able to handle filenames that contain
+		newlines, avoids a brief flash of color when switching
+		between buffers that are governed by different syntaxes,
+		makes the Shift+Ctrl+Arrow keys select text again on a
+		Linux console, is more resistant against malformations
+		in the positionlog file, and does not crash when ^C is
+		typed on systems where it produces the code KEY_CANCEL.
+		Oh, and it no longer mistakenly warns about editing an
+		unlocked file just after saving a new one.  That's it.
+		Tastes great with thick butter.
+
+2016.12.12 - GNU nano 2.7.2 "Shemesh! Shemesh!" brings another feature:
+		the ability to complete with one keystroke (^] by default)
+		a fragment of a word to a full word existing elsewhere in
+		the current buffer.  Besides, this release fixes two bugs
+		related to using line numbers in softwrap mode, allows to
+		use the PageUp and PageDown keys together with Shift on
+		VTE-based terminals, stops the help lines from flickering
+		during interactive replacing, makes a "set fill" override
+		an earlier "set nowrap", properly restores the selected
+		region after an external spell check, and improves a few
+		other tidbits.  If you should find any more bugs, please
+		run 'man nano | grep bugs' and report them there.
+
+2016.10.29 - GNU nano 2.7.1 "Leuven" adds an often-asked-for feature: the
+		ability to display line numbers beside the text.  This can
+		be activated with -l or --linenumbers on the command line,
+		or with 'set linenumbers' in your nanorc, or toggled with
+		M-#.  The coloring of these numbers can be chosen via the
+		option 'set numbercolor'.  This release furthermore fixes
+		some bugs with scrolling in softwrap mode, is more strict
+		in the parsing of key rebindings, and marks a new buffer
+		as modified when the output of a command (^R ^X) has been
+		read into it.  Come and check it out!
+
+2016.09.01 - GNU nano 2.7.0 "Suni" adds a new feature: allowing text to be
+		selected by holding Shift together with the cursor keys.
+		Besides that, nano now works also when run in very tiny
+		terminals (down to one line, one column), and improves
+		the handling of the prompt in cramped spaces.  Not much,
+		but it's time to get it out there.
+
+
+2016.08.10 - nano 2.6.3 "Marika" makes the Ctrl+Arrow keys work also on
+		a Linux virtual console, takes as verbatim only the very
+		first keystroke after M-V, removes any lock files that it
+		holds when dying, doesn't abort when a word contains digits
+		(when using the default speller), fixes a small sorting bug
+		in the file browser, makes searching case-insensitively in
+		a UTF-8 locale a little faster, and doesn't enter invalid
+		bytes when holding down both Alt keys.  Santé!
+
+2016.07.28 - nano 2.6.2 "Le vent nous portera" adds two new features: the
+		keystrokes Ctrl+Up and Ctrl+Down for jumping between blocks
+		of text, and the option 'wordchars' for specifying which
+		characters (beside alphanumeric ones) should be considered
+		word-forming.  Further, it provides feedback during Unicode
+		input (M-V followed by a six-digit hexadecimal number which
+		must start with 0 or 10), avoids a crash when resizing the
+		window during Verbatim input, doesn't drop a keystroke after
+		having been suspended, and replaces the	beginning-of-line
+		anchor (^) just once per line.  There are also several tiny
+		improvements in screen rendering and key handling.  Come get
+		your hair tousled!
+
+2016.06.27 - nano 2.6.1 "Stampede" is chiefly a translation update, but also
+		adds one little feature (the ability to use negative numbers
+		with Go To Line: -1 meaning the first line from the bottom),
+		includes syntax highlighting for Rust, and fixes three tiny
+		bugs (but in such far corners of the editor that they aren't
+		even worth mentioning).
+
 2016.06.17 - nano 2.6.0 "Rubicon" fixes more than fifty little bugs -- and
 		some of them not so little.  It improves moving about in
 		the file browser, corrects failings of the internal spell
@@ -15,7 +122,7 @@
 2016.02.25 - GNU nano 2.5.3 "Alphys" is released.  This release
 		contains fixes for bugs like: stray cursor positioning
 		errors, many many memory leaks including file reading,
-		using the file browser, searching for multi-byte characters,
+		using the file browser, searching for multibyte characters,
 		history completion, and many other places.
 			New features include the ability to trim whitespace
 		from the ends of lines when justifying text, see nanorc(5)
@@ -141,7 +248,7 @@
 
 2014.06.02 - GNU nano 2.3.4 won't leave you high, won't leave you dry.  This
 		release contains only a small number of fixes, but in
-		particular allows nano to compile on non-UTF8 curses
+		particular allows nano to compile on non-UTF-8 curses
 		implementations (i.e. libncursesw).  Other small fixes to
 		the undo implementation and the default syntax config are
 		also included.  As always, Share and Enjoy!
@@ -155,7 +262,7 @@
 		linter support (see the nanorc man page for details).  Also
 		included are much improved syntax highlighting code, and
 		configurations for JSON, texinfo, Go, and a default syntax
-		for catch all highlighting.  Finally, nano now has the
+		for catch-all highlighting.  Finally, nano now has the
 		ability to set the color of the title bar, status bar, and
 		shortcut keys (e.g. "^X") and their descriptions.  Again
 		see the nanorc page for details.  There's much more, too
@@ -177,7 +284,7 @@
 		release includes some fixes for the new libmagic code, as
 		well as a fix for improper character counts when using
 		auto-indent.  Also included are new syntax highlighting
-		definitions for RPM spec and lua files.  Thanks for
+		definitions for RPM spec and Lua files.  Thanks for
 		using nano and keep circulating the tapes.
 
 2011.02.26 - GNU nano 2.3.0 "Septic surprise" is released.  This first
@@ -457,7 +564,7 @@
 		thanks for sticking with us!
 
 
-2007.12.20- GNU nano 2.0.7 keeps its balance.  This release fixes
+2007.12.20 - GNU nano 2.0.7 keeps its balance.  This release fixes
 		several bugs, among others: a segfault and several
 		cursor positioning problems when uncutting text or
 		inserting files into the current buffer; a problem where
@@ -479,12 +586,12 @@
 		under the GNU GPL version 3 or later and the GNU FDL
 		version 1.2 or later.  Have fun.
 
-2007.04.26- GNU nano 2.0.6 "that was quick" is released.  This release
+2007.04.26 - GNU nano 2.0.6 "that was quick" is released.  This release
 		fixes a potential segfault after justifying text marked
 		from the bottom up.  It also adds one more minor
 		documentation update.  Enjoy.
 
-2007.04.22- GNU nano 2.0.5 braces for impact.  Among other things, this
+2007.04.22 - GNU nano 2.0.5 braces for impact.  Among other things, this
 		release fixes various problems (including a segfault)
 		when trying to open or save a file in a directory
 		beginning with "~" that isn't a home directory; fixes a
@@ -592,7 +699,7 @@
 		properly at all times; lines of text containing tabs are
 		now wrapped at the right place; double-column characters
 		are now properly displayed when past the right edge of
-		the screen; invalid multi-line color regexes are now
+		the screen; invalid multiline color regexes are now
 		ignored; and so on.  Enjoy.
 
 2006.03.30 - GNU nano 1.3.11 awakens from its fever dream.  This release
@@ -930,7 +1037,7 @@
 		0.11.2 of gettext, building with automake 1.6, some new
 		code for displaying control characters, browser
 		improvements, a new backup file option (-B, --backup), a
-		new option to ignore rc files (-I,--ignorercfiles),
+		new option to ignore rc files (-I, --ignorercfiles),
 		compatibility with -pedantic, handling null characters
 		before EOF, a slightly sportier nanorc.sample and more.
 			Fixes are included for justification,
@@ -964,19 +1071,19 @@
 		Also, the "show position" code now shows the starting
 		column as 1 instead of 0.  Have fun!
 
-2002.03.05 - GNU nano 1.1.7 "lets change everything and see what breaks"
-		is released.  New features include new flags
-		-N, --noconvert to stop any file format conversion and
-		-Q, --quotestr for the new quoted text justification, a
-		new tempnam() implementation to avoid silly warnings,
+2002.03.05 - GNU nano 1.1.7 "let's change everything and see what breaks"
+		is released.  New features include the new flags
+		-N, --noconvert (to stop any file format conversion) and
+		-Q, --quotestr (for the new quoted text justification),
+		a new tempnam() implementation to avoid silly warnings,
 		DOS and Mac file options in the Write File dialog,
-		multiple save files (file.1) for abnormal exits, ^C now
-		shows column as well as character position, and
-		multibuffer allows duplicate files, even unnamed ones.
-		Also, the static shortcut and toggle lengths are
-		history, nano now reads SYSCONFDIR/nanorc if rc file
-		support is enabled, and nano is now built with (and
-		requires for rebuilding) autoconf 2.5.
+		multiple save files (file.1) for abnormal exits,
+		^C now showing column as well as character position, and
+		multibuffer allowing duplicate files, even unnamed ones.
+		Also, the static shortcut and toggle lengths are history,
+		nano now reads SYSCONFDIR/nanorc if rc file support is
+		enabled, and nano is now built with (and for rebuilding
+		requires) autoconf 2.5.
 			This release also includes fixes for some memory
 		leaks, detecting DOS and Mac file format, justification,
 		suspending keys, search & replace under various
@@ -1159,7 +1266,7 @@
 		nasty segfault when trying to insert one's home
 		directory (~), some checks for the NumLock key making
 		the keypad go awry, window size sanity checks, many
-		autoconf fixes, and support for the KDE konsole keypad
+		autoconf fixes, and support for the KDE Konsole keypad
 		layout.  Have fun.
 
 2001.01.07 - Nano 0.9.25 is the "Just one more feature I swear!"
@@ -1252,7 +1359,7 @@
 		New features include better (not yet perfect) binary
 		display support and toggle support for most of the
 		program flags (M-c, M-i, M-z, M-x, M-p, M-w, M-m, M-k
-		and M-e for -c, -i, -x, -p, -w, -k, and -R).
+		and M-e for -c, -i, -z, -x, -p, -w, -m, -k, and -R).
 
 2000.08.09 - Nano 0.9.16, after some struggling, is released.  This
 		release should fix a few of the holes that 0.9.15 dug.
@@ -1287,8 +1394,8 @@
 		other major changes, this should be the feature set for
 		nano 1.0, whenever it might be released =-)
 
-2000.07.07 - Nano 0.9.12 (The "lucky day" release) is bursting with new
-		features, bug fixes, and yummy fruit flavor.  For
+2000.07.07 - Nano 0.9.12 (the "lucky day" release) is bursting with
+		new features, bug fixes, and yummy fruit flavor.  For
 		changes, the alternate replace keystroke ^W^T is now
 		^W^R to be compatible with later versions of Pico.  ^W^T
 		is now goto line, again for Pico compatibility.  As for
@@ -1385,7 +1492,7 @@
 		path.  The bug was in the new code for checking whether
 		nano is invoked as 'pico'.
 
-2000.04.14 - 0.9.1 has some more Pico compatibility built-in.  The
+2000.04.14 - Nano 0.9.1 has some more Pico compatibility built-in.  The
 		option to switch to/from Search and Search/Replace (^T)
 		is now available, and nano now displays the more
 		Pico-like shortcut list when invoked as 'pico' (i.e. if

README

@@ -1,72 +1,69 @@
 
-	nano - an enhanced clone of the Pico text editor
+		GNU nano -- an enhanced clone of the Pico text editor
 
 Overview
 
-     The nano project was started because of a few "problems" with the
-     wonderfully easy-to-use and friendly Pico text editor.
+	The nano project was started because of a few "problems" with the
+	wonderfully easy-to-use and friendly Pico text editor.
 
-     First and foremost was its license: the Pine suite does not use
-     the GPL or a GPL-friendly license, and has unclear restrictions on
-     redistribution.  Because of this, Pine and Pico are not included
-     with many GNU/Linux distributions.  Also, other features (like
-     go-to-line-number or search-and-replace) were unavailable until
-     recently or require a command-line flag.  Yuck.
+	First and foremost was its license: the Pine suite does not use
+	the GPL or a GPL-friendly license, and has unclear restrictions on
+	redistribution.  Because of this, Pine and Pico are not included
+	with many GNU/Linux distributions.  Also, other features (like
+	go-to-line-number or search-and-replace) were unavailable until
+	recently or require a command-line flag.  Yuck.
 
-     nano aims to solve these problems by emulating the functionality of
-     Pico as closely as possible while addressing the problems above and
-     providing other extra functionality.
+	nano aims to solve these problems by emulating the functionality of
+	Pico as closely as possible while addressing the problems above and
+	providing other extra functionality.
 
-     The nano editor is an official GNU package.  For more information on
-     GNU and the Free Software Foundation, please see http://www.gnu.org/.
+	The nano editor is an official GNU package.  For more information on
+	GNU and the Free Software Foundation, please see http://www.gnu.org/.
 
 How to compile and install nano
 
-     Download the nano source code, then:
+	Download the nano source code, then:
 
-     tar zxvf nano-x.y.z.tar.gz
-     cd nano-x.y.z
-     ./configure
-     make
-     make install
+	tar xvzf nano-x.y.z.tar.gz
+	cd nano-x.y.z
+	./configure
+	make
+	make install
 
-     It's that simple.  Use --prefix with configure to override the
-     default installation directory of /usr/local.
+	It's that simple.  Use --prefix with configure to override the
+	default installation directory of /usr/local.
 
-     If you haven't configured with the "--disable-nanorc" option, after
-     installation you may want to copy the doc/nanorc.sample to your
-     home directory, rename it to ".nanorc", and then edit it according
-     to your taste.
+	If you haven't configured with the --disable-nanorc option, after
+	installation you may want to copy the doc/sample.nanorc file to
+	your home directory, rename it to ".nanorc", and then edit it
+	according to your taste.
 
 Web Page
 
-	http://www.nano-editor.org/
+	https://nano-editor.org/
 
-Mailing Lists and Bug Reports
+Mailing Lists
 
-	Savannah hosts all the nano-related mailing-lists.
+	There are three nano-related mailing-lists.
 
 	+ info-nano@gnu.org is a very low traffic list used to announce
-	  new nano versions or other important information about the
-	  project.
+	  new nano versions or other important info about the project.
 	+ help-nano@gnu.org is for those seeking to get help without
 	  wanting to hear about the technical details of its development.
-	+ nano-devel@gnu.org is the list used by the people that make
-	  nano and a general development discussion list, with moderate
-	  traffic.
+	+ nano-devel@gnu.org is the list used by the people that make nano
+	  and a general development discussion list, with moderate traffic.
 
-	To subscribe, send email to <name>-request@gnu.org with a
-	subject of "subscribe", where <name> is the list you want to
-	subscribe to.
+	To subscribe, send email to <name>-request@gnu.org with a subject
+	of "subscribe", where <name> is the list you want to subscribe to.
 
-	For general bug reports, please file a description of the problem
-	on the Savannah bug tracker page for nano
-	(https://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?group=nano).  The issue may have
-	already been reported, and we are better able to track the state
-	of the issue and whom to notify when fixed, the more the bug
-	tracker is used.
+Bug Reports
+
+	To report a bug, please file a description of the problem on nano's
+	bug tracker (https://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?group=nano -- hover on
+	"Bugs", then click "Submit new").  The issue may have already been
+	reported, so please look first.
 
 Current Status
 
-	nano has reached its seventh milestone, 2.6.x.  Since 2.5.0, it is
-	a "rolling" release: bug fixing and development go hand in hand.
+	GNU nano has reached its seventh milestone, 2.6.x.  Since 2.5.0, it
+	is a "rolling" release: bug fixing and development go hand in hand.

README.GIT

@@ -1,39 +1,40 @@
-INSTRUCTIONS TO COMPILE AND INSTALL NANO GIT VERSIONS
-=====================================================
+INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPILING AND INSTALLING NANO FROM GIT
+=======================================================
 
-The latest version of nano is available via git, but building this needs a
-bit more care than the official stable and unstable tarballs.
+The latest changes and fixes for GNU nano are available via git, but
+building this needs a bit more care than the official tarballs.
 
 
 Prerequisites
 -------------
 
-To successfully compile nano from the git repo, you'll need the following
+To successfully compile GNU nano from git, you'll need the following
 packages:
 
-- autoconf    (version >= 2.61)
-- automake    (version >= 1.7)
-- gettext     (version >= 0.11.5)
+- autoconf    (version >= 2.69)
+- automake    (version >= 1.14)
+- autopoint   (version >= 0.18.3)
+- gettext     (version >= 0.18.3)
 - git         (version >= 2.7.4)
 - groff       (version >= 1.12)
 - pkg-config  (version >= 0.22)
 - texinfo     (version >= 4.0)
-- glib 2.x    (in case your system doesn't have vsnprintf(), which the
-               configure script will check for)
-- make, gcc, and
-- the normal development libraries (curses or slang, etc.)
+- gcc         (any version)
+- make        (any version)
+
+If you want UTF-8 support, you will also need libncursesw5-dev installed
+(version >= 5.7), or libslang2-dev (version >= 2.0) if you use --with-slang.
 
 These should all be available in your distro's package manager or software
-center, or otherwise on any GNU mirror.  Note that you'll need a version of
-curses or slang with wide character support if you want nano to use UTF-8.
+center, or otherwise on any GNU mirror.
 
 
 Download the source
 -------------------
 
-To obtain the current nano development code (called 'master', or sometimes
-'trunk'), use the following command.  It will create a copy of the files in
-a subdirectory of your current working directory called 'nano':
+To obtain the current nano development branch (called 'master'), use the
+following command.  It will create in your current working directory a
+subdirectory called 'nano' containing a copy of all of the files:
 
     $ git clone git://git.savannah.gnu.org/nano.git nano
 
@@ -80,5 +81,26 @@ you'll need to run that "make install" command with root privileges.
 Problems?
 ---------
 
-Please submit any bugs in the git repository using the Savannah project's
-bug tracker (https://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?group=nano).
+Please submit any bugs you find in the code in git via the bug tracker
+on Savannah (https://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?group=nano).
+
+
+Contributing something
+----------------------
+
+If you have a fix for a bug, or the code for a new or improved feature,
+first create a branch off of master:
+
+    $ git checkout -b somename
+
+Then change the code so it does what you want, and commit it, with in the
+commit message (after the one-line summary) a rationale for the change:
+
+    $ git commit -as
+
+Then create a patch (or patches):
+
+    $ git format-patch master
+
+Send that patch (or patches) to <nano-devel@gnu.org>, as an attachment
+or with git send-email.

THANKS

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-The following people have helped nano in some way or other.
+The following people have helped GNU nano in some way or another.
 If we missed you here, let us know!
 
 

TODO

@@ -1,37 +1,35 @@
-TODO file (? means the feature may be implemented, but not definitely)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+A list of desired features
+--------------------------
 
-For the future (no targeted version, catch-all)
+Vague musings:
 - FriBidi support?
-- Port to DJGPP?
 - Make matching bracket searches sophisticated enough to skip over
   brackets inside comments?
 - Allow indentation of marked text by spaces as well as tabs?
 - Allow indentation to add just enough columns to reach the nearest
   multiple of tabsize, rather than always adding tabsize columns?
-- Allow conversion between different character sets.  Maybe use glib's
-  iconv() if the system's iconv() is inadequate, since we already use
-  glib's vsnprintf() if the system lacks vsnprintf()?
+- Allow conversion between different character sets.
+- Allow setting marks (saved positions, not to be confused with the mark
+  set via Ctrl-^) at various lines and/or columns in the buffer, and
+  allow movement between them with a single keystroke?
+- Allow searching for and replacing newlines?
+  See also https://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?47053.
+- New regression framework built on expect?
+- Add the ability to move to different lines of the screen with a single
+  keystroke, e.g. M-` (M-~) to go to the top line, M-& (M-7) to go to
+  the center line, and M-' (M-") to go to the last line?
+
+Somewhat urgent:
+- Allow text searches in the help viewer.
+  See https://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?28994.
+- Detect when text is being pasted, so that we can handle it faster.
+  See https://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?40060.
 - Allow color syntaxes to apply to more than just color, so that we can
   e.g. specify a different alternate spell checker depending on which
   file type we have open.
-- Allow setting marks (saved positions, not to be confused with the mark
-  set via Ctrl-^) at various lines and/or columns in the buffer, and
-  allow movement between them with a single keystroke?  (We're running
-  out of keystrokes, though.)
-- Allow searching for and replacing newlines.
-
-For version 2.6:
-- New regression framework built on expect.
-- Allow text searches in the help viewer.
-- Add the ability to move to different lines of the screen with a single
-  keystroke, e.g. M-` (M-~) to go to the top line, M-& (M-7) to go to
-  the center line, and M-' (M-") to go to the last line.
-- Detect when we're pasting text, so that we can handle it differently
-  (i.e. faster than currently with screen redraws).
 - Allow piping marked text to an external command and replacing it with
-  the command's output (as the internal spell checker already does with
-  the "spell" command)?
+  the command's output -- that is: generalize the spell-check flow.
+  See also https://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?28993.
 
 For version 2.4:
 - Handle window resizes better.  After we've resized, we should stay

autogen.sh

@@ -1,4 +1,47 @@
 #!/bin/sh
 # Generate configure & friends for GIT users.
 
+gnulib_url="git://git.sv.gnu.org/gnulib.git"
+gnulib_hash="4084b3a1094372b960ce4a97634e08f4538c8bdd"
+
+modules="
+	getdelim
+	getline
+	getopt-gnu
+	glob
+	isblank
+	iswblank
+	lstat
+	nl_langinfo
+	regex
+	sigaction
+	snprintf-posix
+	stdarg
+	strcase
+	strcasestr-simple
+	strnlen
+	sys_wait
+	vsnprintf-posix
+	wchar
+	wctype-h
+	wcwidth
+"
+
+# Make sure the local gnulib git repo is up-to-date.
+if [ ! -d "gnulib" ]; then
+	git clone --depth=123 ${gnulib_url}
+fi
+cd gnulib >/dev/null || exit 1
+curr_hash=$(git log -1 --format=%H)
+if [ "${gnulib_hash}" != "${curr_hash}" ]; then
+	git pull
+	git checkout -f ${gnulib_hash}
+fi
+cd .. >/dev/null || exit 1
+
+rm -rf lib
+./gnulib/gnulib-tool \
+	--import \
+	${modules}
+
 autoreconf -f -i -s

configure.ac

@@ -1,37 +1,45 @@
-# Configuration for nano - a small and user-friendly text editor
+# Configuration for GNU nano - a small and user-friendly text editor
 #
 # Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
 # 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2013, 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 #
-# nano is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-# Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any
-# later version.
+# GNU nano is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
+# by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License,
+# or (at your option) any later version.
 #
-# nano is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
+# GNU nano is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+# of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+# See the GNU General Public License for more details.
 #
 # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with nano; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
-# USA.
+# along with this program.  If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
 
-AC_INIT([nano], [2.6.0], [nano-devel@gnu.org], [nano])
+AC_INIT([GNU nano], [2.8.0], [nano-devel@gnu.org], [nano])
 AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([src/nano.c])
 AC_CANONICAL_HOST
-AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE
+AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([1.14])
 AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h])
 
 dnl Make sure the ONCE macros are available.
 
-AC_PREREQ(2.61)
+AC_PREREQ([2.69])
+
+dnl Lie about gnulib features we don't use to speed up & shrink down.
+
+gl_cv_func_printf_directive_n=yes
+gl_cv_func_printf_infinite_long_double=yes
+gl_cv_func_printf_long_double=yes
+gl_cv_func_snprintf_directive_n=yes
+gl_cv_glob_lists_symlinks=yes
 
 dnl Checks for programs.
 
 AC_GNU_SOURCE
 AC_PROG_CC
+gl_EARLY
+gl_INIT
 AC_PROG_LN_S
 AC_ISC_POSIX
 AC_SYS_LARGEFILE
@@ -39,7 +47,7 @@ PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG
 
 dnl Internationalization macros.
 
-AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION(0.11.5)
+AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION([0.18.3])
 AM_GNU_GETTEXT([external], [need-ngettext])
 AM_CONDITIONAL(USE_NLS, test x$USE_NLS = xyes)
 
@@ -50,7 +58,7 @@ AC_DEFINE_DIR([PKGDATADIR], [pkgdatadir], [Where data are placed to.])
 
 dnl Checks for header files.
 
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS(getopt.h libintl.h limits.h regex.h sys/param.h wchar.h wctype.h stdarg.h)
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(libintl.h limits.h pwd.h termios.h sys/param.h)
 
 dnl Checks for options.
 
@@ -73,15 +81,7 @@ fi
 if test "x$enable_color" = xno; then
     AC_DEFINE(DISABLE_COLOR, 1, [Define this to disable syntax highlighting.])
 else
-    if test x$ac_cv_header_regex_h != xyes; then
-	AC_MSG_ERROR([
-*** The header file regex.h was not found.  If you wish to have
-*** color support, this header file is required.  Please either
-*** install C libraries that include the regex.h file, or call
-*** the configure script with --disable-color.])
-    else
-	color_support=yes
-    fi
+    color_support=yes
 fi
 
 AC_ARG_ENABLE(comment,
@@ -90,13 +90,12 @@ if test "x$enable_tiny" = xyes; then
     if test "x$enable_comment" = xyes; then
 	AC_MSG_ERROR([--enable-comment cannot work with --enable-tiny])
     else
-	# Disabling nanorc silently disables comment support.
 	enable_comment=no
     fi
 fi
 if test "x$disable_comment" != xyes; then
     if test "x$enable_comment" != xno; then
-	AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_COMMENT, 1, [Define this to disable the comment/uncomment functionality.])
+	AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_COMMENT, 1, [Define this to enable the comment/uncomment function.])
     fi
 fi
 
@@ -127,6 +126,19 @@ fi
 AC_ARG_ENABLE(libmagic,
 AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-libmagic], [Disable detection of file types via libmagic]))
 
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(linenumbers,
+AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-linenumbers], [Disable line numbering]))
+if test "x$enable_tiny" = xyes; then
+    if test "x$enable_linenumbers" != xyes; then
+	enable_linenumbers=no
+    fi
+fi
+if test "x$disable_linenumbers" != xyes; then
+    if test "x$enable_linenumbers" != xno; then
+	AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_LINENUMBERS, 1, [Define this to enable line numbering.])
+    fi
+fi
+
 AC_ARG_ENABLE(mouse,
 AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-mouse], [Disable mouse support (and -m flag)]))
 if test "x$enable_mouse" = xno; then
@@ -162,7 +174,22 @@ fi
 AC_ARG_ENABLE(tabcomp,
 AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-tabcomp], [Disable tab completion functions]))
 if test "x$enable_tabcomp" = xno; then
-    AC_DEFINE(DISABLE_TABCOMP, 1, [Define this to disable the tab completion functions for files and search strings.])
+    AC_DEFINE(DISABLE_TABCOMP, 1, [Define this to disable the tab completion functions for filenames and search strings.])
+fi
+
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(wordcomp,
+AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-wordcomp], [Disable the word completion function]))
+if test "x$enable_tiny" = xyes; then
+    if test "x$enable_wordcomp" = xyes; then
+	AC_MSG_ERROR([--enable-wordcomp cannot work with --enable-tiny])
+    else
+	enable_wordcomp=no
+    fi
+fi
+if test "x$disable_wordcomp" != xyes; then
+    if test "x$enable_wordcomp" != xno; then
+	AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_WORDCOMPLETION, 1, [Define this to enable the word completion function.])
+    fi
 fi
 
 AC_ARG_ENABLE(wrapping,
@@ -442,30 +469,9 @@ int main(void)
 
 dnl Checks for functions.
 
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getdelim getline isblank strcasecmp strcasestr strncasecmp strnlen snprintf vsnprintf)
-
 if test "x$enable_utf8" != xno; then
-    AC_CHECK_FUNCS(iswalnum iswblank iswpunct iswspace nl_langinfo mblen mbstowcs mbtowc wctomb wcwidth)
+    AC_CHECK_FUNCS(iswalnum iswpunct mblen mbstowcs mbtowc wctomb)
 fi
-
-if test x$ac_cv_func_snprintf = xno; then
-    AM_PATH_GLIB_2_0(2.0.0,,
-	AC_MSG_ERROR([
-*** snprintf() not found.  GLIB 2.x not found either.
-*** You should install the GLIB 2.x library which can
-*** be found at http://ftp.gtk.org/.]),
-	glib)
-fi
-
-if test x$ac_cv_func_vsnprintf = xno; then
-    AM_PATH_GLIB_2_0(2.0.0,,
-	AC_MSG_ERROR([
-*** vsnprintf() not found.  GLIB 2.x not found either.
-*** You should install the GLIB 2.x library which can
-*** be found at http://ftp.gtk.org/.]),
-	glib)
-fi
-
 dnl Checks for typedefs, structures, and compiler characteristics.
 
 dnl Checks for available flags.
@@ -475,8 +481,6 @@ AX_CHECK_COMPILE_FLAG([-Wall], [CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Wall"], [], [])
 dnl Checks for library functions.
 
 AC_TYPE_SIGNAL
-AC_FUNC_VPRINTF
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getopt_long)
 
 dnl Checks for libraries.
 
@@ -540,8 +544,15 @@ else
     AC_MSG_RESULT([Using $CURSES_LIB_NAME as the curses library])
 fi
 
-AC_CHECK_LIB([$CURSES_LIB_NAME], use_default_colors, AC_DEFINE(HAVE_USE_DEFAULT_COLORS, 1, [Define this if your curses library has the use_default_colors() command.]))
-AC_CHECK_LIB([$CURSES_LIB_NAME], key_defined, AC_DEFINE(HAVE_KEY_DEFINED, 1, [Define this if your curses library has the key_defined() command.]))
+AC_CHECK_LIB([$CURSES_LIB_NAME], [use_default_colors],
+	     [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_USE_DEFAULT_COLORS, 1, [Define this if your curses library has the use_default_colors() command.])],
+	     [], [$CURSES_LIB])
+AC_CHECK_LIB([$CURSES_LIB_NAME], [set_escdelay],
+	     [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SET_ESCDELAY, 1, [Define this if your curses library has the set_escdelay() function.])],
+	     [], [$CURSES_LIB])
+AC_CHECK_LIB([$CURSES_LIB_NAME], [key_defined],
+	     [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_KEY_DEFINED, 1, [Define this if your curses library has the key_defined() command.])],
+	     [], [$CURSES_LIB])
 
 dnl Parse any configure options.
 
@@ -549,25 +560,15 @@ LIBS="$LIBS $CURSES_LIB"
 
 AC_SUBST(CURSES_LIB)
 
-if test "x$GLIB_CFLAGS" != "x"; then
-    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $GLIB_CFLAGS"
-fi
-if test "x$GLIB_LIBS" != "x"; then
-    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $GLIB_LIBS"
-fi
-
 if test "x$enable_utf8" != xno && \
     test x$CURSES_LIB_WIDE = xyes && \
     test x$ac_cv_func_iswalnum = xyes && \
     test x$ac_cv_func_iswpunct = xyes && \
-    (test x$ac_cv_func_iswblank = xyes || test x$ac_cv_func_iswspace = xyes) && \
-    test x$ac_cv_func_nl_langinfo = xyes && \
     test x$ac_cv_func_mblen = xyes && \
     test x$ac_cv_func_mbstowcs = xyes && \
     test x$ac_cv_func_mbtowc = xyes && \
-    test x$ac_cv_func_wctomb = xyes && \
-    test x$ac_cv_func_wcwidth = xyes; then
-	AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_UTF8, 1, [Define this if your system has sufficient UTF-8 support (a wide curses library, iswalnum(), iswpunct(), iswblank() or iswspace(), nl_langinfo, mblen(), mbstowcs(), mbtowc(), wctomb(), and wcwidth()).])
+    test x$ac_cv_func_wctomb = xyes; then
+	AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_UTF8, 1, [Define this if your system has sufficient UTF-8 support.])
 else
     if test "x$enable_utf8" = xyes; then
 	AC_MSG_ERROR([
@@ -599,12 +600,10 @@ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for enhanced regular expression flag], nano_cv_flag_reg_extended
 AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(NANO_REG_EXTENDED, $nano_cv_flag_reg_extended,
 		   [Flag(s) to use to get the full range of extended regular expressions])
 
-if test x$color_support = xyes; then
-	# Now check for the end-of-word boundary support (/< and />).
-	AC_MSG_CHECKING([for GNU-style word boundary regex support])
-
-	AC_ARG_WITH(wordbounds,
-        AS_HELP_STRING([--with-wordbounds], [Use GNU-style word boundary delimiters]),
+# Check for word-boundary support (/< and />).
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for GNU-style word boundary regex support])
+AC_ARG_WITH(wordbounds,
+AS_HELP_STRING([--with-wordbounds], [Use GNU-style word boundary delimiters]),
 	[ case "$with_wordbounds" in
 	    no)
 		AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
@@ -641,6 +640,7 @@ int main(void)
 	)
 ])
 
+if test x$color_support = xyes; then
 #    if test x$CURSES_LIB_NAME = xcurses; then
 	AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED is needed])
 	AC_TRY_RUN([
@@ -704,32 +704,26 @@ else
 fi
 AM_CONDITIONAL(GROFF_HTML, test x$groff_html_support = xyes)
 
-# Check for the availability of makeinfo.
-AC_CHECK_PROG(haveit, makeinfo, yes, no)
-AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_MAKEINFO, test x$haveit = xyes)
-
+# Check whether this is a git repository.
 AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether building from git])
 if test -d .git ; then
     AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
-    AC_PATH_PROG([GIT], [git])
-    REVISION=`($GIT rev-parse --is-inside-work-tree >/dev/null 2>&1) && ($GIT rev-parse --short HEAD)`
-    AC_SUBST(REVISION)
-    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([REVISION],"${REVISION}","Setting REVISION in config.h.")
+    from_git=yes
 else
     AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+    from_git=no
 fi
+AM_CONDITIONAL(BUILDING_FROM_GIT, test x$from_git = xyes)
 
 AC_CONFIG_FILES([
 Makefile
 doc/Makefile
-doc/nanorc.sample
-doc/man/Makefile
-doc/man/fr/Makefile
-doc/syntax/Makefile
-doc/texinfo/Makefile
+doc/sample.nanorc
+lib/Makefile
 m4/Makefile
 po/Makefile.in
 src/Makefile
+syntax/Makefile
 nano.spec
 ])
 

doc/.gitignore

@@ -1 +1,7 @@
-/nanorc.sample
+nano.1.html
+rnano.1.html
+nanorc.5.html
+texinfo.tex
+nano.info
+nano.html
+sample.nanorc

doc/Makefile.am

@@ -1,11 +1,33 @@
-SUBDIRS = man
-
-if HAVE_MAKEINFO
-SUBDIRS += texinfo
-endif
-
-if USE_COLOR
-SUBDIRS += syntax
-endif
+SUBDIRS =
+BUILT_SOURCES =
 
 dist_html_DATA = faq.html
+
+dist_man_MANS = nano.1 rnano.1
+html_pages = nano.1.html rnano.1.html
+
+if USE_NANORC
+dist_man_MANS += nanorc.5
+html_pages += nanorc.5.html
+endif
+
+nano.1.html: nano.1
+	groff -t -mandoc -Thtml < $? > $@
+nanorc.5.html: nanorc.5
+	groff -t -mandoc -Thtml < $? > $@
+rnano.1.html: rnano.1
+	groff -t -mandoc -Thtml < $? > $@
+
+if GROFF_HTML
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(html_pages)
+dist_html_DATA += $(html_pages)
+endif
+
+info_TEXINFOS = nano.texi
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += nano.html
+dist_html_DATA += nano.html
+
+AM_MAKEINFOHTMLFLAGS = --no-split
+
+EXTRA_DIST = $(BUILT_SOURCES) $(info_TEXINFOS)

doc/faq.html

@@ -1,21 +1,22 @@
 <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
 <html>
 <head>
-  <title>The nano editor FAQ</title>
+  <title>The GNU nano editor FAQ</title>
   <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 </head>
 <body text="#330000" bgcolor="#ffffff" link="#0000ef" vlink="#51188e" alink="#ff0000">
-<h1>The nano editor FAQ</h1>
+
+<h1>The GNU nano editor FAQ</h1>
 <h2>Table of Contents</h2>
 <h2><a href="#1">1. General</a></h2>
 <blockquote><p><a href="#1.1">1.1 About this FAQ</a><br>
   <a href="#1.2">1.2. How do I contribute to it?</a><br>
-  <a href="#1.3">1.3. What is nano?</a><br>
+  <a href="#1.3">1.3. What is GNU nano?</a><br>
   <a href="#1.4">1.4. What is the history behind nano?</a><br>
   <a href="#1.5">1.5. Why the name change from TIP?</a><br>
   <a href="#1.6">1.6. What is the current version of nano?</a><br>
   <a href="#1.7">1.7. I want to read the manpage without having to download the program!</a></p></blockquote>
-<h2><a href="#2">2. Where to get nano.</a></h2>
+<h2><a href="#2">2. Where to get GNU nano.</a></h2>
 <blockquote><p><a href="#2.1">2.1. FTP and WWW sites that carry nano.</a><br>
   <a href="#2.2">2.2. RedHat and derivatives (.rpm) packages.</a><br>
   <a href="#2.3">2.3. Debian (.deb) packages.</a><br>
@@ -38,15 +39,11 @@
   <a href="#4.5">4.5. How do I type the F13-F16 keys shown in the help browser? My keyboard only has F1-F12!</a><br>
   <a href="#4.6">4.6. nano crashes when I type &lt;insert keystroke here&gt;!</a><br>
   <a href="#4.7">4.7. nano crashes when I resize my window. How can I fix that?</a><br>
-  <a href="#4.8">4.8. [version 1.3.12 and later] I'm using glibc 2.2.3, and nano crashes when I use color support or do regular expression searches. How can I fix that?</a><br>
-  <a href="#4.9">4.9. [version 1.1.12 and earlier] Why does nano show ^\ in the shortcut list instead of ^J?</a><br>
-  <a href="#4.10a">4.10a. [version 1.1.12 and earlier] When I type in a search string, the string I last searched for is already in front of my cursor! What happened?!</a><br>
-  <a href="#4.10b">4.10b. [version 1.1.99pre1 and later] Hey, the search string behavior has reverted, it's now like Pico, what happened to the consistency?</a><br>
-  <a href="#4.11">4.11. How do I make nano my default editor (in Pine, mutt, etc.)?</a><br>
-  <a href="#4.12">4.12. I've compiled nano with color support, but I don't see any color when I run it!</a><br>
-  <a href="#4.13">4.13. How do I select text for or paste text from the clipboard in an X terminal when I'm running nano in one and nano's mouse support is turned on?</a><br>
-  <a href="#4.14">4.14. When I paste text into a document, each line gets indented further than the last. Why does nano do this, and how can I avoid it?</a><br>
-  <a href="#4.15">4.15. On startup I get a message that says "Detected a legacy nano history file".  Now older nano versions can't find my search history!</a></p></blockquote>
+  <a href="#4.8">4.8. When I paste text into a document, each line gets indented further than the last. Why does nano do this, and how can I avoid it?</a><br>
+  <a href="#4.9">4.9. I've compiled nano with color support, but I don't see any color when I run it!</a><br>
+  <a href="#4.10">4.10. How do I make nano my default editor (in Pine, mutt, etc.)?</a><br>
+  <a href="#4.11">4.11. How do I select text for or paste text from the clipboard in an X terminal when I'm running nano in one and nano's mouse support is turned on?</a><br>
+  <a href="#4.12">4.12. On startup I get a message that says "Detected a legacy nano history file".  Now older nano versions can't find my search history!</a></p></blockquote>
 <h2><a href="#5">5. Internationalization</a></h2>
 <blockquote><p><a href="#5.1">5.1. There's no translation for my language!</a><br>
   <a href="#5.2">5.2. I don't like the translation for &lt;x&gt; in my language. How can I fix it?</a><br>
@@ -64,13 +61,14 @@
   <a href="#7.5">7.5. Can I have write access to the GIT tree?</a></p></blockquote>
 <h2><a href="#8">8. ChangeLog</a></h2>
 <hr width="100%">
+
 <h1><a name="1"></a>1. General</h1>
 <h2><a name="1.1"></a>1.1 About this FAQ</h2>
 <blockquote><p>This FAQ was originally written and maintained by Chris Allegretta &lt;<a href="mailto:chrisa@asty.org">chrisa@asty.org</a>&gt;, who also happens to be the creator of nano. It was then maintained by David Lawrence Ramsey &lt;<a href="mailto:pooka109@gmail.com">pooka109@gmail.com</a>&gt;. Maybe someone else will volunteer to maintain this FAQ someday, who knows...</p></blockquote>
 <h2><a name="1.2"></a>1.2. How do I contribute to it?</h2>
 <blockquote><p>Your best bet is to send it to the nano email address, <a href="mailto:nano@nano-editor.org">nano@nano-editor.org</a> and if it is useful enough it will be included in future versions.</p></blockquote>
-<h2><a name="1.3"></a>1.3. What is nano?</h2>
-<blockquote><p>nano is designed to be a free replacement for the Pico text editor, part of the Pine email suite from <a href="http://www.washington.edu/pine/">The University of Washington</a>. It aims to &quot;emulate Pico as closely as possible and perhaps include extra functionality&quot;.</p></blockquote>
+<h2><a name="1.3"></a>1.3. What is GNU nano?</h2>
+<blockquote><p>GNU nano is designed to be a free replacement for the Pico text editor, part of the Pine email suite from <a href="http://www.washington.edu/pine/">The University of Washington</a>. It aims to &quot;emulate Pico as closely as possible and then include extra functionality&quot;.</p></blockquote>
 <h2><a name="1.4"></a>1.4. What is the history behind nano?</h2>
 <blockquote><p>Funny you should ask!</p>
   <p><b>In the beginning...</b></p>
@@ -79,30 +77,32 @@
   <p>The <a href="http://www.debian.org/">Debian GNU/Linux</a> distribution, known for its strict standards in distributing truly &quot;free&quot; software (i.e. software with no restrictions on redistribution), would not include a binary package for Pine or Pico. Many people had a serious dilemma: they loved these programs, but the versions available at the time were not truly free software in the <a href="http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.html">GNU</a> sense of the word.</p>
   <p><b>The event...</b></p>
   <p>It was in late 1999 when Chris Allegretta (our hero) was yet again complaining to himself about the less-than-perfect license Pico was distributed under, the 1000 makefiles that came with it and how just a few small improvements could make it the Best Editor in the World (TM). Having been a convert from Slackware to Debian, he missed having a simple binary package that included Pine and Pico, and had grown tired of downloading them himself.</p>
-  <p>Finally something snapped inside and Chris coded and hacked like a madman for many hours straight one weekend to make a (barely usable) Pico clone, at the time called TIP (Tip Isn't Pico). The program could not be invoked without a filename, could not save files, had no help text display, spell checker, and so forth. But over time it improved, and with the help of a few great coders it matured to the (hopefully) stable state it is today.</p>
+  <p>Finally something snapped inside and Chris coded and hacked like a madman for many hours straight one weekend to make a (barely usable) Pico clone, at the time called TIP (Tip Isn't Pico). The program could not be invoked without a filename, could not save files, had no help text display, spell checker, and so forth. But over time it improved, and with the help of a few great coders it matured to the (hopefully) stable state it is in today.</p>
   <p>In February 2001, nano was declared an official GNU program by Richard Stallman. nano also reached its first production release on March 22, 2001.</p></blockquote>
 <h2><a name="1.5"></a>1.5. Why the name change from TIP?</h2>
 <blockquote><p>On January 10, 2000, TIP was officially renamed to nano because of a namespace conflict with another program called 'tip'. The original 'tip' program &quot;establishes a full duplex terminal connection to a remote host&quot;, and was included with many older Unix systems (and newer ones like Solaris). The conflict was not noticed at first because there is no 'tip' utility included with most GNU/Linux distributions (where nano was developed).</p></blockquote>
 <h2><a name="1.6"></a>1.6. What is the current version of nano?</h2>
-<blockquote><p>The current stable version of nano *should* be 2.4.2. Of course, you should always check the <a href="http://www.nano-editor.org/">nano homepage</a> to see what the latest and greatest version is.</p></blockquote>
+<blockquote><p>The current version of nano <i>should</i> be <b>2.8.0</b>.  Of course, you should always check the <a href="https://nano-editor.org/">nano homepage</a> to see what the latest and greatest version is.</p></blockquote>
 <h2><a name="1.7"></a>1.7. I want to read the man page without having to download the program!</h2>
-<blockquote><p>Jeez, demanding, aren't we? Okay, look <a href="http://www.nano-editor.org/dist/v2.4/nano.1.html">here</a>.</p></blockquote>
+<blockquote><p>Jeez, demanding, aren't we? Okay, look <a href="https://nano-editor.org/dist/latest/nano.1.html">here</a>.</p></blockquote>
 <hr width="100%">
-<h1><a name="2"></a>2. Where to get nano.</h1>
-<h2><a name="2.1"></a>2.1. FTP and WWW sites that carry nano.</h2>
-<blockquote><p>The nano distribution can be downloaded at the following fine web and ftp sites:</p>
+
+<h1><a name="2"></a>2. Where to get GNU nano.</h1>
+<h2><a name="2.1"></a>2.1. Web sites that carry nano.</h2>
+<blockquote><p>The nano source tarballs can be downloaded from the following web sites:</p>
   <ul>
-    <li><a href="http://www.nano-editor.org/dist/">http://www.nano-editor.org/dist/</a></li>
-    <li><a href="ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/nano/">ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/nano/</a></li>
+    <li><a href="https://nano-editor.org/dist/">https://nano-editor.org/dist/</a></li>
+    <li><a href="https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/nano/">https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/nano/</a></li>
   </ul>
 </blockquote>
-<h2><a name="2.2"></a>2.2. RedHat and derivatives (.rpm) packages.</h2>
+<h2><a name="2.2"></a>2.2. RPM packages (RedHat, OpenSuse, and derivatives).</h2>
 <blockquote>
   <ul>
-    <li><a href="http://www.nano-editor.org/dist/v2.2/RPMS/">http://www.nano-editor.org/dist/v2.2/RPMS/</a></li>
+    <li><a href="https://kojipkgs.fedoraproject.org//packages/nano/">https://kojipkgs.fedoraproject.org//packages/nano/</a></li>
+    <li><a href="https://software.opensuse.org/package/nano">https://software.opensuse.org/package/nano</a></li>
   </ul>
 </blockquote>
-<h2><a name="2.3"></a>2.3. Debian (.deb) packages.</h2>
+<h2><a name="2.3"></a>2.3. Deb packages (Debian and derivatives):</h2>
 <blockquote><p>Debian users can check out the current nano packages for:</p>
   <ul>
     <li><a href="http://packages.debian.org/stable/editors/nano">stable</a></li>
@@ -114,6 +114,7 @@
 <h2><a name="2.4"></a>2.4. By GIT (for the brave).</h2>
 <blockquote><p>For the 'bleeding edge' current version of nano, you can use GIT to download the current source code. <b>Note:</b> believe it or not, by downloading code that has not yet stabilized into an official release, there could quite possibly be bugs, in fact the code may not even compile! Anyway, see <a href="http://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/nano.git/tree/README.GIT">the nano GIT document</a> for info on anonymous GIT access to the nano source.</p></blockquote>
 <hr width="100%">
+
 <h1><a name="3"></a>3. Installation and Configuration</h1>
 <h2><a name="3.1"></a>3.1. How do I install the RPM or DEB package?</h2>
 <blockquote><p>It's simple really! As root, type <b>rpm -Uvh nano-x.y.z-1.i386.rpm</b> if you have a RedHat-ish system or <b>dpkg -i nano_x.y.z-1.deb</b> if you have a Debian-ish system, where <b>x.y.z</b> is the release of nano. There are other programs to install packages, and if you wish to use those, knock yourself out.</p></blockquote>
@@ -148,23 +149,25 @@
   <b>--disable-operatingdir</b>  Disable the setting of an operating directory
   <b>--disable-speller</b>       Disable spell checker functions
   <b>--disable-tabcomp</b>       Disable tab completion functions
+  <b>--disable-wordcomp</b>      Disable the word completion function
   <b>--disable-wrapping</b>      Disable all hard-wrapping of text</pre>
-  <p>There's also the <b>--enable-tiny</b> option which disables everything above, as well as some larger chunks of the program (like the marker code that you use with Control-^ to select text). Also, if you know you aren't going to be using other languages you can use <b>--disable-nls</b> to disable internationalization and save a few K to a few dozen K depending on if you have locale support on your system. And finally there's always good old <b>strip</b> to strip all debugging code and code that exists in libraries on your system.</p>
+  <p>There's also the <b>--enable-tiny</b> option which disables everything above, as well as some larger chunks of the program (like the marker code that you use with Control-^ to select text). Also, if you know you aren't going to be using other languages, you can use <b>--disable-nls</b> to disable internationalization and save a few K to a few dozen K depending on whether you have locale support on your system. And finally, there's always good old <b>strip</b> to strip all debugging code and code that exists in libraries on your system.</p>
   <p>With <b>--disable-wrapping-as-root</b> you can disable any hard-wrapping by default when the user is root, useful to prevent accidentally changing long lines in system configuration files.</p>
 </blockquote>
 <h2><a name="3.7"></a>3.7. Tell me more about this multibuffer stuff!</h2>
-<blockquote><p>To use multiple file buffers, you must be using nano 1.1.0 or newer, and you must not have configured it with <b>--disable-multibuffer</b> nor with <b>--enable-tiny</b> (use <b>nano -V</b> to check the compilation options). Then when you want to insert a file into its own buffer instead of into the current file, just hit <b>Meta-F</b>, then insert the file as normal with <b>^R</b>. If you always want files to be loaded into their own buffers, use the <b>--multibuffer</b> or <b>-F</b> flag when you invoke nano.</p>
-  <p>You can move between the buffers you have open with the <b>Meta-&lt;</b> and <b>Meta-&gt;</b> keys, or more easily with <b>Meta-,</b> and <b>Meta-.</b> (clear as mud, right? =-). When you have more than one file buffer open, the ^X shortcut will say &quot;Close&quot;, instead of the normal &quot;Exit&quot; when only one buffer is open.</p></blockquote>
+<blockquote><p>To use multiple file buffers, you must not have configured nano with <b>--disable-multibuffer</b> nor with <b>--enable-tiny</b> (use <b>nano -V</b> to check the compilation options). Then when you want to insert a file into its own buffer instead of into the current file, just hit <b>Meta-F</b>, then insert the file as normal with <b>^R</b>. If you always want files to be loaded into their own buffers, use the <b>--multibuffer</b> or <b>-F</b> flag when you invoke nano.</p>
+  <p>You can move between the buffers you have open with the <b>Meta-&lt;</b> and <b>Meta-&gt;</b> keys, or more easily without holding Shift: <b>Meta-,</b> and <b>Meta-.</b> (clear as mud, right? =-). When you have more than one file buffer open, the ^X shortcut will say &quot;Close&quot;, instead of the normal &quot;Exit&quot; when only one buffer is open.</p></blockquote>
 <h2><a name="3.8"></a>3.8. Tell me more about this verbatim input stuff!</h2>
-<blockquote><p>To use verbatim input, you must be using nano 1.3.1 or newer. When you want to insert a literal character into the file you're editing, such as a control character that nano usually treats as a command, first press <b>Meta-V</b> (if you're not at a prompt, you'll get the message &quot;Verbatim Input&quot;), then press the key(s) that generate the character you want.</p>
-  <p>Alternatively, if you've enabled Unicode support (see section <a href="#5.3">5.3</a>), you can press <b>Meta-V</b> and then type a six-digit hexadecimal code (from 000000 to 10FFFF, case-insensitive), and the character with the corresponding value will be inserted instead. The prompt will change to &quot;Unicode Input&quot; when you do this.</p></blockquote>
-<h2><a name="3.9a"></a>3.9a. How do I make a .nanorc file that nano will read when I start it?</h2>
-<blockquote><p>It's not hard at all! But, your version of nano must <b>not</b> have been compiled with <b>--disable-nanorc</b>, and must be version 1.1.12 or newer (use nano -V to check your version and compiled features). Then simply copy the <b>nanorc.sample</b> that came with the nano source or your nano package (most likely in /usr/doc/nano) to .nanorc in your home directory. If you didn't get one, the syntax is simple. Flags are turned on and off by using the words <b>set</b> and <b>unset</b> plus the long option name for the feature. For example, &quot;set nowrap&quot; or &quot;set smarthome&quot;.</p></blockquote>
+<blockquote><p>When you want to insert a literal character into the file you're editing, such as a control character that nano usually treats as a command, first press <b>Meta-V</b> (if you're not at a prompt, you'll get the message &quot;Verbatim Input&quot; on the statusbar), then press the key(s) that generate the character you want.</p>
+  <p>Alternatively, if you've enabled Unicode support (see section <a href="#5.3">5.3</a>), you can press <b>Meta-V</b> and then type a six-digit hexadecimal code (from 000000 to 10FFFF, case-insensitive), and the character with the corresponding value will be inserted. The statubar will change to &quot;Unicode Input: ......&quot; when you do this.</p></blockquote>
+<h2><a name="3.9a"></a>3.9a. How do I make a .nanorc file that will be read when I start nano?</h2>
+<blockquote><p>It's not hard at all! But, your nano must <b>not</b> have been compiled with <b>--disable-nanorc</b>. Then simply copy the <b>sample.nanorc</b> that came with the nano source or your nano package (most likely in /usr/doc/nano) to .nanorc in your home directory. If you didn't get one, the syntax of the file is simple. Flags are turned on and off by using the words <b>set</b> and <b>unset</b> plus the long option name for the feature. For example, &quot;set nowrap&quot; or &quot;set smarthome&quot;.</p></blockquote>
 <h2><a name="3.9b"></a>3.9b. How about in Win32?</h2>
 <blockquote><p>If you're using the official nano .zip file and have extracted all the files, you should take the file nano.rc and place it somewhere on your Win32 system (for example, if you have write permission to do so, at the top of C:\).  Then you must create an Environment variable called HOME which points to the directory where you put nano.rc.  In Windows XP, you can get to Environment variables by right-clicking "My Computer" either on the desktop or in the Start Menu, and selecting Properties.  This should bring up the System Properties panel.  Then click the Advanced Tab, and there should be a button called Environment Variables.  Click that to bring up the Environment Variables section. Now, under User Variables you should be able to click the New button, and make a new Variables Name called HOME, with the Variable Value of whatever path you copied nano.rc into (just the directory name; don't add nano.rc onto the end).</p>
-<p>We're still working on documentation for enabling syntax highlighting on Win32; please bear with us.</p>
-<p>Note that the nano.rc file must remain Unix-formatted in order for nano to understand it.  In other words, you should probably use only nano to edit its config file.  Other programs like Wordpad and Notepad will convert the file to DOS format when saving, and the latter does not even properly read Unix-formatted files to begin with.</p></blockquote>
+  <p>We're still working on documentation for enabling syntax highlighting on Win32; please bear with us.</p>
+  <p>Note that the nano.rc file must remain Unix-formatted in order for nano to understand it.  In other words, you should probably use only nano to edit its config file.  Other programs like Wordpad and Notepad will convert the file to DOS format when saving, and the latter does not even properly read Unix-formatted files to begin with.</p></blockquote>
 <hr width="100%">
+
 <h1><a name="4"></a>4. Running</h1>
 <h2><a name="4.1"></a>4.1. How do I open a file with a name beginning with '+' from the command line?</h2>
 <blockquote><p>If a command-line option that begins with '+' is followed by another option, the former is always treated as a starting line and column number, and the latter is always treated as a filename. If a command-line option that begins with '+' isn't followed by another option, it's always treated as a filename. Examples:</p>
@@ -186,16 +189,12 @@
 <h2><a name="4.6"></a>4.6. nano crashes when I type &lt;insert keystroke here&gt;!</h2>
 <blockquote><p>If you aren't trying some bizarre keystroke combination with some bizarre $TERM entry, chances are you have found a bug. You are welcome to submit it to the <a href="mailto:nano-devel@gnu.org">nano-devel</a> list or in the <a href="https://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?group=nano">bug tracker</a> on Savannah.</p></blockquote>
 <h2><a name="4.7"></a>4.7. nano crashes when I resize my window. How can I fix that?</h2>
-<blockquote><p>Older versions of nano had this problem, please upgrade to a newer version (at least 0.9.9, but 2.4.2 is recommended).</p></blockquote>
-<h2><a name="4.8"></a>4.8. [version 1.3.12 and later] I'm using glibc 2.2.3, and nano crashes when I use color support or do regular expression searches. How can I fix that?</h2>
-<blockquote><p>It's a bug in glibc 2.2.3. You should upgrade to at least glibc 2.2.4.</p></blockquote>
-<h2><a name="4.9"></a>4.9. [version 1.1.12 and earlier] Why does nano show ^\ in the shortcut list instead of ^J?</h2>
-<blockquote><p>The help (^G) and justify (^J) functions were among the last to be written. To show the improvements that nano had over Pico (go to line number, and replace), ^_ and ^\ were put on the shortcut list. Later, ^G came back in place of ^_ as it proved to be very valuable for new Unix users.</p></blockquote>
-<h2><a name="4.10a"></a>4.10a. [version 1.1.12 and earlier] When I type in a search string, the string I last searched for is already in front of my cursor! What happened?!</h2>
-<blockquote><p>Since nano version 0.9.20, the default was to have a completely consistent user interface across all user input functions. This means that regardless of whether you're being asked for a filename to insert or write, or a string to search for, the previous value is already inserted before the cursor.</p></blockquote>
-<h2><a name="4.10b"></a>4.10b. [version 1.1.99pre1 and later] Hey, the search string behavior has reverted, it's now like Pico, what happened to the consistency?</h2>
-<blockquote><p>It was decided that consistency was nice, but people are used to Pico's inconsistent behavior. Also, in version 1.1.99pre1, search and replace history was introduced. If you wish to edit your previous search/replace entry (or any previous entry), you can do so by hitting the up arrow to cycle through your history. This method allows the best of both worlds: You don't need to erase the previous string if you want to enter a new one, but you can with one keystroke recall previous entries for editing. Therefore there is now no "Pico mode", nano is and has always been a Pico <b>clone</b>, and clones by default should be compatible.</p></blockquote>
-<h2><a name="4.11"></a>4.11. How do I make nano my default editor (in Pine, mutt, etc.)?</h2>
+<blockquote><p>Older versions of nano had this problem.  Please upgrade to version 2.7.0 or newer.</p></blockquote>
+<h2><a name="4.8"></a>4.8. When I paste text into a document, each line gets indented further than the last. Why does nano do this, and how can I avoid it?</h2>
+<blockquote><p>You have the autoindent feature turned on. Hit Meta-I to turn it off, paste your text, and then hit Meta-I again to turn it back on.</p></blockquote>
+<h2><a name="4.9"></a>4.9. I've compiled nano with color support, but I don't see any color when I run it!</h2>
+<blockquote><p>If you want nano to actually use color, you have to specify the color configurations you want it to use in your .nanorc. Several example configurations are in the <b>doc/syntax</b> subdirectory of the nano source, which are normally installed to <b>/usr/local/share/nano</b>. To enable all of them, uncomment the line <b># include "/usr/local/share/nano/*.nanorc"</b> in your nanorc. See also section <a href="#3.9a">3.9a</a>.</p></blockquote>
+<h2><a name="4.10"></a>4.10. How do I make nano my default editor (in Pine, mutt, etc.)?</h2>
 <blockquote><p>You need to make nano your $EDITOR. If you want this to be saved, you should put a line like this in your <b>.bashrc</b> if you use bash (or <b>.zshrc</b> if you believe in zsh):</p>
   <p><b>export EDITOR=/usr/local/bin/nano</b></p>
   <p>or, if you use tcsh, put this in your <b>.cshrc</b> file:</p>
@@ -208,39 +207,38 @@
   <p>If you're a mutt user, you should see an effect immediately the next time you log in. No further configuration is needed. However, if you want to let people know you use nano to compose your email messages, you can put a line like this in your <b>.muttrc</b>:</p>
   <p><b>my_hdr X-Composer: nano x.y.z</b></p>
   <p>Again, replace x.y.z with the version of nano you use.</p></blockquote>
-<h2><a name="4.12"></a>4.12. I've compiled nano with color support, but I don't see any color when I run it!</h2>
-<blockquote><p>If you want nano to actually use color, you have to specify the color configurations you want it to use in your .nanorc. Several example configurations are in the <b>doc/syntax</b> subdirectory of the nano source, which are normally installed to <b>/usr/local/share/nano</b>. To enable all of them, uncomment the line <b># include "/usr/local/share/nano/*.nanorc"</b> in your nanorc. See also section <a href="#3.9a">3.9a</a>.</p></blockquote>
-<h2><a name="4.13"></a>4.13. How do I select text for or paste text from the clipboard in an X terminal when I'm running nano in one and nano's mouse support is turned on?</h2>
+<h2><a name="4.11"></a>4.11. How do I select text for or paste text from the clipboard in an X terminal when I'm running nano in one and nano's mouse support is turned on?</h2>
 <blockquote><p>Try holding down the Shift key and selecting or pasting the text as you normally would.</p></blockquote>
-<h2><a name="4.14"></a>4.14. When I paste text into a document, each line gets indented further than the last. Why does nano do this, and how can I avoid it?</h2>
-<blockquote><p>You have the autoindent feature turned on. Hit Meta-I to turn it off, paste your text, and then hit Meta-I again to turn it back on.</p></blockquote>
-<h2><a name="4.15"></a>4.15. On startup I get a message that says "Detected a legacy nano history file".  Now older nano versions can't find my search history!</h2>
-<blockquote><p>In nano 2.3.0, cursor-position history was introduced, and both history files now reside under a .nano directory in your home.  nano was trying to move this file into the new location so it could continue to use it.  This means that if you try and use an earlier version of nano, it will be unable to see your current search history.  To fix this, run the following commands:<br>
-  <p><b>mv ~/.nano/search_history ~/.nano_history</b><br>
-  <b>ln -sf ~/.nano_history ~/.nano/search_history</b></p>
-</p></blockquote>
+<h2><a name="4.12"></a>4.12. On startup I get a message that says "Detected a legacy nano history file".  Now older nano versions can't find my search history!</h2>
+<blockquote><p>In nano 2.3.0, cursor-position history was introduced, and both history files now reside in a .nano subdirectory in your home directory.  A newer nano will move an existing search-history file to this new location so it can continue to be used.  This means that if you then try and use an earlier version of nano, it will be unable to see your current search history.  To fix this, run the following command:</p>
+  <p><b>ln -sf ~/.nano/search_history ~/.nano_history</b></p>
+  <p>The "migration service" (moving the search-history file to its new location) will be deleted from nano in early 2018.</p></blockquote>
 <hr width="100%">
+
 <h1><a name="5"></a>5. Internationalization</h1>
 <h2><a name="5.1"></a>5.1. There's no translation for my language!</h2>
-<blockquote><p>In June 2001, nano entered the <a href="http://translationproject.org/html/welcome.html">Translation Project</a> and since then, translations should be managed from there.</p>
+<blockquote><p>In June 2001, GNU nano entered the <a href="http://translationproject.org/html/welcome.html">Translation Project</a> and since then, translations should be managed from there.</p>
   <p>If there isn't a translation for your language, you could ask <a href="http://translationproject.org/team/">your language team</a> to translate nano, or better still, join that team and do it yourself. Joining a team is easy. You just need to ask the team leader to add you, and then send a <a href="http://translationproject.org/disclaim.txt">translation disclaimer to the FSF</a> (this is necessary as nano is an official GNU package, but it does <b>not</b> mean that you transfer the rights of your work to the FSF, it's just so the FSF can legally manage them).</p>
   <p>In any case, translating nano is very easy. Just grab the latest <b>nano.pot</b> file listed on <a href="http://translationproject.org/domain/nano.html">nano's page</a> at the TP, and translate each <b>msgid</b> line into your native language on the <b>msgstr</b> line. When you're done, you should send it to the TP's central po repository.</p></blockquote>
 <h2><a name="5.2"></a>5.2. I don't like the translation for &lt;x&gt; in my language. How can I fix it?</h2>
 <blockquote><p>The best way would probably be to send an e-mail to the team's mailing listed mentione in the <code>Language-Team:</code> field in the <b>&lt;your_language&gt;.po</b> file with your suggested corrections, and then they can make the changes reach the nano-devel list.</p></blockquote>
 <h2><a name="5.3"></a>5.3. What is the status of Unicode support?</h2>
-<blockquote><p>In version 1.3.12 or later, Unicode should be usable. With your terminal, locale (LC_ALL and similar environment variables), and encoding configured to properly support UTF-8, you should be able to enter and save Unicode text.</p></blockquote>
+<blockquote><p>Since versions 1.3.12, Unicode should be usable. With your terminal, locale (LC_ALL and similar environment variables), and encoding configured to properly support UTF-8, you should be able to enter and save Unicode text.</p></blockquote>
 <hr width="100%">
+
 <h1><a name="6"></a>6. Advocacy and Licensing</h1>
 <h2><a name="6.1"></a>6.1. Why should I use nano instead of Pico?</h2>
-<blockquote><p>There are many reasons to use nano instead of Pico. A more complete list can be found at the <a href="http://www.nano-editor.org/">nano homepage</a>.</p></blockquote>
+<blockquote><p>There are many reasons to use nano instead of Pico. A more complete list can be found at the <a href="https://nano-editor.org/">nano homepage</a>.</p></blockquote>
 <h2><a name="6.2"></a>6.2. Why should I use Pico instead of nano?</h2>
-<blockquote><p>Again, check out the <a href="http://www.nano-editor.org/">nano homepage</a> for a good summary of reasons. It really is a matter of personal preference as to which editor you should use. If you're the type of person who likes using the original version of a program, then Pico is the editor for you. If you don't mind sacrificing mailer integration with Pine, and are looking for a few more features, as well as a 'better' license in terms of adding your own changes, nano is the way to go.</p><p>Note that the last of these no longer applies to the new version of Pine, <a href="http://www.washington.edu/alpine/">Alpine</a>, which is under the Apache License, version 2.0.</p></blockquote>
+<blockquote><p>Again, check out the <a href="https://nano-editor.org/">nano homepage</a> for a good summary of reasons. It really is a matter of personal preference as to which editor you should use. If you're the type of person who likes using the original version of a program, then Pico is the editor for you. If you don't mind sacrificing mailer integration with Pine, and are looking for a few more features, as well as a 'better' license in terms of adding your own changes, nano is the way to go.</p>
+<p>Note that the last of these no longer applies to the new version of Pine, <a href="http://www.washington.edu/alpine/">Alpine</a>, which is under the Apache License, version 2.0.</p></blockquote>
 <h2><a name="6.3"></a>6.3. What is so bad about the older Pine license?</h2>
 <blockquote><p>The U of W license for older versions of Pine and Pico is not considered truly Free Software according to both the Free Software Foundation and the <a href="http://www.debian.org/social_contract#guidelines">Debian Free Software Guidelines</a>. The main problem regards the limitations on distributing derived works: according to UW, you can distribute their software, and you can modify it, but you can not do both, i.e. distribute modified binaries.</p></blockquote>
 <h2><a name="6.4"></a>6.4. Okay, well, what mail program should I use then?</h2>
-<blockquote><p>If you are looking to use a Free Software program similar to Pine, and Emacs is not your thing, you should definitely take a look at <a href="http://www.mutt.org/">mutt</a>. It is a full-screen, console based mail program that actually has a lot more flexibility than Pine, but has a keymap included in the distribution that allows you to use the same keystrokes as Pine would to send and receive mail. It's also under the GNU General Public License, version 2.0.<P>
-Of course, due to the license change you can now use the <A HREF="http://www.washington.edu/alpine/">Alpine distribution</A> of PINE as it is now considered Free Software, but you would be sacrificing many of nano's features to do so.</p></blockquote>
+<blockquote><p>If you are looking to use a Free Software program similar to Pine, and Emacs is not your thing, you should definitely take a look at <a href="http://www.mutt.org/">mutt</a>. It is a full-screen, console based mail program that actually has a lot more flexibility than Pine, but has a keymap included in the distribution that allows you to use the same keystrokes as Pine would to send and receive mail. It's also under the GNU General Public License, version 2.0.</p>
+<p>Of course, due to the license change you can now use the <a href="http://www.washington.edu/alpine/">Alpine distribution</a> of PINE as it is now considered Free Software, but you would be sacrificing many of nano's features to do so.</p></blockquote>
 <hr width="100%">
+
 <h1><a name="7"></a>7. Miscellaneous</h1>
 <h2><a name="7.1"></a>7.1. nano-related mailing lists.</h2>
 <blockquote><p>There are three mailing lists for nano hosted at <a href="http://savannah.gnu.org/">Savannah</a>: info-nano, help-nano and nano-devel. info-nano is a very low traffic list where new versions of nano are announced (surprise!). help-nano is for getting help with the editor without needing to hear all of the development issues surrounding it. nano-devel is a normally low, sometimes high traffic list for discussing the present and future development of nano. Here are links to where you can sign up for a given list:</p>
@@ -248,84 +246,87 @@ Of course, due to the license change you can now use the <A HREF="http://www.was
   help-nano - <a href="http://mail.gnu.org/mailman/listinfo/help-nano/">http://mail.gnu.org/mailman/listinfo/help-nano/</a><br>
   nano-devel - <a href="http://mail.gnu.org/mailman/listinfo/nano-devel/">http://mail.gnu.org/mailman/listinfo/nano-devel/</a></p></blockquote>
 <h2><a name="7.2"></a>7.2. I want to send the development team a big load of cash (or just a thank you).</h2>
-<blockquote><p>That's fine. Send it <a href="mailto:nano-devel@gnu.org">our way</a>! Better yet, fix a <a href="https://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?group=nano">bug</a> in the program or implement a <a href="http://www.nano-editor.org/dist/v2.3/TODO">cool feature</a> and send us that instead (though cash is fine too).</p></blockquote>
+<blockquote><p>That's fine. Send it <a href="mailto:nano-devel@gnu.org">our way</a>! Better yet, fix a <a href="https://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?group=nano">bug</a> in the program or implement a <a href="https://nano-editor.org/dist/latest/TODO">cool feature</a> and send us that instead (though cash is fine too).</p></blockquote>
 <h2><a name="7.3"></a>7.3. How do I submit a bug report or patch?</h2>
 <blockquote>
-<p>The best place to submit bugs is to the <a href="https://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?group=nano">Savannah bug tracker</a> as you can check whether the bug you are submitting has already been submitted.
-<p>Please submit patches for nano via the <a href="https://savannah.gnu.org/patch/?group=nano">Savannah project's patch manager</a> for the nano project.</p></blockquote>
+  <p>The best way to submit bugs is through the <a href="https://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?group=nano">Savannah bug tracker</a>, as you can check whether the bug you are reporting has already been submitted, and it makes it easier for the maintainers to keep track of them.
+  <p>You can submit patches for nano via <a href="https://savannah.gnu.org/patch/?group=nano">Savannah's patch manager</a>.</p></blockquote>
 <h2><a name="7.4"></a>7.4. How do I join the development team?</h2>
 <blockquote><p>The easiest way is to consistently send in good patches that add some needed functionality, fix a bug or two, and/or make the program more optimized/efficient. Then ask nicely and you will probably be added to the Savannah development list and be given write access after a while. There is a lot of responsibility that goes along with being a team member, so don't think it's just something to add to your resume.</p></blockquote>
 <h2><a name="7.5"></a>7.5. Can I have write access to the git tree?</h2>
-<blockquote><p>Re-read Section <a href="#7.4">7.4</a> and you should know the answer.</p></blockquote>
-<h2><a name="8"></a>8. ChangeLog</h2>
+<blockquote><p>Re-read section <a href="#7.4">7.4</a> and you should know the answer.</p></blockquote>
+<hr width="100%">
+
+<h1><a name="8"></a>8. ChangeLog</h1>
 <blockquote><p>
-2016/04/17 - Update docs to refer to GIT instead of subversion. (Mike)<br>
-2015/07/18 - More small fixes and updates. (Benno)<br>
-2014/04/24 - A bunch of small fixes and updates. (Benno)<br>
-2009/11/30 - Update various bits for nano 2.2.x. (DLR)<br>
-2009/11/18 - Typo fix. (j.mader@gmail.com)<br>
-2008/03/16 - Update docs to refer to subversion instead of CVS, add more words about Alpine, and refer to Savannah for bugs and patches. (chrisa)<br>
-2007/12/21 - Update maintainer information. (DLR)<br>
-2007/12/09 - Add minor punctuation and wording fixes, and update various sections to account for Alpine. (DLR)<br>
-2007/08/26 - Update links to the Free Translation Project. (DLR)<br>
-2007/07/29 - Update RPM links for nano 2.0.x. (DLR)<br>
-2007/04/18 - Add a new section 4.14 to explain how autoindent affects pasted text. (John M. Gabriele, minor tweaks by DLR)<br>
-2007/04/04 - Update email address. (DLR)<br>
-2007/01/01 - Update section 4.1 to describe how to open files with names beginning with '+' at specified columns as well as lines. (DLR)<br>
-2006/11/25 - Add miscellaneous wording and capitalization fixes. (DLR)<br>
-2006/10/28 - Update various links for the 2.0 branch of nano. (DLR)<br>
-2006/10/06 - Update the question in section 4.13 to match the version of it in the answer section. (DLR)<br>
-2006/07/25 - Update section 5.3 again to not state &quot;the latest development version&quot; before 1.3.12, as it's no longer accurate. Also add some minor spacing fixes. (DLR)<br>
-2006/06/12 - Update section 5.3, due to the display fix for two-column Unicode characters. (DLR)<br>
-2006/06/05 - Add a new section 4.8, and move all section 4 entries after it down one number, to explain how to deal with glibc 2.2.3's crashes involving extended regular expressions. (DLR)<br>
-2006/06/04 - Add minor punctuation, wording, and typo fixes. (DLR)<br>
-2006/05/27 - Update section 3.8 to mention the new "Unicode Input" prompt, and how Unicode input only works when Unicode support is enabled. (DLR)<br>
-2006/05/12 - Remove section 4.4, and move all section 4 entries after it up one number, since it no longer applies. Meta-] and Meta-[ are no longer used to indent and unindent marked text, since they require that the bracket matching key change to Ctrl-], which is used as the telnet escape key (found by Chris). Also, make the link to the nano CVS page a bit more readable. (DLR)<br>
-2006/05/08 - Add a new section 4.5, and move all section 4 entries after it down one number, to explain a problem that can occur when holding down keys to generate Meta sequences. Also add a few more capitalization and wording fixes. (Benno Schulenberg, minor tweaks by DLR)<br>
-2006/05/01 - Add a new section 4.4, and move all section 4 entries after it down one number, to explain how to deal with problems typing Meta-[. Also add a few capitalization and wording fixes. (DLR)<br>
-2006/04/14 - Clarify section 1.4: help menu -> help text display. (DLR, suggested by Benno Schulenberg)<br>
-2006/03/16 - Update the Free Translation Project's address, change the character set to UTF-8, and remove broken links to contributed RedHat nano packages. (DLR)<br>
-2005/11/21 - Clarify section 5.3 to better explain how to enable Unicode support, and remove the mention of quirks, since they turned out to not be a nano problem. (Mike Frysinger and DLR)<br>
-2005/11/19 - Add a new section 5.3 to explain the status of nano's Unicode support. (Mike Frysinger, minor tweaks by DLR)<br>
-2005/08/27 - Update email address. (DLR)<br>
-2005/08/10 - Add a new section 4.3, and move all section 4 entries after it down one number, to explain how to deal with numeric keypad problems. (DLR)<br>
-2005/08/08 - Update section 3.8 to mention that verbatim input mode now takes a six-digit hexadecimal number. (DLR)<br>
-2005/07/04 - Update section 4.10 to mention that pasting from the X clipboard via the middle mouse button also works when the Shift key is used. (DLR)<br>
-2005/06/15 - Update description of --enable-extra, and add missing line breaks. (DLR)<br>
-2005/06/13 - Minor capitalization and wording fixes. (DLR)<br>
-2005/06/08 - Updated section 1.1 to mention the current maintainer. (DLR)<br>
-2005/03/09 - Added question about opening files with names beginning with '+'s, and added a few more miscellaneous cosmetic fixes. (DLR)<br>
-2005/01/03 - Removed now-inaccurate note about verbatim input's not working at prompts, and update its description to mention that it handles hexadecimal values now. (DLR)<br>
-2004/11/21 - Listed sh as an example of a Bourne shell. (DLR)<br>
-2004/11/05 - Fixed inaccuracy: Pico compatibility mode was made the default in nano 1.1.99pre1, not 1.2.2. Also added question about how to type F13-F16 on terminals lacking keys past F12 (suggested by Chris), question about how to select text for the clipboard in X terminals with nano's mouse support turned on (answer found by Joseph Birthisel), and misc. fixes and link updates. (DLR)<br>
-2004/04/07 - Removed NumLock glitch question, as it's no longer needed. (DLR)<br>
-2004/01/30 - Fixed inaccuracy: multibuffer mode was first in nano 1.1.0, not 1.1.12. (DLR)<br>
-2003/12/31 - Added question about the new verbatim input function, and a few minor fixes. Removed reference to &quot;set pico&quot; (DLR).<br>
-2003/07/02 - Added question about nano's not showing color when it's compiled with color support (DLR; suggested by Jordi).<br>
-2003/02/23 - Updated RPM links for nano 1.2.x (DLR).<br>
-2003/01/16 - Split section 4.5 into 4.5a and 4.5b for search string behavior. Added --enable-all docs.<br>
-2002/12/28 - More misc. fixes (David Benbennick, DLR).<br>
-2002/10/25 - Misc. fixes and link updates (DLR).<br>
-2002/09/10 - Another typo fix (DLR).<br>
-2002/05/15 - Typo fix (DLR).<br>
-2001/12/26 - Misc. fixes (Aaron S. Hawley, DLR).<br>
-2001/10/02 - Update for Free Translation Project.<br>
-2001/10/02 - Assorted fixes, Debian additions.<br>
-2001/06/30 - Silly typo fix.<br>
-2001/05/05 - Spelling fixes by David Lawrence Ramsey.<br>
-2001/05/02 - Misc fixes.<br>
-2001/03/26 - Typo fix in an URL.<br>
-2001/02/17 - Advocacy updates.<br>
-2001/02/15 - Added GNU notes for 0.9.99pre3.<br>
-2001/02/06 - Typo fixes.<br>
-2001/01/14 - Added note about NumLock glitch.<br>
-2001/01/10 - Linux -&gt; GNU/Linux.<br>
-2001/01/09 - Added &quot;making exe smaller&quot; section.<br>
-2000/12/19 - Typo and assorted error fixes.<br>
-2000/11/28 - Added blurb about make install-strip.<br>
-2000/11/19 - Changed Debian frozen to stable.<br>
-2000/11/18 - Previous string display (4.5).<br>
-2000/09/27 - Moved addresses to nano-editor.org.<br>
-2000/06/31 - Initial framework.</p></blockquote>
+2017.01.09 - Delete some obsolete items and update a few others. (Benno)<br>
+2016.04.17 - Update docs to refer to GIT instead of subversion. (Mike)<br>
+2015.07.18 - More small fixes and updates. (Benno)<br>
+2014.04.24 - A bunch of small fixes and updates. (Benno)<br>
+2009.11.30 - Update various bits for nano 2.2.x. (DLR)<br>
+2009.11.18 - Typo fix. (j.mader@gmail.com)<br>
+2008.03.16 - Update docs to refer to subversion instead of CVS, add more words about Alpine, and refer to Savannah for bugs and patches. (Chris)<br>
+2007.12.21 - Update maintainer information. (DLR)<br>
+2007.12.09 - Add minor punctuation and wording fixes, and update various sections to account for Alpine. (DLR)<br>
+2007.08.26 - Update links to the Free Translation Project. (DLR)<br>
+2007.07.29 - Update RPM links for nano 2.0.x. (DLR)<br>
+2007.04.18 - Add a new section 4.14 to explain how autoindent affects pasted text. (John M. Gabriele, minor tweaks by DLR)<br>
+2007.04.04 - Update email address. (DLR)<br>
+2007.01.01 - Update section 4.1 to describe how to open files with names beginning with '+' at specified columns as well as lines. (DLR)<br>
+2006.11.25 - Add miscellaneous wording and capitalization fixes. (DLR)<br>
+2006.10.28 - Update various links for the 2.0 branch of nano. (DLR)<br>
+2006.10.06 - Update the question in section 4.13 to match the version of it in the answer section. (DLR)<br>
+2006.07.25 - Update section 5.3 again to not state &quot;the latest development version&quot; before 1.3.12, as it's no longer accurate. Also add some minor spacing fixes. (DLR)<br>
+2006.06.12 - Update section 5.3, due to the display fix for two-column Unicode characters. (DLR)<br>
+2006.06.05 - Add a new section 4.8, and move all section 4 entries after it down one number, to explain how to deal with glibc 2.2.3's crashes involving extended regular expressions. (DLR)<br>
+2006.06.04 - Add minor punctuation, wording, and typo fixes. (DLR)<br>
+2006.05.27 - Update section 3.8 to mention the new "Unicode Input" prompt, and how Unicode input only works when Unicode support is enabled. (DLR)<br>
+2006.05.12 - Remove section 4.4, and move all section 4 entries after it up one number, since it no longer applies. Meta-] and Meta-[ are no longer used to indent and unindent marked text, since they require that the bracket matching key change to Ctrl-], which is used as the telnet escape key (found by Chris). Also, make the link to the nano CVS page a bit more readable. (DLR)<br>
+2006.05.08 - Add a new section 4.5, and move all section 4 entries after it down one number, to explain a problem that can occur when holding down keys to generate Meta sequences. Also add a few more capitalization and wording fixes. (Benno Schulenberg, minor tweaks by DLR)<br>
+2006.05.01 - Add a new section 4.4, and move all section 4 entries after it down one number, to explain how to deal with problems typing Meta-[. Also add a few capitalization and wording fixes. (DLR)<br>
+2006.04.14 - Clarify section 1.4: help menu -> help text display. (DLR, suggested by Benno Schulenberg)<br>
+2006.03.16 - Update the Free Translation Project's address, change the character set to UTF-8, and remove broken links to contributed RedHat nano packages. (DLR)<br>
+2005.11.21 - Clarify section 5.3 to better explain how to enable Unicode support, and remove the mention of quirks, since they turned out to not be a nano problem. (Mike Frysinger and DLR)<br>
+2005.11.19 - Add a new section 5.3 to explain the status of nano's Unicode support. (Mike Frysinger, minor tweaks by DLR)<br>
+2005.08.27 - Update email address. (DLR)<br>
+2005.08.10 - Add a new section 4.3, and move all section 4 entries after it down one number, to explain how to deal with numeric keypad problems. (DLR)<br>
+2005.08.08 - Update section 3.8 to mention that verbatim input mode now takes a six-digit hexadecimal number. (DLR)<br>
+2005.07.04 - Update section 4.10 to mention that pasting from the X clipboard via the middle mouse button also works when the Shift key is used. (DLR)<br>
+2005.06.15 - Update description of --enable-extra, and add missing line breaks. (DLR)<br>
+2005.06.13 - Minor capitalization and wording fixes. (DLR)<br>
+2005.06.08 - Updated section 1.1 to mention the current maintainer. (DLR)<br>
+2005.03.09 - Added question about opening files with names beginning with '+'s, and added a few more miscellaneous cosmetic fixes. (DLR)<br>
+2005.01.03 - Removed now-inaccurate note about verbatim input's not working at prompts, and update its description to mention that it handles hexadecimal values now. (DLR)<br>
+2004.11.21 - Listed sh as an example of a Bourne shell. (DLR)<br>
+2004.11.05 - Fixed inaccuracy: Pico compatibility mode was made the default in nano 1.1.99pre1, not 1.2.2. Also added question about how to type F13-F16 on terminals lacking keys past F12 (suggested by Chris), question about how to select text for the clipboard in X terminals with nano's mouse support turned on (answer found by Joseph Birthisel), and misc. fixes and link updates. (DLR)<br>
+2004.04.07 - Removed NumLock glitch question, as it's no longer needed. (DLR)<br>
+2004.01.30 - Fixed inaccuracy: multibuffer mode was first in nano 1.1.0, not 1.1.12. (DLR)<br>
+2003.12.31 - Added question about the new verbatim input function, and a few minor fixes. Removed reference to &quot;set pico&quot; (DLR).<br>
+2003.07.02 - Added question about nano's not showing color when it's compiled with color support (DLR; suggested by Jordi).<br>
+2003.02.23 - Updated RPM links for nano 1.2.x (DLR).<br>
+2003.01.16 - Split section 4.5 into 4.5a and 4.5b for search string behavior. Added --enable-all docs.<br>
+2002.12.28 - More misc. fixes (David Benbennick, DLR).<br>
+2002.10.25 - Misc. fixes and link updates (DLR).<br>
+2002.09.10 - Another typo fix (DLR).<br>
+2002.05.15 - Typo fix (DLR).<br>
+2001.12.26 - Misc. fixes (Aaron S. Hawley, DLR).<br>
+2001.10.02 - Update for Free Translation Project.<br>
+2001.10.02 - Assorted fixes, Debian additions.<br>
+2001.06.30 - Silly typo fix.<br>
+2001.05.05 - Spelling fixes by David Lawrence Ramsey.<br>
+2001.05.02 - Misc fixes.<br>
+2001.03.26 - Typo fix in an URL.<br>
+2001.02.17 - Advocacy updates.<br>
+2001.02.15 - Added GNU notes for 0.9.99pre3.<br>
+2001.02.06 - Typo fixes.<br>
+2001.01.14 - Added note about NumLock glitch.<br>
+2001.01.10 - Linux -&gt; GNU/Linux.<br>
+2001.01.09 - Added &quot;making exe smaller&quot; section.<br>
+2000.12.19 - Typo and assorted error fixes.<br>
+2000.11.28 - Added blurb about make install-strip.<br>
+2000.11.19 - Changed Debian frozen to stable.<br>
+2000.11.18 - Previous string display (4.5).<br>
+2000.09.27 - Moved addresses to nano-editor.org.<br>
+2000.06.31 - Initial framework.</p></blockquote>
 </body>
 </html>

doc/man/.gitignore

@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-nano.1.html
-nanorc.5.html
-rnano.1.html

doc/man/Makefile.am

@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-SUBDIRS =
-BUILT_SOURCES =
-
-if USE_NLS
-SUBDIRS += fr
-endif
-
-dist_man_MANS = nano.1 rnano.1
-html_pages = nano.1.html rnano.1.html
-
-if USE_NANORC
-dist_man_MANS += nanorc.5
-html_pages += nanorc.5.html
-endif
-
-nano.1.html: nano.1
-	groff -t -mandoc -Thtml < $? > $@
-nanorc.5.html: nanorc.5
-	groff -t -mandoc -Thtml < $? > $@
-rnano.1.html: rnano.1
-	groff -t -mandoc -Thtml < $? > $@
-
-if GROFF_HTML
-BUILT_SOURCES += $(html_pages)
-dist_html_DATA = $(html_pages)
-endif
-
-EXTRA_DIST = $(BUILT_SOURCES)

doc/man/fr/Makefile.am

@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-mandir = @mandir@/fr
-htmldir = @htmldir@/fr
-
-BUILT_SOURCES =
-
-dist_man_MANS = nano.1 rnano.1
-html_pages = nano.1.html rnano.1.html
-
-if USE_NANORC
-dist_man_MANS += nanorc.5
-html_pages += nanorc.5.html
-endif
-
-nano.1.html: nano.1
-	groff -t -mandoc -Thtml < $? > $@
-nanorc.5.html: nanorc.5
-	groff -t -mandoc -Thtml < $? > $@
-rnano.1.html: rnano.1
-	groff -t -mandoc -Thtml < $? > $@
-
-if GROFF_HTML
-BUILT_SOURCES += $(html_pages)
-dist_html_DATA = $(html_pages)
-endif
-
-EXTRA_DIST = $(BUILT_SOURCES)

doc/man/fr/nano.1

@@ -1,324 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007
-.\" Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-.\"
-.\" Le travail d'adaptation française de cette page de manuel a été
-.\" réalisé par Jean-Philippe Guérard, en 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 et 2007.
-.\" Ce travail d'adaptation est dans le domaine public. Attention, la
-.\" page traduite reste soumise au droit d'auteur de ses auteurs
-.\" originaux.
-.\"
-.\" The French translation of this document is a public domain work of
-.\" Jean-Philippe Guérard. This translation work was made in 2003, 2004,
-.\" 2005, 2006 and 2007. The translated man page in itself is still
-.\" subject to the copyright of its original authors.
-.\"
-.\" This document is dual-licensed.  You may distribute and/or modify it
-.\" under the terms of either of the following licenses:
-.\"
-.\" * The GNU General Public License, as published by the Free Software
-.\"   Foundation, version 3 or (at your option) any later version.  You
-.\"   should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-.\"   along with this program.  If not, see
-.\"   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-.\"
-.\" * The GNU Free Documentation License, as published by the Free
-.\"   Software Foundation, version 1.2 or (at your option) any later
-.\"   version, with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no
-.\"   Back-Cover Texts.  You should have received a copy of the GNU Free
-.\"   Documentation License along with this program.  If not, see
-.\"   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-.\"
-.\" Ce document est publié sous une double licence. Vous pouvez
-.\" le distribuer et le modifier selon les termes de l'une des deux
-.\" licences ci-dessous :
-.\"
-.\" * La Licence publique générale GNU (GNU GPL) version 3 ou, à
-.\"   votre choix, supérieure, telle que publiée par la Free 
-.\"   Software Foundation. Vous devriez avoir reçu une copie de la 
-.\"   Licence publique générale GNU avec ce programme. Si ce n'est pas 
-.\"   le cas, consultez <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-.\"
-.\" * La Licence de documentation libre GNU (GNU FDL), version 1.2 ou,
-.\"   à votre choix, supérieure, telle que publiée par la Free
-.\"   Software Foundation, sans section invariante, ni texte de
-.\"   première ou de quatrième de couverture. Vous devriez avoir reçu 
-.\"   une copie de la Licence de documentation libre GNU avec ce 
-.\"   programme. Si ce n'est pas le cas, consultez 
-.\"   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-.\"
-.TH NANO 1 "version 2.0.0" "29\ novembre\ 2007"
-.\" Please adjust this date whenever revising the manpage.
-.\" Merci de modifier ces dates à chaque mise à jour de cette page.
-.\"
-
-.SH NOM
-nano \- NAno un NOuvel éditeur, un clone libre et amélioré de Pico
-
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B nano
-.I [OPTIONS]\ [[+LIGNE,COLONNE]\ FICHIER]...
-.br
-
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-Cette page de manuel décrit brièvement la commande \fBnano\fR.
-.PP
-.\" TeX users may be more comfortable with the \fB<whatever>\fP and
-.\" \fI<whatever>\fP escape sequences to invoke bold face and italics,
-.\" respectively.
-\fBnano\fR est un éditeur petit, sympathique et libre, qui vise à remplacer
-Pico, l'éditeur par défaut du logiciel non libre Pine. \fBnano\fR ne se
-contentant pas de copier l'interface et l'ergonomie de Pico, il offre
-également certaines fonctions manquantes (ou désactivées par défaut)
-dans Pico. Ces fonctionnalités sont, par exemple, les fonctions de
-recherche et de remplacement, et la possibilité de sauter directement à 
-une ligne et à une colonne précise.
-
-.SH OPTIONS
-.TP
-.B +\fILIGNE\fP,\fICOLONNE\fP
-Démarre avec le curseur positionné à la colonne \fICOLONNE\fP de 
-la ligne \fILIGNE\fR (l'un des deux, au moins, devant être spécifié) au 
-lieu de démarrer à la colonne\ 1, ligne\ 1.
-.TP
-.B \-?
-Identique à \fB\-h (\-\-help)\fP.
-.TP
-.B \-A (\-\-smarthome)
-Rend plus malin le fonctionnement de la touche «\ Début\ ». Lorsque l'on
-appuie sur cette touche à n'importe quel endroit excepté au tout début
-du texte d'une ligne (i.\ e. au premier caractère non blanc), le curseur
-se positionnera au début du texte de la ligne (qu'il soit en avant ou en
-arrière). Si le curseur est déjà là, il se placera au vrai début de la
-ligne.
-.TP
-.B \-B (\-\-backup)
-Lors de l'écriture d'un fichier, crée une copie de sécurité de la
-version précédente, en ajoutant un tilde (~) au nom du fichier.
-.TP
-.B \-D (\-\-boldtext)
-Utilise des caractères gras à la place de la vidéo inverse.
-.TP
-.B \-C \fIrépertoire\fP (\-\-backupdir=\fIrépertoire\fP)
-Définit le répertoire utilisé par \fBnano\fP pour enregistrer les copies 
-de sécurité uniques si celles-ci sont activées.
-.TP
-.B \-E (\-\-tabstospaces)
-Convertit les tabulations clavier en espaces.
-.TP
-.B \-F (\-\-multibuffer)
-Active le mode multi-espace, autorisant l'édition simultanée de 
-plusieurs fichiers, si ce mode est disponible.
-.TP
-.B \-H (\-\-historylog)
-Enregistre les chaînes ayant fait l'objet d'une recherche ou d'un
-remplacement dans le fichier \fI~/.nano_history\fR afin de permettre leur
-réutilisation. Ceci n'est possible que si \fBnano\fR est configuré pour
-utiliser les fichiers nanorc.
-.TP
-.B \-I (\-\-ignorercfiles)
-Ne pas utiliser pas les fichiers \fISYSCONFDIR/nanorc\fR et 
-\fI~/.nanorc\fR (si \fBnano\fR est capable de les utiliser).
-.TP
-.B \-K (\-\-rebindkeypad)
-Interprète les touches du pavé numérique afin qu'elles fonctionnent 
-toutes correctement. Vous ne devriez utiliser cette option que si ce 
-n'est pas le cas, car nano ne sera plus capable d'utiliser la souris 
-correctement lorsque cette option sera activée.
-.TP
-.B \-L (\-\-nonewlines)
-Ne pas ajouter de passage à la ligne à la fin des fichiers.
-.TP
-.B \-N (\-\-noconvert)
-Désactive la conversion automatique des fichiers depuis les formats Mac et
-DOS.
-.TP
-.B \-O (\-\-morespace)
-Utiliser la ligne blanche située sous la ligne de titre comme
-espace supplémentaire d'édition.
-.TP
-.B \-Q \fIchaîne\fP (\-\-quotestr=\fIchaîne\fP)
-Définit le préfixe par défaut des citations. Nano utilise ce préfixe
-pour réaliser une justification correcte des citations. Si nano est
-capable d'utiliser des expressions rationnelles, le préfixe par défaut
-sera "\fI^([\ \\t]*[#:>\\|}])+\fP", sinon, ce sera "\fI>\ \fP". Dans 
-l'expression rationnelle précédente, «\ \fI\\t\fP\ » représente une 
-tabulation.
-.TP
-.B \-R (\-\-restricted)
-Mode restreint\ : aucune lecture ou écriture de fichiers non indiqués 
-sur la ligne de commande, pas de lecture des fichiers nanorc, 
-interdiction de suspendre, interdiction d'ajouter au début, à la fin, 
-de sauvegarder un fichier ayant déjà un nom sous un nom différent, 
-d'utiliser une copie de sécurité ou le correcteur orthographique. Cette 
-option peut aussi être activée en appelant \fBnano\fP sous un nom 
-commençant par «\ r\ » (par exemple «\ rnano\ »).
-.TP
-.B \-S (\-\-smooth)
-Active le défilement progressif. Le texte défilera ligne-par-ligne au lieu
-de défiler morceau-par-morceau.
-.TP
-.B \-T \fInombre\fP (\-\-tabsize=\fInombre\fP)
-Définit la taille (largeur) des tabulations en nombre de colonnes. Le 
-nombre indiqué doit être strictement supérieur à 0. La valeur par défaut 
-est de 8.
-.TP
-.B \-U (\-\-quickblank)
-Effacement rapide de la ligne d'état. Les messages affichés par la ligne 
-d'état disparaîtront après une frappe clavier au lieu de 25. Notez que
-l'option \fB-c\fP prend le pas sur cette option.
-.TP
-.B \-V (\-\-version)
-Affiche la version, puis s'arrête.
-.TP
-.B \-W (\-\-wordbounds)
-Détection plus précise des limites de mots, obtenue en considérant les 
-caractères de ponctuation comme faisant partie des mots.
-.TP
-.B \-Y \fIchaîne\fP (\-\-syntax=\fIchaîne\fP)
-Indique quel mode de colorisation syntaxique adopter, parmi les modes
-définis dans le fichier \fI.nanorc\fR, si cette fonctionnalité est
-disponible.
-.TP
-.B \-c (\-\-const)
-Affiche en permanence la position du curseur. Notez que cette option 
-prend le pas sur l'option \fB-U\fP.
-.TP
-.B \-d (\-\-rebinddelete)
-Interprète différemment la touche «\ Supprimer\ », afin que les touches 
-«\ Effacement arrière\ » et «\ Supprimer\ » fonctionnent correctement. 
-Vous ne devriez avoir besoin de cette option que si, sur votre système, 
-la touche «\ Effacement arrière\ » produit l'effet de la touche
-«\ Supprimer\ ».
-.TP
-.B \-h (\-\-help)
-Affiche un résumé des options de lancement de nano, puis s'arrête.
-.TP
-.B \-i (\-\-autoindent)
-Indentation automatique. Commence chaque nouvelle ligne au même niveau que
-la ligne précédente. Utile pour l'édition de code source.
-.TP
-.B \-k (\-\-cut)
-Coupe le texte du curseur à la fin de la ligne, au lieu de couper la 
-ligne entière.
-.TP
-.B \-l (\-\-nofollow)
-Si le fichier édité est un lien symbolique, au lieu de le suivre, 
-remplace le lien par le nouveau fichier. Sans doute utile pour éditer 
-les fichiers de \fI/tmp\fR, non\ ?
-.TP
-.B \-m (\-\-mouse)
-Active l'utilisation de la souris, si elle est disponible pour votre
-système. Lorsque celle-ci est activée, il est possible d'utiliser la 
-souris pour positionner le curseur, pour marquer le texte (avec un 
-double-clic) et pour lancer les fonctions correspondant aux raccourcis. 
-Il est possible d'utiliser la souris sous X\ Window ou en mode console 
-avec gpm.
-.TP
-.B \-o \fIrépertoire\fP (\-\-operatingdir=\fIrépertoire\fP)
-Définit le répertoire de travail. Demande à \fBnano\fP de mettre en place
-quelque chose de similaire à un environnement d'exécution restreint
-(\fIchroot\fR).
-.TP
-.B \-p (\-\-preserve)
-Préserve les séquences XON et XOFF (^Q et ^S), afin qu'elle soient reçues
-par le terminal.
-.TP
-.B \-r \fIcolonne\fP (\-\-fill=\fIcolonne\fP)
-Passe automatiquement à la ligne une fois arrivé à la colonne 
-\fIcolonne\fR. Si la valeur indiquée est de 0 ou moins, le point de 
-passage à la ligne aura lieu à la taille de l'écran moins \fIcolonne\fR. 
-Cela permet de faire varier le point de passage à la ligne lorsque l'on 
-change la taille de l'écran. La valeur par défaut est de \-8.
-.TP
-.B \-s \fIprogramme\fP (\-\-speller=\fIprogramme\fP)
-Choix d'un correcteur orthographique de remplacement.
-.TP
-.B \-t (\-\-tempfile)
-S'il a été modifié, le fichier sera sauvegardé automatiquement sans
-demande de confirmation. Identique à l'option \fB-t\fP de Pico.
-.TP
-.B \-v (\-\-view)
-Mode visualisation (lecture seule).
-.TP
-.B \-w (\-\-nowrap)
-Désactive le passage automatique à la ligne.
-.TP
-.B \-x (\-\-nohelp)
-Désactive la barre d'aide affichée en bas de l'écran.
-.TP
-.B \-z (\-\-suspend)
-Autorise à suspendre l'éditeur.
-.TP
-.B \-a, \-b, \-e, \-f, \-g, \-j
-Ignoré, pour être compatible avec Pico.
-
-.SH "FICHIERS D'INITIALISATION"
-\fBnano\fR lit les fichiers d'initialisation dans l'ordre suivant\ : 
-\fISYSCONFDIR/nanorc\fR, puis \fI~/.nanorc\fR. Référez-vous à la page de 
-manuel de \fBnanorc(5)\fR et au fichier d'exemple \fInanorc.sample\fR, 
-qui devraient tous les deux être livrés avec \fBnano\fR.
-
-.SH NOTES
-Si aucun correcteur orthographique de remplacement n'est indiqué dans la 
-ligne de commande ou dans l'un des fichiers nanorc, \fBnano\fR prendra 
-la commande indiquée par la variable d'environnement \fBSPELL\fR si 
-elle est définie.
-
-Dans certains cas, \fBnano\fR essaiera de sauvegarder le fichier en cours
-d'édition dans un fichier de secours. Cela arrivera principalement si
-\fBnano\fR reçoit un signal SIGHUP ou SIGTERM, ou bien se trouve à court de
-mémoire. Le nom de ce fichier de secours sera \fInano.save\fR si le fichier en
-cours n'avait pas encore de nom, ou sera composé du nom du fichier en cours
-suivi du suffixe «\ .save\ ». Si un fichier de ce nom existe déjà dans
-le répertoire, un «\ .save\ » et un nombre seront ajoutés à la fin du
-nom du fichier en cours afin de le rendre unique (par exemple,
-«\ .save.1\ »). En mode multi-espace, \fBnano\fR réalisera une
-sauvegarde de tous les fichiers en cours dans leurs fichiers de secours
-respectifs.
-
-.SH BOGUES
-Merci de nous faire parvenir vos commentaires et de nous signaler les
-bogues, en écrivant, en anglais, à \fBnano@nano-editor.org\fR.
-
-La liste de discussion anglophone \fBnano\fR est disponible à l'adresse
-\fBnano-devel@gnu.org\fR.
-
-Pour vous abonner, envoyez un courrier électronique à
-\fBnano-devel-request@gnu.org\fR, ayant pour objet «\ subscribe\ ».
-
-N'hésitez pas également à envoyez vos commentaires, suggestions et 
-corrections relatives à l'adaptation française de cette page de manuel 
-ou du logiciel à \fBjean-philippe.guerard@tigreraye.org\fR.
-
-.SH "SITE INTERNET"
-http://www.nano-editor.org/
-
-.SH "VOIR AUSSI"
-.PD 0
-.TP
-\fBnanorc\fR(5)
-.PP
-\fI/usr/share/doc/nano/\fR (ou son équivalent sur votre système)
-
-.SH AUTEUR
-Chris Allegretta <chrisa@asty.org> et d'autres (voir les fichiers 
-\fIAUTHORS\fR et \fITHANKS\fR pour plus d'information). Cette page de 
-manuel a été initialement rédigée par Jordi Mallach <jordi@gnu.org> pour 
-le système Debian (mais elle peut être utilisée par d'autres).
-
-.SH TRADUCTION
-Cette adaptation française a été réalisée par Jean-Philippe\ Guérard 
-<jean-philippe.guerard@tigreraye.org> le 29\ novembre\ 2007 à partir 
-de la version 1.54 du 11\ octobre\ 2007 de la page de manuel de nano 
-2.0.0. Cette page a été relue par Gérard Delafond.
-
-Un maximum de soin a été apporté lors de l'élaboration de cette
-traduction\ ; néanmoins, quelques imperfections peuvent subsister. Si
-vous en rencontrez, que ce soit dans la version française ou dans la
-version originale, n'hésitez pas à les signaler à l'auteur ou au
-traducteur.
-
-La version originale la plus à jour de ce document est toujours 
-consultable via la commande\ :
-
-LANGUAGE=en man nano

doc/man/fr/nanorc.5

@@ -1,374 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007
-.\" Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-.\"
-.\" Le travail d'adaptation française de cette page de manuel a été
-.\" réalisé par Jean-Philippe Guérard, en 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 et 2007.
-.\" Ce travail d'adaptation est dans le domaine public. Attention, la
-.\" page traduite reste soumise au droit d'auteur de ses auteurs
-.\" originaux.
-.\"
-.\" The French translation of this document is a public domain work of
-.\" Jean-Philippe Guérard. This translation work was made in 2003, 2004,
-.\" 2005, 2006 and 2007. The translated man page in itself is still
-.\" subject to the copyright of its original authors.
-.\"
-.\" This document is dual-licensed.  You may distribute and/or modify it
-.\" under the terms of either of the following licenses:
-.\"
-.\" * The GNU General Public License, as published by the Free Software
-.\"   Foundation, version 3 or (at your option) any later version.  You
-.\"   should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-.\"   along with this program.  If not, see
-.\"   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-.\"
-.\" * The GNU Free Documentation License, as published by the Free
-.\"   Software Foundation, version 1.2 or (at your option) any later
-.\"   version, with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no
-.\"   Back-Cover Texts.  You should have received a copy of the GNU Free
-.\"   Documentation License along with this program.  If not, see
-.\"   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-.\"
-.\" Ce document est publié sous une double licence. Vous pouvez
-.\" le distribuer et le modifier selon les termes de l'une des deux
-.\" licences ci-dessous :
-.\"
-.\" * La Licence publique générale GNU (GNU GPL) version 3 ou, à
-.\"   votre choix, supérieure, telle que publiée par la Free
-.\"   Software Foundation. Vous devriez avoir reçu une copie de la
-.\"   Licence publique générale GNU avec ce programme. Si ce n'est 
-.\"   pas le cas, consultez <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-.\"
-.\" * La Licence de documentation libre GNU (GNU FDL), version 1.2 
-.\"   ou, à votre choix, supérieure, telle que publiée par la Free
-.\"   Software Foundation, sans section invariante, ni texte de
-.\"   première ou de quatrième de couverture. Vous devriez avoir reçu
-.\"   une copie de la Licence de documentation libre GNU avec ce
-.\"   programme. Si ce n'est pas le cas, consultez
-.\"   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-.\"
-.TH NANORC 5 "version 2.0.0" "29\ novembre\ 2007"
-.\" Please adjust this date whenever revising the manpage.
-.\" Merci de modifier ces dates à chaque mise à jour de cette page.
-
-.SH NOM
-nanorc \- fichier de configuration de l'éditeur nano du projet GNU 
-
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-Cette page de manuel décrit brièvement le fichier de configuration de 
-l'éditeur \fBnano\fP GNU.
-.PP
-\fBnano\fP est un petit éditeur sympathique et libre, qui vise à 
-remplacer Pico, l'éditeur par défaut du logiciel non libre Pine. 
-\fBnano\fP ne se contentant pas de copier l'interface et l'ergonomie de 
-Pico, il offre également certaines fonctionnalités manquantes (ou 
-désactivées par défaut) de Pico. Ces fonctionnalités sont, par exemple, 
-les fonctions de recherche et de remplacement et la possibilité de 
-sauter directement à une ligne et à une colonne précise.
-.PP
-Le fichier \fInanorc\fP contient les paramètres par défaut de 
-\fBnano\fP. Il ne doit pas être au format DOS ou Mac. Lors de son 
-démarrage, nano commencera par lire le fichier de configuration général 
-\fISYSCONFDIR/nanorc\fP, puis lira le fichier de configuration personnel 
-de l'utilisateur \fI~/.nanorc\fP.
-
-.SH OPTIONS
-Le fichier de configuration accepte une série de commandes \fBset\fP 
-(activer) et \fBunset\fP (désactiver), qui permettent de définir le 
-paramétrage de nano au démarrage sans avoir à utiliser d'options de
-ligne de commande. De plus, les mots clefs \fBsyntax\fP (syntaxe),
-\fBcolor\fP (couleur) et \fBicolor\fP (couleur insensible à la casse) 
-sont utilisés pour définir les règles de colorisation pour différents 
-motifs de texte. \fBnano\fP lit une commande par ligne.
-
-Les options du fichier de configuration ont priorité sur les valeurs par 
-défaut utilisées par nano. Les options de la ligne de commande sont 
-prioritaires par rapport aux options du fichier de configuration. Les 
-options sont désactivées (unset) par défaut, sauf les options prenant un 
-argument.
-
-Les apostrophes («\ \fI'\fP\ ») et les guillemets droits («\ \fI"\fP\ »)
-présents dans des chaînes de caractères utilisées comme paramètres n'ont 
-pas besoin d'être précédées d'une barre oblique inversée
-(«\ \fI\\\fP\ »). La chaîne sera terminée par le dernier guillemet 
-droit. Par exemple, pour l'option \fBbrackets\fP, "\fI"')>]}\fP" 
-correspondra à \fI"\fP, \fI'\fP, \fI)\fP, \fI>\fP, \fI]\fP et \fI}\fP.
-
-Les commandes et arguments reconnus sont\ :
-
-.TP 3
-.B set/unset autoindent
-Active l'indentation automatique.
-.TP
-.B set/unset backup
-Crée des copies de sécurité nommées
-.IR nom_du_fichier~ .
-.TP
-.B set backupdir "\fIrépertoire\fP"
-Définit le répertoire utilisé par \fBnano\fP pour enregistrer les copies 
-de sécurité uniques, si l'enregistrement de copies de sécurité est 
-activé.
-.TP
-.B set/unset backwards
-Par défaut, les recherches se font vers l'arrière.
-.TP
-.B set/unset boldtext
-Utilise des caractères gras à la place de la vidéo inverse.
-.TP
-.B set brackets "\fIchaîne\fP"
-Définit les caractères considérés comme des crochets fermants lors de la 
-justification des paragraphes. Ces caractères ne doivent pas contenir 
-d'espaces. Seules les ponctuations terminales, éventuellement suivies 
-de crochets fermants, peuvent terminer une phrase.
-
-La valeur par défaut de cette option est\ : "\fI"')>]}\fP".
-
-N.D.T.\ : reportez-vous au paragraphe sur l'option \fBpunct\fR pour 
-plus d'informations.
-
-.TP
-.B set/unset casesensitive
-Par défaut, les recherches ne tiennent pas compte de la casse.
-.TP
-.B set/unset const
-Affiche en permanence la position du curseur dans la ligne d'état.
-.TP
-.B set/unset cut
-Par défaut, coupe le texte du curseur à la fin de la ligne, au lieu de 
-couper la ligne entière.
-.TP
-.B set fill \fIn\fP
-Passe automatiquement à la ligne une fois arrivé à la colonne 
-\fIn\fR. Si la valeur indiquée est de 0 ou moins, le point de passage à 
-la ligne aura lieu à la taille de l'écran moins \fIn\fR. Cela permet de 
-faire varier le point de passage à la ligne lorsque l'on change la 
-taille de l'écran. La valeur par défaut est de \-8.
-.TP
-.B set/unset historylog
-Active l'utilisation de
-.I ~/.nano_history
-pour enregistrer et relire les chaînes ayant fait l'objet d'une 
-recherche ou d'un remplacement.
-.TP
-.B set matchbrackets "\fIchaîne\fP"
-Définit les crochets ouvrants et fermant pour la recherche de crochets 
-correspondants. Cette liste ne doit pas contenir de blancs. L'ensemble 
-des crochets ouvrants doit être indiqué en premier, suivi de l'ensemble 
-des crochets fermant, qui doit être dans le même ordre. La valeur par 
-défaut de cette option est "\fI(<[{)>]}\fP".
-.TP
-.B set/unset morespace
-Utiliser la ligne blanche située sous la ligne de titre comme espace 
-supplémentaire d'édition.
-.TP
-.B set/unset mouse
-Active l'utilisation de la souris, si elle est disponible pour votre
-système. Lorsque celle-ci est activée, il est possible d'utiliser la
-souris pour positionner le curseur, pour marquer le texte (avec un
-double-clic) et pour lancer les fonctions correspondant aux raccourcis.
-Il est possible d'utiliser la souris sous X\ Window ou en mode console
-avec gpm.
-.TP
-.B set/unset multibuffer
-Mode multi-espace\ : permet de charger les fichiers dans leur propre 
-espace.
-.TP
-.B set/unset noconvert
-Pas de conversion depuis les formats DOS et Mac.
-.TP
-.B set/unset nofollow
-Ne suit pas les liens symboliques lors de l'écriture des fichiers.
-.TP
-.B set/unset nohelp
-Désactive les lignes d'aide affichée en bas de l'écran.
-.TP
-.B set/unset nonewlines
-Ne pas ajouter de passage à la ligne à la fin des fichiers.
-.TP
-.B set/unset nowrap
-Désactive le passage automatique à la ligne.
-.TP
-.B set operatingdir "\fIrépertoire\fP"
-\fBnano\fP ne lira et n'écrira des fichiers qu'à l'intérieur du 
-\fIrépertoire\fP et de ses sous-répertoires. De plus, celui-ci devient 
-le répertoire courant, afin que les fichiers soient lus depuis ce 
-répertoire. Par défaut, cette fonction est désactivée.
-.TP
-.B set/unset preserve
-Préserve les séquences XON et XOFF (^Q et ^S).
-.TP
-.B set punct "\fIchaîne\fP"
-Définit les caractères interprétés comme des ponctuations terminales 
-lors de la justification des paragraphes. Ces caractères ne peuvent 
-inclure de blancs. Seules les ponctuations terminales, éventuellement 
-suivies de crochets fermants, peuvent terminer une phrase. La valeur par 
-défaut de cette option est "\fI!.?\fP".
-
-N.D.T.\ : ce réglage permet, lors de la justification, de conserver
-2\ espaces au lieu d'une derrière les ponctuations terminales, ce qui 
-correspond aux normes typographiques anglo-saxonnes, mais n'a pas lieu 
-d'être en français. Pour le français, le plus simple est d'indiquer, 
-dans le fichier nanorc, une chaîne vide pour ce paramètre.
-.TP
-.B set/unset quickblank
-Effacement rapide de la ligne d'état. Les messages affichés par la ligne
-d'état disparaîtront après une frappe clavier au lieu de 25.
-.TP
-.B set quotestr "\fIchaîne\fP"
-Définit le préfixe par défaut utilisé pour les citations dans les 
-courriers électroniques. Ce préfixe est utilisé pour réaliser une 
-justification correcte de ces citations. Il s'agira, si votre système le 
-permet, d'une expression rationnelle étendue. Dans le cas 
-contraire, il s'agira d'une chaîne de texte brut. Si vous disposez des 
-expressions rationnelles, la valeur par défaut de cette option sera 
-"\fI^([\ \\t]*[#:>\\|}])+\fP", sinon, ce sera ">\ ". Notez que le
-«\ \\t\ » ci-dessus correspond à un caractère de tabulation.
-.TP
-.B set/unset rebinddelete
-Interprète différemment la touche «\ Supprimer\ », afin que les touches 
-«\ Effacement arrière\ » et «\ Supprimer\ » fonctionnent correctement. 
-Vous ne devriez avoir besoin de cette option que si, sur votre système, 
-la touche «\ Effacement arrière\ » produit l'effet de la touche «\ 
-Supprimer\ ».
-.TP
-.B set/unset rebindkeypad
-Interprète les touches du pavé numérique afin qu'elles fonctionnent 
-toutes correctement. Vous ne devriez utiliser cette option que si ce 
-n'est pas le cas, car nano ne sera plus capable d'utiliser la souris 
-correctement lorsque cette option sera activée.
-.TP
-.B set/unset regexp
-Utilise par défaut des expressions rationnelles étendues pour les 
-recherches.
-.TP
-.B set/unset smarthome
-Rend plus malin le fonctionnement de la touche «\ Début\ ». Lorsque
-cette touche est pressée à n'importe quel endroit excepté au tout début
-du texte d'une ligne (i.\ e. au premier caractère non blanc), le curseur
-se positionnera au début du texte de la ligne (qu'il soit en avant ou en 
-arrière). Si le curseur est déjà là, il se placera au vrai début de la 
-ligne.
-.TP
-.B set/unset smooth
-Active le défilement ligne-par-ligne du texte.
-.TP
-.B set speller "\fIprogramme\fP"
-Utilise le correcteur orthographique \fIprogramme\fP au lieu du 
-correcteur intégré, qui s'appuie sur \fIspell\fP.
-.TP
-.B set/unset suspend
-Autorise à suspendre \fBnano\fP.
-.TP
-.B set tabsize \fIn\fP
-Utilise une taille de tabulation de \fIn\fP colonnes. Cette valeur doit 
-être strictement supérieure à 0. La valeur par défaut est de\ 8.
-.TP
-.B set/unset tabstospaces
-Convertit les tabulations clavier en espaces.
-.TP
-.B set/unset tempfile
-S'il a été modifié, le fichier sera sauvegardé automatiquement en 
-quittant, sans demande de confirmation.
-.TP
-.B set/unset view
-Interdit de modifier les fichiers.
-.TP
-.B set whitespace "\fIchaîne\fP"
-Définit les deux caractères utilisés pour afficher les premiers 
-caractères des tabulations et des espaces. Ces deux caractères doivent 
-être mono-colonne.
-.TP
-.B set/unset wordbounds
-Détection plus précise des limites de mots, obtenue en considérant les
-caractères de ponctuation comme faisant partie des mots.
-.TP
-.B syntax "\fIchaîne\fP" ["\fImotif_de_fichier\fP" ... ]
-Définit une syntaxe nommée \fIchaîne\fP qui pourra être activé via 
-l'option \fB-Y\fP (ou \fB--syntax\fP) ou qui sera automatiquement 
-activée si le nom du fichier en cours correspond à l'expression 
-rationnelle étendue \fImotif_de_fichier\fP. Toutes les instructions 
-suivantes de colorisation \fBcolor\fP ou \fBicolor\fP s'appliqueront à 
-cette syntaxe, jusqu'à la définition d'une nouvelle syntaxe.
-
-La syntaxe nommée \fInone\fP (aucune) est réservée\ ; si elle est 
-indiquée dans la ligne de commande, cela revient à ne définir aucune 
-syntaxe. La syntaxe nommée \fIdefault\fP (par défaut) est spéciale, elle 
-ne nécessite aucun motif de \fImotif_de_fichier\fP, et s'applique aux 
-fichiers ne correspondant à aucun des \fImotif_de_fichier\fP des autres 
-syntaxes.
-.TP
-.B color \fIcouleur_texte\fP[,\fIcouleur_fond\fP] "\fImotif\fP" ...
-Pour la syntaxe en cours, affiche toutes les expressions correspondant à 
-l'expression rationnelle étendue \fImotif\fP en utilisant la couleur de 
-texte \fIcouleur_texte\fP et la couleur de fond \fIcouleur_fond\fP, 
-l'une de ces deux couleurs au moins devant être définie. Les couleurs 
-acceptées par \fBnano\fP pour le texte et le fond sont\ : \fIwhite\fP 
-(blanc), \fIblack\fP (noir), \fIred\fP (rouge), \fIblue\fP (bleu), 
-\fIgreen\fP (vert), \fIyellow\fP (jaune), \fImagenta\fP, et \fIcyan\fP. 
-Pour la couleur du texte, vous pouvez ajouter à ces couleurs le préfixe 
-\fIbright\fP (lumineux) pour obtenir une couleur plus lumineuse. Si 
-votre terminal est capable de gérer la transparence, ne pas spécifier de 
-\fIcouleur_fond\fP indique à \fBnano\fP d'essayer d'utiliser un fond 
-transparent.
-.TP
-.B icolor \fIcouleur_texte\fP[,\fIcouleur_fond\fP] "\fImotif\fP" ...
-Comme ci-dessus, mais la recherche des motifs est effectuée sans tenir 
-compte de la casse.
-.TP
-.B color \fIcouleur_texte\fP[,\fIcouleur_fond\fP] start="\fImotif_début\fP" end="\fImotif_fin\fP"
-Affiche les expressions commençant par l'expression rationnelle étendue 
-\fImotif_début\fP et se terminant par l'expression rationnelle étendue 
-\fImotif_fin\fP en utilisant la couleur de texte \fIcouleur_texte\fP 
-et la couleur de fond \fIcouleur_fond\fP, l'une de ces deux couleurs au 
-moins devant être définie. Cela permet à la colorisation syntaxique de 
-s'étendre sur plusieurs lignes. Notez que toutes les occurrences 
-successives de \fImotif_début\fP après le \fImotif_début\fP initial 
-seront surlignées jusqu'à la prochaine instance de \fImotif_fin\fP.
-.TP
-.B icolor \fIcouleur_texte\fP[,\fIcouleur_fond\fP] start="\fImotif_début\fP" end="\fImotif_fin\fP"
-Comme ci-dessus, mais la recherche des motifs est effectuée sans tenir 
-compte de la casse.
-.TP
-.B include "\fIfichier_de_syntaxes\fP"
-Lit le fichier \fIfichier_de_syntaxes\fP contenant une liste 
-autosuffisante de définitions de syntaxes. Ce fichier ne doit contenir 
-que des commandes \fBsyntax\fP, \fBcolor\fP et \fBicolor\fP.
-
-.SH FICHIERS
-.TP
-.I $SYSCONFDIR/nanorc
-Fichier de configuration général
-.TP
-.I ~/.nanorc
-Fichier de configuration personnel
-
-.SH VOIR AUSSI
-.PD 0
-.TP
-\fBnano\fP(1)
-.PP
-\fI/usr/share/doc/nano/examples/nanorc.sample\fP (ou son équivalent sur 
-votre système)
-
-.SH AUTEUR
-Chris Allegretta <chrisa@asty.org> et d'autres (voir les fichiers
-\fIAUTHORS\fP et \fITHANKS\fP pour plus d'information). Cette page de
-manuel a été initialement rédigée par Jordi Mallach <jordi@gnu.org> pour
-le système Debian (mais elle peut être utilisée par d'autres).
-
-.SH TRADUCTION
-Cette adaptation française a été réalisée par Jean-Philippe\ Guérard
-<jean-philippe.guerard@tigreraye.org> le 29\ novembre\ 2007 à partir de
-la version 1.56 du 11\ octobre\ 2007 de la page de manuel de nanorc 
-(pour la version 2.0.0 de nano). Cette page a été relue par Gérard 
-Delafond.
-
-Un maximum de soin a été apporté lors de l'élaboration de cette
-traduction\ ; néanmoins, quelques imperfections peuvent subsister. Si
-vous en rencontrez, que ce soit dans la version française ou dans la
-version originale, n'hésitez pas à les signaler à l'auteur ou au
-traducteur.
-
-La version originale la plus à jour de ce document est toujours 
-consultable via la commande\ :
-
-LANGUAGE=en man nano

doc/man/fr/rnano.1

@@ -1,152 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (C) 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-.\" Skeleton based on nano-tiny.1:
-.\" Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-.\"
-.\" Le travail d'adaptation française de cette page de manuel a été
-.\" réalisé par Jean-Philippe Guérard, en 2006 et 2007. Ce travail
-.\" d'adaptation est dans le domaine public. Attention, la page traduite
-.\" reste soumise au droit d'auteur de ses auteurs originaux.
-.\"
-.\" The French translation of this document is a public domain work of
-.\" Jean-Philippe Guérard. This translation work was made in 2006 and
-.\" 2007. The translated man page in itself is still subject to the
-.\" copyright of its original authors.
-.\"
-.\" This document is dual-licensed.  You may distribute and/or modify it
-.\" under the terms of either of the following licenses:
-.\"
-.\" * The GNU General Public License, as published by the Free Software
-.\"   Foundation, version 3 or (at your option) any later version.  You
-.\"   should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-.\"   along with this program.  If not, see
-.\"   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-.\"
-.\" * The GNU Free Documentation License, as published by the Free
-.\"   Software Foundation, version 1.2 or (at your option) any later
-.\"   version, with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no
-.\"   Back-Cover Texts.  You should have received a copy of the GNU Free
-.\"   Documentation License along with this program.  If not, see
-.\"   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-.\"
-.\" Ce document est publié sous une double licence. Vous pouvez
-.\" le distribuer et le modifier selon les termes de l'une des deux
-.\" licences ci-dessous :
-.\"
-.\" * La Licence publique générale GNU (GNU GPL) version 3 ou, à
-.\"   votre choix, supérieure, telle que publiée par la Free
-.\"   Software Foundation. Vous devriez avoir reçu une copie de la
-.\"   Licence publique générale GNU avec ce programme. Si ce n'est pas
-.\"   le cas, consultez <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-.\"
-.\" * La Licence de documentation libre GNU (GNU FDL), version 1.2 ou,
-.\"   à votre choix, supérieure, telle que publiée par la Free
-.\"   Software Foundation, sans section invariante, ni texte de
-.\"   première ou de quatrième de couverture. Vous devriez avoir reçu
-.\"   une copie de la Licence de documentation libre GNU avec ce
-.\"   programme. Si ce n'est pas le cas, consultez
-.\"   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-.\"
-.TH RNANO 1 "version 2.0.0" "29\ novembre\ 20O7"
-.\" Please adjust this date whenever revising the manpage.
-.\" Merci de modifier ces dates à chaque mise à jour de cette page.
-.\"
-.SH NOM
-rnano \- Le mode restreint de NAno un NOuvel éditeur, un clone libre et 
-amélioré de Pico
-
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B rnano
-.I [OPTIONS]\ [[+LIGNE,COLONNE]\ FICHIER]...
-.br
-
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-Cette page de manuel décrit brièvement la commande \fBrnano\fR.
-.PP
-.\" TeX users may be more comfortable with the \fB<whatever>\fP and
-.\" \fI<whatever>\fP escape sequences to invoke bold face and italics, 
-.\" respectively.
-\fBnano\fR est un éditeur petit, sympathique et libre, qui vise à 
-remplacer Pico, l'éditeur par défaut du logiciel non libre Pine. 
-\fBnano\fR ne se contentant pas de copier l'interface et l'ergonomie de 
-Pico, il offre également certaines fonctions manquantes (ou désactivées 
-par défaut) dans Pico. Ces fonctionnalités sont, par exemple, les 
-fonctions de recherche et de remplacement, et la possibilité de sauter 
-directement à une ligne et à une colonne précise..
-.PP
-\fBrnano\fP est une version de \fBnano\fP fonctionnant en mode 
-restreint, qui ne permet d'éditer que les fichiers indiqués et qui 
-n'autorise pas l'utilisateur à accéder au système de fichier ou à un 
-interpréteur de commandes.
-.PP
-En mode restreint, \fBnano\fP refusera\ :
-.IP \[bu] 2
-de lire ou d'écrire dans un fichier n'ayant pas été indiqué dans la 
-ligne de commande\ ;
-.IP \[bu]
-de lire un fichier nanorc\ ;
-.IP \[bu]
-de permettre de suspendre l'édition\ ;
-.IP \[bu]
-de permettre d'ajouter en début ou en fin d'un fichier, ou de 
-l'enregistrer sous un nom différent\ ;
-.IP \[bu]
-l'utilisation de copies de sécurité ou de la correction orthographique.
-
-.SH OPTIONS
-.TP
-.B +\fILIGNE\fP,\fICOLONNE\fP
-Démarre avec le curseur positionné à la colonne \fICOLONNE\fP de
-la ligne \fILIGNE\fR (l'un des deux, au moins, devant être spécifié) au
-lieu de démarrer à la colonne\ 1, ligne\ 1.
-.TP
-.B \-?
-Identique à \fB\-h (\-\-help)\fP.
-.TP
-.B \-h (\-\-help)
-Affiche un résumé des options de lancement de nano, puis s'arrête.
-.TP
-.B \-V (\-\-version)
-Affiche la version, puis s'arrête.
-.PP
-Reportez-vous à la page de manuel \fBnano\fP(1) si vous souhaitez 
-consulter la documentation complète de \fBnano\fP.
-
-.SH BOGUES
-Merci de nous faire parvenir vos commentaires et de nous signaler les
-bogues, en écrivant, en anglais, à \fBnano@nano-editor.org\fR.
-
-La liste de discussion anglophone \fBnano\fR est disponible à l'adresse
-\fBnano-devel@gnu.org\fR.
-
-Pour vous abonner, envoyez un courrier électronique à
-\fBnano-devel-request@gnu.org\fR, ayant pour objet «\ subscribe\ ».
-
-N'hésitez pas également à envoyez vos commentaires, suggestions et
-corrections relatives à l'adaptation française de cette page de manuel
-ou du logiciel à \fBjean-philippe.guerard@tigreraye.org\fR.
-
-.SH "SITE INTERNET"
-http://www.nano-editor.org/
-
-.SH AUTEUR
-Chris Allegretta <chrisa@asty.org> et d'autres (voir le fichier
-\fIAUTHORS\fR). Cette page de manuel a été initialement rédigée par 
-Thijs Kinkhorst <thijs@kinkhorst.com>, pour le système GNU Debian (mais 
-elle peut être utilisée par d'autres).
-
-.SH TRADUCTION
-Cette adaptation française a été réalisée par Jean-Philippe\ Guérard
-<jean-philippe.guerard@tigreraye.org> le 29\ novembre\ 2007 à partir
-de la version 1.19 du 6\ novembre\ 2007 de la page de manuel de rnano 
-(pour la version 2.0.0 de nano).
-
-Un maximum de soin a été apporté lors de l'élaboration de cette
-traduction\ ; néanmoins, quelques imperfections peuvent subsister. Si
-vous en rencontrez, que ce soit dans la version française ou dans la
-version originale, n'hésitez pas à les signaler à l'auteur ou au
-traducteur.
-
-La version originale la plus à jour de ce document est toujours
-consultable via la commande\ :
-
-LANGUAGE=en man nano

doc/man/rnano.1

@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (C) 2002, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-.\"
-.\" This document is dual-licensed.  You may distribute and/or modify it
-.\" under the terms of either of the following licenses:
-.\"
-.\" * The GNU General Public License, as published by the Free Software
-.\"   Foundation, version 3 or (at your option) any later version.  You
-.\"   should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-.\"   along with this program.  If not, see
-.\"   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-.\"
-.\" * The GNU Free Documentation License, as published by the Free
-.\"   Software Foundation, version 1.2 or (at your option) any later
-.\"   version, with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no
-.\"   Back-Cover Texts.  You should have received a copy of the GNU Free
-.\"   Documentation License along with this program.  If not, see
-.\"   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-.\"
-.TH RNANO 1 "version 2.6.0" "June 2016"
-.\" Please adjust this date whenever revising the manpage.
-.\"
-.SH NAME
-rnano \- Restricted mode for Nano's ANOther editor, an enhanced free
-Pico clone
-
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B rnano
-.RI [ options "] [[+" line , column "]\ " file "]..."
-
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-\fBnano\fP is a small, free and friendly editor which aims to replace
-Pico, the default editor included in the non-free Pine package.  On
-top of copying Pico's look and feel, \fBnano\fP also implements some
-missing (or disabled by default) features in Pico, such as "search and
-replace" and "go to line and column number".
-.PP
-\fBrnano\fP is a restricted version of \fBnano\fP, which only edits
-specific files and doesn't allow the user access to the filesystem or a
-command shell.
-.PP
-In restricted mode, \fBnano\fP will \fInot\/\fP:
-.IP \[bu] 2
-read or write to any file not specified on the command line;
-.IP \[bu]
-read any nanorc files;
-.IP \[bu]
-allow suspending;
-.IP \[bu]
-allow a file to be appended to, prepended to, or saved under a different
-name;
-.IP \[bu]
-use backup files or spell checking.
-
-.SH OPTIONS
-.TP
-.BR \-h ", " \-\-help
-Show a summary of command-line options and exit.
-.TP
-.BR \-V ", " \-\-version
-Show the current version number and exit.
-.PP
-See the \fBnano\fP(1) manpage for all of the possible options.
-
-.SH BUGS
-Please send any comments or bug reports to \fBnano@nano-editor.org\fP.
-
-The \fBnano\fP mailing list is available from \fBnano-devel@gnu.org\fP.
-
-To subscribe, email to \fBnano-devel-request@gnu.org\fP with a subject
-of "subscribe".
-
-.SH HOMEPAGE
-http://www.nano-editor.org/
-
-.SH AUTHOR
-Chris Allegretta <chrisa@asty.org>, et al (see the file AUTHORS for details).
-This manual page was originally written by Thijs Kinkhorst
-<thijs@kinkhorst.com>, for the Debian system (but may be used by
-others).

doc/nano.1

@@ -17,16 +17,15 @@
 .\"   Documentation License along with this program.  If not, see
 .\"   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 .\"
-.TH NANO 1 "version 2.6.0" "June 2016"
+.TH NANO 1 "version 2.8.0" "March 2017"
 .\" Please adjust this date whenever revising the manpage.
-.\"
 
 .SH NAME
 nano \- Nano's ANOther editor, an enhanced free Pico clone
 
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .B nano
-.RI [ options "] [[+" line , column "]\ " file "]..."
+.RI [ options "] [[+" line [, column "]]\ " file "]..."
 
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 \fBnano\fP is a small, free and friendly editor which aims to replace
@@ -35,10 +34,17 @@ top of copying Pico's look and feel, \fBnano\fP also implements some
 missing (or disabled by default) features in Pico, such as "search and
 replace" and "go to line and column number".
 
+When opening a file, the cursor can be put on a specific line by adding
+the line number with a plus sign (\fB+\fR) before the filename, and even
+in a specific column by adding it with a comma.
+
+If the first file specified is a dash (\fB\-\fR), \fBnano\fR will read
+data from standard input.
+
 .SH EDITING
 Entering text and moving around in a file is straightforward: typing the
 letters and using the normal cursor movement keys.  Commands are entered
-by using the Control (^) and the Alt or Meta (M-) keys.
+by using the Control (^) and the Alt or Meta (M\-) keys.
 Typing \fB^K\fR deletes the current line and puts it in the cutbuffer.
 Consecutive \fB^K\fRs will put all deleted lines together in the cutbuffer.
 Any cursor movement or executing any other command will cause the next
@@ -47,10 +53,14 @@ contents of the cutbuffer at the current cursor position.
 .PP
 When a more precise piece of text needs to be cut or copied, one can mark
 its start with \fB^6\fR, move the cursor to its end (the marked text will be
-highlighted), and then use \fB^K\fR to cut it, or \fBM-6\fR to copy it to the
-cutbuffer. One can also save the marked text to a file with \fB^O\fR, or
+highlighted), and then use \fB^K\fR to cut it, or \fBM\-6\fR to copy it to the
+cutbuffer.  One can also save the marked text to a file with \fB^O\fR, or
 spell check it with \fB^T\fR.
 .PP
+Since nano-2.7.0, text can also be selected by holding Shift and moving the
+cursor with the arrow keys.  Holding down the Alt key too will increase the
+stride.
+.PP
 The two lines at the bottom of the screen show the most important commands;
 the built-in help (\fB^G\fR) lists all the available ones.
 The default key bindings can be changed via the .nanorc file -- see
@@ -58,11 +68,6 @@ The default key bindings can be changed via the .nanorc file -- see
 
 .SH OPTIONS
 .TP
-.B +\fIline\fP,\fIcolumn\fP
-Places the cursor on line number \fIline\fP and at column number \fIcolumn\fP
-(at least one of which must be specified) on startup, instead of the
-default line 1, column 1.
-.TP
 .BR \-A ", " \-\-smarthome
 Make the Home key smarter.  When Home is pressed anywhere but at the
 very beginning of non-whitespace characters on a line, the cursor will
@@ -148,9 +153,14 @@ keystroke instead of 25.  Note that \fB\-c\fP overrides this.
 Show the current version number and exit.
 .TP
 .BR \-W ", " \-\-wordbounds
-Detect word boundaries more accurately by treating punctuation
+Detect word boundaries differently by treating punctuation
 characters as part of a word.
 .TP
+.BR "\-X ""\fIcharacters\fB""" ", " "\-\-wordchars=""" \fIcharacters """
+Specify which other characters (besides the normal alphanumeric ones)
+should be considered as part of a word.  This overrides option
+\fB\-W\fR (\fB\-\-wordbounds\fR).
+.TP
 .BR \-Y\ \fIname\fR ", " \-\-syntax= \fIname
 Specify the name of the syntax highlighting to use from among the ones
 defined in the \fInanorc\fP files.
@@ -163,6 +173,10 @@ Interpret the Delete key differently so that both Backspace and Delete
 work properly.  You should only need to use this option if Backspace
 acts like Delete on your system.
 .TP
+.BR \-g ", " \-\-showcursor
+Make the cursor visible in the file browser, putting it on the
+highlighted item.  Useful for braille users.
+.TP
 .BR \-h ", " \-\-help
 Show a summary of the available command-line options and exit.
 .TP
@@ -171,9 +185,12 @@ Indent new lines to the previous line's indentation.  Useful when
 editing source code.
 .TP
 .BR \-k ", " \-\-cut
-Make the 'Cut Text' command (normally ^K) cut from the current cursor
+Make the 'Cut Text' command (normally \fB^K\fR) cut from the current cursor
 position to the end of the line, instead of cutting the entire line.
 .TP
+.BR \-l ", " \-\-linenumbers
+Display line numbers to the left of the text area.
+.TP
 .BR \-m ", " \-\-mouse
 Enable mouse support, if available for your system.  When enabled, mouse
 clicks can be used to place the cursor, set the mark (with a double
@@ -205,15 +222,13 @@ Hard-wrap lines at column \fInumber\fP.  If this value is 0 or less, wrapping
 will occur at the width of the screen less \fInumber\fP columns, allowing
 the wrap point to vary along with the width of the screen if the screen
 is resized.  The default value is \-8.  This option conflicts with
-.B \-w
--- the last one given takes effect.
+\fB\-w\fR -- the last one given takes effect.
 .TP
 .BR \-s\ \fIprogram\fR ", " \-\-speller= \fIprogram
 Use this alternative spell checker command.
 .TP
 .BR \-t ", " \-\-tempfile
-Always save a changed buffer without prompting.  Same as Pico's \fB\-t\fP
-option.
+Save a changed buffer without prompting (when exiting with \fB^X\fR).
 .TP
 .BR \-u ", " \-\-unix
 Save a file by default in Unix format.  This overrides nano's
@@ -221,12 +236,11 @@ default behavior of saving a file in the format that it had.
 (This option has no effect when you also use \fB\-\-noconvert\fR.)
 .TP
 .BR \-v ", " \-\-view
-View-file (read-only) mode.
+Just view the file and disallow editing: read-only mode.
 .TP
 .BR \-w ", " \-\-nowrap
 Disable the hard-wrapping of long lines.  This option conflicts with
-.B \-r
--- the last one given takes effect.
+\fB\-r\fR -- the last one given takes effect.
 .TP
 .BR \-x ", " \-\-nohelp
 Don't show the two help lines at the bottom of the screen.
@@ -242,9 +256,17 @@ continuing it over multiple screen lines.  Since
 this option last when using other options (e.g.\& 'nano \-wS$') or pass it
 separately (e.g.\& 'nano \-wS \-$').
 .TP
-.BR \-a ", " \-b ", " \-e ", " \-f ", " \-g ", " \-j
+.BR \-a ", " \-b ", " \-e ", " \-f ", " \-j
 Ignored, for compatibility with Pico.
 
+.SH TOGGLES
+Several of the above options can be switched on and off also while
+\fBnano\fR is running.  For example, \fBM\-L\fR toggles the
+hard-wrapping of long lines, \fBM\-$\fR toggles soft-wrapping,
+\fBM\-#\fR toggles line numbers, \fBM\-M\fR toggles the mouse,
+\fBM\-I\fR auto-indentation, and \fBM\-X\fR the help lines.
+See at the end of the \fB^G\fR help text for a complete list.
+
 .SH INITIALIZATION FILE
 \fBnano\fP will read initialization files in the following order:
 the system's \fBnanorc\fP (if it exists), and then the user's
@@ -256,7 +278,7 @@ for more information on the possible contents of those files.
 If no alternative spell checker command is specified on the command
 line nor in one of the \fInanorc\fP files, \fBnano\fP will check the
 \fBSPELL\fP environment variable for one.
-
+.sp
 In some cases \fBnano\fP will try to dump the buffer into an emergency
 file.  This will happen mainly if \fBnano\fP receives a SIGHUP or
 SIGTERM or runs out of memory.  It will write the buffer into a file
@@ -268,27 +290,25 @@ it unique.  In multibuffer mode, \fBnano\fP will write all the open
 buffers to their respective emergency files.
 
 .SH BUGS
-Justifications (\fB^J\fR) and reindentations (\fBM-{\fR and \fBM-}\fR)
+Justifications (\fB^J\fR) and reindentations (\fBM\-{\fR and \fBM\-}\fR)
 are not yet covered by the general undo system.  So after a justification
 that is not immediately undone, or after any reindentation, earlier edits
 cannot be undone any more.  The workaround is, of course, to exit without
 saving.
 .sp
-Please report any other bugs that you encounter via
-https://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?group=nano.
+Please report any other bugs that you encounter via:
+.br
+\fIhttps://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?group=nano\fR.
 
 .SH HOMEPAGE
-http://www.nano-editor.org/
+https://nano-editor.org/
 
 .SH SEE ALSO
-.PD 0
-.TP
-\fBnanorc\fP(5)
+.BR nanorc (5)
 .PP
 \fI/usr/share/doc/nano/\fP (or equivalent on your system)
 
 .SH AUTHOR
-Chris Allegretta <chrisa@asty.org>, et al (see the files \fIAUTHORS\fP and
+Chris Allegretta and others (see the files \fIAUTHORS\fR and
 \fITHANKS\fP for details).  This manual page was originally written by
-Jordi Mallach <jordi@gnu.org>, for the Debian system (but may be used by
-others).
+Jordi Mallach for the Debian system (but may be used by others).

doc/nano.texi

@@ -6,8 +6,8 @@
 
 @smallbook
 @set EDITION 0.4
-@set VERSION 2.6.0
-@set UPDATED June 2016
+@set VERSION 2.8.0
+@set UPDATED March 2017
 
 @dircategory Editors
 @direntry
@@ -19,16 +19,16 @@
 @c end tex
 
 @titlepage
-@title @code{nano}
+@title GNU @code{nano}
 @subtitle a small and friendly text editor.
-@subtitle version 2.6.0
+@subtitle version 2.8.0
 
 @author Chris Allegretta
 @page
 
-This manual documents @code{nano}, a small and friendly text editor.
+This manual documents GNU @code{nano}, a small and friendly text editor.
 
-This manual is part of the @code{nano} distribution.@*
+This manual is part of the GNU @code{nano} distribution.@*
 @sp 4
 Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
 2009, 2014, 2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ e-mail: @email{chrisa@@asty.org}@*
 @node Top
 @top
 
-This manual documents @code{nano}, a small and friendly text editor.
+This manual documents GNU @code{nano}, a small and friendly text editor.
 
 @menu
 * Introduction::
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ This manual documents @code{nano}, a small and friendly text editor.
 @node Introduction
 @chapter Introduction
 
-@code{nano} is a small and friendly text editor.  Besides basic text
+GNU @code{nano} is a small and friendly text editor.  Besides basic text
 editing, @code{nano} offers many extra features, such as an interactive
 search-and-replace, undo/redo, syntax coloring, smooth scrolling,
 auto-indentation, go-to-line-and-column-number, feature toggles,
@@ -97,21 +97,24 @@ The usual way to invoke @code{nano} is:
 @code{nano [FILE]}
 @end quotation
 
-But it is also possible to specify one or more options, and to edit
-several files in a row.  Additionally, the cursor can be put on a
-specific line of a file by adding the line number
+But it is also possible to specify one or more options (see the next
+section), and to edit several files in a row.  Additionally, the cursor
+can be put on a specific line of a file by adding the line number
 with a plus sign before the filename, and even in a specific column by
-adding it with a comma.  So the complete command synopsis is:
+adding it with a comma.  So a more complete command synopsis is:
 
 @quotation
 @code{nano [OPTION]@dots{} [[+LINE[,COLUMN]|+,COLUMN] FILE]@dots{}}
 @end quotation
 
-But normallly you would set your preferred options in your
-@file{.nanorc} file.  And when the @code{positionlog} option is set
+Normally, however, you set your preferred options in a @file{.nanorc}
+file (see @xref{Nanorc Files}).  And when using @code{set positionlog}
 (making @code{nano} remember the cursor position when you close a file),
 you will rarely need to specify a line number.
 
+As a special case: when the first file specified is a dash, @code{nano}
+will read data from standard input.  Which means you can pipe the output
+of a command straight into a buffer.
 
 @node Command-line Options
 @chapter Command-line Options
@@ -120,10 +123,6 @@ you will rarely need to specify a line number.
 
 @table @option
 
-@item +@var{line},@var{column}
-Start at line number @var{line} and column number @var{column} (at least one of
-which must be specified) instead of the default of line 1, column 1.
-
 @item -A
 @itemx --smarthome
 Make the Home key smarter.  When Home is pressed anywhere but at the
@@ -231,9 +230,15 @@ Show the current version number and exit.
 
 @item -W
 @itemx --wordbounds
-Detect word boundaries more accurately by treating punctuation
+Detect word boundaries differently by treating punctuation
 characters as parts of words.
 
+@item -X "@var{characters}"
+@itemx --wordchars="@var{characters}"
+Specify which other characters (besides the normal alphanumeric ones)
+should be considered as parts of words.  This overrides option
+@option{-W} (@option{--wordbounds}).
+
 @item -Y @var{name}
 @itemx --syntax=@var{name}
 Specify a specific syntax from the nanorc files to use for highlighting.
@@ -250,6 +255,11 @@ Interpret the Delete key differently so that both Backspace and Delete
 work properly.  You should only need to use this option if Backspace
 acts like Delete on your system.
 
+@item -g
+@itemx --showcursor
+Make the cursor visible in the file browser, putting it on the
+highlighted item.  Useful for braille users.
+
 @item -h
 @itemx --help
 Show a summary of command-line options and exit.
@@ -264,6 +274,10 @@ the previous line.
 Make the 'Cut Text' command (normally ^K) cut from the current cursor
 position to the end of the line, instead of cutting the entire line.
 
+@item -l
+@itemx --linenumbers
+Display line numbers to the left of the text area.
+
 @item -m
 @itemx --mouse
 Enable mouse support, if available for your system.  When enabled, mouse
@@ -313,8 +327,8 @@ the @command{spell} program to be installed on your system.
 
 @item -t
 @itemx --tempfile
-Don't ask whether or not to save the current contents of the file when
-exiting, assume yes.  This is most useful when using @command{nano} as the
+Don't ask whether to save a modified buffer when exiting with ^X, but
+assume yes.  This option is useful when @command{nano} is used as the
 composer of a mailer program.
 
 @item -u
@@ -362,7 +376,6 @@ separately (e.g.@: @code{nano -wS -$}).
 @itemx -b
 @itemx -e
 @itemx -f
-@itemx -g
 @itemx -j
 Ignored, for compatibility with Pico.
 
@@ -396,14 +409,19 @@ Characters not present on the keyboard can be entered in two ways:
 @item
 For characters with a single-byte code,
 pressing the Esc key twice and then typing a three-digit decimal number
-(from 000 to 255) will enter the character with the corresponding value.
+(from 000 to 255) will make @code{nano} behave as if you typed the key
+with that value.
 
 @item
 For any possible character, pressing M-V (Alt+V) and then typing a
 six-digit hexadecimal number (starting with 0 or 1) will enter the
-character with the corresponding Unicode value.
+corresponding Unicode character into the buffer.
 @end itemize
 
+For example, typing "Esc Esc 2 3 4" will enter the character "ê" ---
+useful when going to a French party.  Typing "M-V 0 0 2 5 c 6" will
+enter the symbol "◆", a little black diamond.
+
 @node Commands
 @section Commands
 
@@ -586,6 +604,9 @@ toggles the @code{-z} (@code{--suspend}) command-line option.
 @item Soft Wrapping Toggle (Meta-$)
 toggles the @code{-$} (@code{--softwrap}) command-line option.
 
+@item Line Numbers Toggle (Meta-#)
+toggles the @code{-l} (@code{--linenumbers}) command-line option.
+
 @end table
 
 
@@ -694,6 +715,9 @@ Specify the color combination to use for the shortcut key combos
 in the two help lines at the bottom of the screen.
 See @code{set titlecolor} for more details.
 
+@item set linenumbers
+Display line numbers to the left of the text area.
+
 @item set locking
 Enable vim-style lock-files for when editing files.
 
@@ -719,12 +743,20 @@ Don't convert files from DOS/Mac format.
 @item set nohelp
 Don't display the help lists at the bottom of the screen.
 
+@item set nopauses
+Don't pause between warnings at startup.  This means that only
+the last one will be visible (when there are multiple ones).
+
 @item set nonewlines
 Don't add newlines to the ends of files.
 
 @item set nowrap
 Don't hard-wrap text at all.
 
+@item set numbercolor @var{fgcolor},@var{bgcolor}
+Specify the color combination to use for line numbers.
+See @code{set titlecolor} for more details.
+
 @item set operatingdir "directory"
 @code{nano} will only read and write files inside "directory" and its
 subdirectories.  Also, the current directory is changed to here, so
@@ -776,6 +808,10 @@ won't work properly with this option enabled.
 @item set regexp
 Do extended regular expression searches by default.
 
+@item set showcursor
+Put the cursor on the highlighted item in the file browser, to aid
+braille users.
+
 @item set smarthome
 Make the Home key smarter.  When Home is pressed anywhere but at the
 very beginning of non-whitespace characters on a line, the cursor will
@@ -813,7 +849,8 @@ Save automatically on exit, don't prompt.
 @item set titlecolor @var{fgcolor},@var{bgcolor}
 Specify the color combination to use for the titlebar.
 Valid color names for foreground and background are:
-white, black, red, blue, green, yellow, magenta, and cyan.
+white, black, blue, green, red, cyan, yellow, and magenta.
+The name of the foreground color may be prefixed with 'bright'.
 And either @var{fgcolor} or @var{,bgcolor} may be left out.
 
 @item set unix
@@ -831,9 +868,14 @@ spaces.  They must be single-column characters.  The default pair
 for a UTF-8 locale is @t{"»·"}, and for other locales @t{">."}.
 
 @item set wordbounds
-Detect word boundaries more accurately by treating punctuation
+Detect word boundaries differently by treating punctuation
 characters as part of a word.
 
+@item set wordchars "@var{string}"
+Specify which other characters (besides the normal alphanumeric ones)
+should be considered as parts of words.  This overrides the option
+@code{wordbounds}.
+
 @end table
 
 @node Syntax Highlighting
@@ -997,6 +1039,7 @@ a string in the current list in the file browser
 
 @item searchagain
 Repeats the last search command without prompting.
+(The form 'research' is deprecated.)
 
 @item findprevious
 As @code{searchagain}, but always in the backward direction.
@@ -1031,6 +1074,7 @@ Cuts all text from the cursor position till the end of the buffer.
 
 @item curpos
 Shows the current cursor position: the line, column, and character positions.
+(The form 'cursorpos' is deprecated.)
 
 @item wordcount
 Counts the number of words, lines and characters in the current buffer.
@@ -1055,6 +1099,10 @@ Unindents (shifts to the left) the currently marked text.
 Comments or uncomments the current line or marked lines, using the comment
 style specified in the active syntax.
 
+@item complete
+Completes the fragment before the cursor to a full word found elsewhere
+in the current buffer.
+
 @item left
 Goes left one position (in the editor or browser).
 
@@ -1091,6 +1139,13 @@ Moves the cursor to the beginning of the current paragraph.
 @item endpara
 Moves the cursor to the end of the current paragraph.
 
+@item prevblock
+Moves the cursor to the beginning of the current or preceding block of text.
+(Blocks are separated by one or more blank lines.)
+
+@item nextblock
+Moves the cursor to the beginning of the next block of text.
+
 @item prevpage
 Goes up one screenful.
 
@@ -1104,7 +1159,8 @@ Goes to the first line of the file.
 Goes to the last line of the file.
 
 @item gotoline
-Goes to a specific line (and column if specified).
+Goes to a specific line (and column if specified).  Negative numbers count
+from the end of the file (and end of the line).
 
 @item gototext
 Switches from targeting a line number to searching for text.
@@ -1120,7 +1176,7 @@ Switches to editing/viewing the previous buffer when multiple buffers are open.
 Switches to editing/viewing the next buffer when multiple buffers are open.
 
 @item verbatim
-Inserts the next character verbatim into the file.
+Inserts the next keystroke verbatim into the file.
 
 @item tab
 Inserts a tab at the current cursor location.
@@ -1152,6 +1208,7 @@ Toggles case sensitivity in searching (search/replace menus only).
 
 @item regexp
 Toggles whether searching/replacing is based on literal strings or regular expressions.
+(The form 'regex' is deprecated.)
 
 @item backwards
 Toggles whether searching/replacing goes forward or backward.
@@ -1164,6 +1221,7 @@ Shows the next history entry in the prompt menus (e.g.@: search).
 
 @item flipreplace
 Toggles between searching for something and replacing something.
+(The form 'dontreplace' is deprecated.)
 
 @item flipexecute
 Toggles between inserting a file and executing a command.
@@ -1171,6 +1229,7 @@ Toggles between inserting a file and executing a command.
 @item flipnewbuffer
 Toggles between inserting into the current buffer and into a new
 empty buffer.
+(The form 'newbuffer' is deprecated.)
 
 @item dosformat
 When writing a file, switches to writing a DOS format (CR/LF).
@@ -1275,6 +1334,7 @@ The 'search to replace' menu.
 
 @item replacewith
 The 'replace with' menu, which comes up after 'search to replace'.
+(The form 'replace2' is deprecated.)
 
 @item gotoline
 The 'goto line (and column)' menu.
@@ -1335,7 +1395,7 @@ browser exits.
 @chapter Pico Compatibility
 
 @code{nano} attempts to emulate Pico as closely as possible, but there
-are certain differences between the editors:
+are some differences between the editors:
 
 @table @code
 
@@ -1349,12 +1409,29 @@ ask any more), or Cancel (stop with replacing).
 @item Search and Replace History
 When the option @code{-H} or @code{--historylog} is given (or set in
 the .nanorc file), text entered as search or replace strings is stored.
-These strings can be accessed with the up/down arrow keys.  A retrieved
-string can subsequently be edited.
+These strings can be accessed with the up/down arrow keys, or you can
+type the first few characters and then use Tab to cycle through the
+matching strings.  A retrieved string can subsequently be edited.
 
-@item Writing, Appending, or Prepending Selected Text to Files
-Text selected using the marking key (^^) can be written out, appended,
-or prepended to a new or existing file using the WriteOut key (^O).
+@item Position History
+When the option @code{-P} or @code{--positionlog} is given (or set in
+the .nanorc file), @code{nano} will store the position of the cursor
+when you close a file, and will place the cursor in that position
+again when you later reopen the file.
+
+@item Writing Selected Text to Files
+When using the Write-Out key (^O), text that has been selected using the
+marking key (^^) can not just be written out to a new (or existing) file,
+it can also be appended or prepended to an existing file.
+
+@item Reading Text from a Command
+When using the Read-File key (^R), @code{nano} can not just read a file,
+it can also read the output of a command to be run (^X).
+
+@item File Browser
+In the file browser, @code{nano} does not implement the Add, Copy,
+Rename, and Delete commands that Pico provides.  In @code{nano} the
+browser is just a file browser, not a file manager.
 
 @item Toggles
 Many options which alter the functionality of the program can be
@@ -1453,18 +1530,21 @@ Disable use of the spell checker.  This also eliminates the @code{-s}
 command-line option, which allows specifying an alternate spell checker.
 
 @item --disable-tabcomp
-Disable the tab completion code when reading or writing files.
+Disable tab completion (when nano asks for a filename or a search string).
+
+@item --disable-wordcomp
+Disable word completion.
 
 @item --disable-wrapping
-Disable hard-wrapping of overlong lines.  This also eliminates the @code{-w}
-command-line option, which enables long-line wrapping.
+Disable all hard-wrapping of overlong lines.  This also eliminates the
+@code{-w} command-line option, which switches long-line wrapping off.
 
 @item --enable-tiny
-This option disables all the above.  It also disables some of the larger
-internals of the editor, like the marking code and the cut-to-end-of-line
-code.  It also disables the function toggles.  By using the enabling
+This option implies all of the above.  It also disables some other
+internals of the editor, like the marking code, the cut-to-end-of-line
+code, and the function toggles.  By using the enabling
 counterpart of the above options together with @code{--enable-tiny},
-specific features can be switched back on.
+specific features can be switched back on --- but a few cannot.
 
 @item --enable-debug
 Enable support for runtime debug output.  This can get pretty messy, so
@@ -1472,7 +1552,7 @@ chances are you only want this feature when you're working on the nano source.
 
 @item --disable-nls
 Disables Native Language support.  This will disable the use of any
-available @code{nano} translations.
+available GNU @code{nano} translations.
 
 @item --disable-wrapping-as-root
 Disable hard-wrapping of overlong lines by default when @code{nano}

doc/nanorc.5

@@ -17,11 +17,12 @@
 .\"   Documentation License along with this program.  If not, see
 .\"   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 .\"
-.TH NANORC 5 "version 2.6.0" "June 2016"
+.TH NANORC 5 "version 2.8.0" "March 2017"
 .\" Please adjust this date whenever revising the manpage.
-.\"
+
 .SH NAME
-nanorc \- nano's rcfile
+nanorc \- GNU nano's configuration file
+
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 The \fInanorc\fP file contains the default settings for \fBnano\fP, a
 small and friendly editor.  The file should be in Unix format, not in
@@ -116,6 +117,9 @@ Specify the color combination to use for the shortcut key combos
 in the two help lines at the bottom of the screen.
 See \fBset titlecolor\fR for more details.
 .TP
+.B set linenumbers
+Display line numbers to the left of the text area.
+.TP
 .B set locking
 Enable vim-style lock-files for when editing files.
 .TP
@@ -147,9 +151,17 @@ Don't display the two help lines at the bottom of the screen.
 .B set nonewlines
 Don't automatically add a newline to the ends of files.
 .TP
+.B set nopauses
+Don't pause between warnings at startup.  This means that only
+the last one will be visible (when there are multiple ones).
+.TP
 .B set nowrap
 Don't hard-wrap text at all.
 .TP
+.B set numbercolor \fIfgcolor\fR,\fIbgcolor\fR
+Specify the color combination to use for line numbers.
+See \fBset titlecolor\fR for more details.
+.TP
 .B set operatingdir "\fIdirectory\fP"
 \fBnano\fP will only read and write files inside \fIdirectory\fP and its
 subdirectories.  Also, the current directory is changed to here, so
@@ -200,6 +212,10 @@ won't work properly with this option enabled.
 .B set regexp
 Do extended regular expression searches by default.
 .TP
+.B set showcursor
+Put the cursor on the highlighted item in the file browser, to aid
+braille users.
+.TP
 .B set smarthome
 Make the Home key smarter.  When Home is pressed anywhere but at the
 very beginning of non-whitespace characters on a line, the cursor will
@@ -236,8 +252,9 @@ Save automatically on exit, don't prompt.
 .TP
 .B set titlecolor \fIfgcolor\fR,\fIbgcolor\fR
 Specify the color combination to use for the titlebar.
-Valid color names for foreground and background are:
-.BR white , \ black , \ red , \ blue , \ green , \ yellow , \ magenta ", and " cyan .
+Valid names for the foreground and background colors are:
+.BR white ", " black ", " blue ", " green ", " red ", " cyan ", " yellow ",  and " magenta .
+The name of the foreground color may be prefixed with \fBbright\fR.
 And either "\fIfgcolor\fR" or ",\fIbgcolor\fR" may be left out.
 .TP
 .B set unix
@@ -253,8 +270,13 @@ Set the two characters used to indicate the presence of tabs and
 spaces.  They must be single-column characters.
 .TP
 .B set wordbounds
-Detect word boundaries more accurately by treating punctuation
+Detect word boundaries differently by treating punctuation
 characters as parts of words.
+.TP
+.B set wordchars \fIstring\fP
+Specify which other characters (besides the normal alphanumeric ones)
+should be considered as parts of words.  This overrides the option
+\fBwordbounds\fR.
 
 .SH SYNTAX HIGHLIGHTING
 Coloring the different syntactic elements of a file
@@ -408,6 +430,7 @@ a string in the current list in the file browser.
 .TP
 .B searchagain
 Repeats the last search command without prompting.
+(The form 'research' is deprecated.)
 .TP
 .B findprevious
 As \fBsearchagain\fR, but always in the backward direction.
@@ -442,6 +465,7 @@ Cuts all text from the cursor position till the end of the buffer.
 .TP
 .B curpos
 Shows the current cursor position: the line, column, and character positions.
+(The form 'cursorpos' is deprecated.)
 .TP
 .B wordcount
 Counts the number of words, lines and characters in the current buffer.
@@ -469,6 +493,10 @@ Unindents (shifts to the left) the currently marked text.
 Comments or uncomments the current line or marked lines, using the comment
 style specified in the active syntax.
 .TP
+.B complete
+Completes the fragment before the cursor to a full word found elsewhere
+in the current buffer.
+.TP
 .B left
 Goes left one position (in the editor or browser).
 .TP
@@ -505,6 +533,13 @@ Moves the cursor to the beginning of the current paragraph.
 .B endpara
 Moves the cursor to the end of the current paragraph.
 .TP
+.B prevblock
+Moves the cursor to the beginning of the current or preceding block of text.
+(Blocks are separated by one or more blank lines.)
+.TP
+.B nextblock
+Moves the cursor to the beginning of the next block of text.
+.TP
 .B prevpage
 Goes up one screenful.
 .TP
@@ -518,7 +553,8 @@ Goes to the first line of the file.
 Goes to the last line of the file.
 .TP
 .B gotoline
-Goes to a specific line (and column if specified).
+Goes to a specific line (and column if specified).  Negative numbers count
+from the end of the file (and end of the line).
 .TP
 .B gototext
 Switches from targeting a line number to searching for text.
@@ -534,7 +570,7 @@ Switches to editing/viewing the previous buffer when multiple buffers are open.
 Switches to editing/viewing the next buffer when multiple buffers are open.
 .TP
 .B verbatim
-Inserts the next character verbatim into the file.
+Inserts the next keystroke verbatim into the file.
 .TP
 .B tab
 Inserts a tab at the current cursor location.
@@ -566,6 +602,7 @@ Toggles case sensitivity in searching (search/replace menus only).
 .TP
 .B regexp
 Toggles whether searching/replacing is based on literal strings or regular expressions.
+(The form 'regex' is deprecated.)
 .TP
 .B backwards
 Toggles whether searching/replacing goes forward or backward.
@@ -578,6 +615,7 @@ Shows the next history entry in the prompt menus (e.g. search).
 .TP
 .B flipreplace
 Toggles between searching for something and replacing something.
+(The form 'dontreplace' is deprecated.)
 .TP
 .B flipexecute
 Toggles between inserting a file and executing a command.
@@ -585,6 +623,7 @@ Toggles between inserting a file and executing a command.
 .B flipnewbuffer
 Toggles between inserting into the current buffer and into a new
 empty buffer.
+(The form 'newbuffer' is deprecated.)
 .TP
 .B dosformat
 When writing a file, switches to writing a DOS format (CR/LF).
@@ -688,6 +727,7 @@ The 'search to replace' menu.
 .TP
 .B replacewith
 The 'replace with' menu, which comes up after 'search to replace'.
+(The form 'replace2' is deprecated.)
 .TP
 .B gotoline
 The 'goto line (and column)' menu.
@@ -732,14 +772,11 @@ System-wide configuration file.
 .TP
 .B ~/.nanorc
 Per-user configuration file.
+
 .SH SEE ALSO
-.TP
-\fBnano\fP(1)
-.PP
-\fI/usr/share/doc/nano/examples/nanorc.sample\fP (or equivalent on your
-system)
+.BR nano (1)
+
 .SH AUTHOR
-Chris Allegretta <chrisa@asty.org>, et al (see \fIAUTHORS\fP and
+Chris Allegretta and others (see the files \fIAUTHORS\fP and
 \fITHANKS\fP for details).  This manual page was originally written by
-Jordi Mallach <jordi@gnu.org>, for the Debian system (but may be used by
-others).
+Jordi Mallach for the Debian system (but may be used by others).

doc/rnano.1

@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+.\" Copyright (C) 2002, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.\"
+.\" This document is dual-licensed.  You may distribute and/or modify it
+.\" under the terms of either of the following licenses:
+.\"
+.\" * The GNU General Public License, as published by the Free Software
+.\"   Foundation, version 3 or (at your option) any later version.  You
+.\"   should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+.\"   along with this program.  If not, see
+.\"   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+.\"
+.\" * The GNU Free Documentation License, as published by the Free
+.\"   Software Foundation, version 1.2 or (at your option) any later
+.\"   version, with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no
+.\"   Back-Cover Texts.  You should have received a copy of the GNU Free
+.\"   Documentation License along with this program.  If not, see
+.\"   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+.\"
+.TH RNANO 1 "version 2.8.0" "March 2017"
+.\" Please adjust this date whenever revising the manpage.
+
+.SH NAME
+rnano \- a restricted nano
+
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B rnano
+.RI [ options "] [[+" line [, column "]]\ " file "]..."
+
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+\fBrnano\fR runs the \fBnano\fR editor in restricted mode.  This allows
+editing only the specified file or files, and doesn't allow the user
+access to the filesystem nor to a command shell.
+.PP
+In restricted mode, \fBnano\fR will:
+.IP \[bu] 2
+not read any nanorc files;
+.IP \[bu]
+not allow suspending;
+.IP \[bu]
+not read nor write any file not specified on the command line;
+.IP \[bu]
+not allow saving a file under a different name;
+.IP \[bu]
+not allow appending or prepending to any file;
+.IP \[bu]
+not make backup files nor do spell checking.
+
+.SH OPTIONS
+.TP
+.BR \-h ", " \-\-help
+Show a summary of command-line options and exit.
+.PP
+See the \fBnano\fP(1) manpage for all available options.
+
+.SH BUGS
+Please report bugs via \fIhttps://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?group=nano\fR.
+
+.SH HOMEPAGE
+https://nano-editor.org/
+
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR nano (1)
+
+.SH AUTHOR
+Chris Allegretta and others (see the files \fIAUTHORS\fR and \fITHANKS\fR
+for details).  This manual page was originally written by Thijs Kinkhorst
+for the Debian system (but may be used by others).

doc/sample.nanorc.in

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-## Sample initialization file for nano.
+## Sample initialization file for GNU nano.
 ##
 ## Please note that you must have configured nano with --enable-nanorc
 ## for this file to be read!  Also note that this file should not be in
@@ -63,6 +63,9 @@
 ## Make the justify command kill whitespace at the end of lines.
 # set justifytrim
 
+## Display line numbers to the left of the text.
+# set linenumbers
+
 ## Enable vim-style lock-files.  This is just to let a vim user know you
 ## are editing a file [s]he is trying to edit and vice versa. There are
 ## no plans to implement vim-style undo state in these files.
@@ -92,6 +95,10 @@
 ## Don't display the helpful shortcut lists at the bottom of the screen.
 # set nohelp
 
+## Don't pause between warnings at startup.  Which means that only the
+## last one will be readable (when there are multiple ones).
+# set nopauses
+
 ## Don't add newlines to the ends of files.
 # set nonewlines
 
@@ -138,6 +145,10 @@
 ## Do extended regular expression searches by default.
 # set regexp
 
+## Put the cursor on the highlighted item in the file browser;
+## useful for people who use a braille display.
+# set showcursor
+
 ## Make the Home key smarter.  When Home is pressed anywhere but at the
 ## very beginning of non-whitespace characters on a line, the cursor
 ## will jump to that beginning (either forwards or backwards).  If the
@@ -178,17 +189,29 @@
 ## The default otherwise:
 # set whitespace ">."
 
-## Detect word boundaries more accurately by treating punctuation
+## Detect word boundaries differently by treating punctuation
 ## characters as parts of words.
 # set wordbounds
 
+## The characters (besides alphanumeric ones) that should be considered
+## as parts of words.  This option does not have a default value.  When
+## set, it overrides option 'set wordbounds'.
+# set wordchars "<_>."
+
 
 ## Paint the interface elements of nano.
-## This is an example; by default there are no colors.
+## These are examples; by default there are no colors.
 # set titlecolor brightwhite,blue
 # set statuscolor brightwhite,green
-# set keycolor green
-# set functioncolor yellow
+# set numbercolor cyan
+# set keycolor cyan
+# set functioncolor green
+## In root's .nanorc you might want to use:
+# set titlecolor brightwhite,red
+# set statuscolor brightwhite,red
+# set numbercolor magenta
+# set keycolor brightmagenta
+# set functioncolor magenta
 
 
 ## Setup of syntax coloring.

doc/syntax/html.nanorc

@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-## Here is a short example for HTML.
-
-syntax "html" "\.html?$"
-magic "HTML document text"
-comment "<!--|-->"
-
-color cyan start="<" end=">"
-color red "&[^;[:space:]]*;"
-color green ""(\\.|[^"])*""
-
-color yellow start="<!--" end="-->"

doc/syntax/nanorc.nanorc

@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-## Here is an example for nanorc files.
-
-syntax "nanorc" "\.?nanorc$"
-comment "#"
-
-# Possible errors and parameters
-icolor brightred "^[[:space:]]*((un)?(bind|set)|include|syntax|header|comment|magic|linter|i?color|extendsyntax).*$"
-
-# Keywords
-icolor brightgreen "^[[:space:]]*(set|unset)[[:space:]]+(allow_insecure_backup|autoindent|backup|backwards|boldtext|casesensitive|const(antshow)?|cut|fill|historylog|justifytrim|locking|morespace|mouse|multibuffer|noconvert|nohelp|nonewlines|nowrap|pos(ition)?log|preserve|quickblank|quiet|rebinddelete|rebindkeypad|regexp|smarthome|smooth|softwrap|suspend|tabsize|tabstospaces|tempfile|unix|view|wordbounds)\>"
-icolor yellow "^[[:space:]]*set[[:space:]]+(functioncolor|keycolor|statuscolor|titlecolor)[[:space:]]+(bright)?(white|black|red|blue|green|yellow|magenta|cyan)?(,(white|black|red|blue|green|yellow|magenta|cyan))?\>"
-icolor brightgreen "^[[:space:]]*set[[:space:]]+(backupdir|brackets|functioncolor|keycolor|matchbrackets|operatingdir|punct|quotestr|speller|statuscolor|titlecolor|whitespace)[[:space:]]+"
-icolor brightgreen "^[[:space:]]*bind[[:space:]]+((\^|M-)([[:alpha:]]|space|[]]|[0-9^_=+{}|;:'\",./<>\?-])|F([1-9]|1[0-6])|Ins|Del)[[:space:]]+[[:alpha:]]+[[:space:]]+(all|main|search|replace(2|with)?|gotoline|writeout|insert|ext(ernal)?cmd|help|spell|linter|browser|whereisfile|gotodir)([[:space:]]+#|[[:space:]]*$)"
-icolor brightgreen "^[[:space:]]*unbind[[:space:]]+((\^|M-)([[:alpha:]]|space|[]]|[0-9^_=+{}|;:'\",./<>\?-])|F([1-9]|1[0-6])|Ins|Del)[[:space:]]+(all|main|search|replace(2|with)?|gotoline|writeout|insert|ext(ernal)?cmd|help|spell|linter|browser|whereisfile|gotodir)([[:space:]]+#|[[:space:]]*$)"
-icolor brightgreen "^[[:space:]]*extendsyntax[[:space:]]+[[:alpha:]]+[[:space:]]+(i?color|header|magic|comment|linter|formatter)[[:space:]]+.*$"
-icolor green "^[[:space:]]*((un)?(bind|set)|include|syntax|header|magic|comment|linter|formatter|extendsyntax)\>"
-
-# Colors
-icolor yellow "^[[:space:]]*i?color[[:space:]]*(bright)?(white|black|red|blue|green|yellow|magenta|cyan)?(,(white|black|red|blue|green|yellow|magenta|cyan))?\>"
-icolor magenta "^[[:space:]]*i?color\>" "\<(start|end)="
-
-# Strings
-icolor brightmagenta ""(\\.|[^"])*""
-# Comments
-icolor brightblue "(^|[[:space:]]+)#.*$"
-icolor cyan "^[[:space:]]*##.*$"
-
-# Trailing whitespace
-color ,green "[[:space:]]+$"

doc/texinfo/.gitignore

@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-texinfo.tex
-nano.html
-nano.info

doc/texinfo/Makefile.am

@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-info_TEXINFOS = nano.texi
-
-MAKEINFO = makeinfo --no-split
-
-BUILT_SOURCES = nano.html
-
-nano.html: nano.texi
-	makeinfo --no-split --html < $< > $@
-
-EXTRA_DIST = $(info_TEXINFOS) $(BUILT_SOURCES)

m4/Makefile.am

@@ -1,5 +1,36 @@
-EXTRA_DIST = ac_define_dir.m4 codeset.m4 gettext.m4 glib-2.0.m4 \
-		glibc21.m4 iconv.m4 intdiv0.m4 inttypes_h.m4 \
-		inttypes.m4 inttypes-pri.m4 isc-posix.m4 lcmessage.m4 \
-		lib-ld.m4 lib-link.m4 lib-prefix.m4 progtest.m4 \
-		stdint_h.m4 uintmax_t.m4 ulonglong.m4
+EXTRA_DIST = \
+	ac_define_dir.m4 \
+	ax_check_compile_flag.m4 \
+	codeset.m4 \
+	extern-inline.m4 \
+	fcntl-o.m4 \
+	gettext.m4 \
+	glibc21.m4 \
+	glibc2.m4 \
+	gnulib-cache.m4 \
+	iconv.m4 \
+	intdiv0.m4 \
+	intldir.m4 \
+	intl.m4 \
+	intlmacosx.m4 \
+	intmax.m4 \
+	inttypes_h.m4 \
+	inttypes-pri.m4 \
+	lcmessage.m4 \
+	lib-ld.m4 \
+	lib-link.m4 \
+	lib-prefix.m4 \
+	lock.m4 \
+	longlong.m4 \
+	nls.m4 \
+	po.m4 \
+	printf-posix.m4 \
+	progtest.m4 \
+	size_max.m4 \
+	stdint_h.m4 \
+	threadlib.m4 \
+	uintmax_t.m4 \
+	visibility.m4 \
+	wchar_t.m4 \
+	wint_t.m4 \
+	xsize.m4

m4/codeset.m4

@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-# codeset.m4 serial AM1 (gettext-0.10.40)
-dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
-dnl General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
-dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
-dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
-dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
-
-dnl From Bruno Haible.
-
-AC_DEFUN([AM_LANGINFO_CODESET],
-[
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for nl_langinfo and CODESET], am_cv_langinfo_codeset,
-    [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <langinfo.h>],
-      [char* cs = nl_langinfo(CODESET);],
-      am_cv_langinfo_codeset=yes,
-      am_cv_langinfo_codeset=no)
-    ])
-  if test $am_cv_langinfo_codeset = yes; then
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET, 1,
-      [Define if you have <langinfo.h> and nl_langinfo(CODESET).])
-  fi
-])

m4/gettext.m4

@@ -1,587 +0,0 @@
-# gettext.m4 serial 17 (gettext-0.11.5)
-dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
-dnl General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
-dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
-dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
-dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
-dnl
-dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
-dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
-dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
-dnl functionality.
-dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
-dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
-dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
-dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
-
-dnl Authors:
-dnl   Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995-2000.
-dnl   Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2000-2002.
-
-dnl Macro to add for using GNU gettext.
-
-dnl Usage: AM_GNU_GETTEXT([INTLSYMBOL], [NEEDSYMBOL], [INTLDIR]).
-dnl INTLSYMBOL can be one of 'external', 'no-libtool', 'use-libtool'. The
-dnl    default (if it is not specified or empty) is 'no-libtool'.
-dnl    INTLSYMBOL should be 'external' for packages with no intl directory,
-dnl    and 'no-libtool' or 'use-libtool' for packages with an intl directory.
-dnl    If INTLSYMBOL is 'use-libtool', then a libtool library
-dnl    $(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.la will be created (shared and/or static,
-dnl    depending on --{enable,disable}-{shared,static} and on the presence of
-dnl    AM-DISABLE-SHARED). If INTLSYMBOL is 'no-libtool', a static library
-dnl    $(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.a will be created.
-dnl If NEEDSYMBOL is specified and is 'need-ngettext', then GNU gettext
-dnl    implementations (in libc or libintl) without the ngettext() function
-dnl    will be ignored.  If NEEDSYMBOL is specified and is
-dnl    'need-formatstring-macros', then GNU gettext implementations that don't
-dnl    support the ISO C 99 <inttypes.h> formatstring macros will be ignored.
-dnl INTLDIR is used to find the intl libraries.  If empty,
-dnl    the value `$(top_builddir)/intl/' is used.
-dnl
-dnl The result of the configuration is one of three cases:
-dnl 1) GNU gettext, as included in the intl subdirectory, will be compiled
-dnl    and used.
-dnl    Catalog format: GNU --> install in $(datadir)
-dnl    Catalog extension: .mo after installation, .gmo in source tree
-dnl 2) GNU gettext has been found in the system's C library.
-dnl    Catalog format: GNU --> install in $(datadir)
-dnl    Catalog extension: .mo after installation, .gmo in source tree
-dnl 3) No internationalization, always use English msgid.
-dnl    Catalog format: none
-dnl    Catalog extension: none
-dnl If INTLSYMBOL is 'external', only cases 2 and 3 can occur.
-dnl The use of .gmo is historical (it was needed to avoid overwriting the
-dnl GNU format catalogs when building on a platform with an X/Open gettext),
-dnl but we keep it in order not to force irrelevant filename changes on the
-dnl maintainers.
-dnl
-AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT],
-[
-  dnl Argument checking.
-  ifelse([$1], [], , [ifelse([$1], [external], , [ifelse([$1], [no-libtool], , [ifelse([$1], [use-libtool], ,
-    [errprint([ERROR: invalid first argument to AM_GNU_GETTEXT
-])])])])])
-  ifelse([$2], [], , [ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], , [ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros], ,
-    [errprint([ERROR: invalid second argument to AM_GNU_GETTEXT
-])])])])
-  define(gt_included_intl, ifelse([$1], [external], [no], [yes]))
-  define(gt_libtool_suffix_prefix, ifelse([$1], [use-libtool], [l], []))
-
-  AC_REQUIRE([AM_PO_SUBDIRS])dnl
-  ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
-    AC_REQUIRE([AM_INTL_SUBDIR])dnl
-  ])
-
-  dnl Prerequisites of AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY.
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
-
-  dnl Sometimes libintl requires libiconv, so first search for libiconv.
-  dnl Ideally we would do this search only after the
-  dnl      if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
-  dnl        if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc" != "yes"; then
-  dnl tests. But if configure.in invokes AM_ICONV after AM_GNU_GETTEXT
-  dnl the configure script would need to contain the same shell code
-  dnl again, outside any 'if'. There are two solutions:
-  dnl - Invoke AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY here, outside any 'if'.
-  dnl - Control the expansions in more detail using AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE.
-  dnl Since AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE is only in autoconf >= 2.52 and not
-  dnl documented, we avoid it.
-  ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, , [
-    AC_REQUIRE([AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY])
-  ])
-
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested])
-  dnl Default is enabled NLS
-  AC_ARG_ENABLE(nls,
-    [  --disable-nls           do not use Native Language Support],
-    USE_NLS=$enableval, USE_NLS=yes)
-  AC_MSG_RESULT($USE_NLS)
-  AC_SUBST(USE_NLS)
-
-  ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
-    BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
-    USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
-  ])
-  LIBINTL=
-  LTLIBINTL=
-  POSUB=
-
-  dnl If we use NLS figure out what method
-  if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
-    gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext=no
-    ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
-      AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether included gettext is requested])
-      AC_ARG_WITH(included-gettext,
-        [  --with-included-gettext use the GNU gettext library included here],
-        nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=$withval,
-        nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=no)
-      AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext)
-
-      nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext="$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext"
-      if test "$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then
-    ])
-        dnl User does not insist on using GNU NLS library.  Figure out what
-        dnl to use.  If GNU gettext is available we use this.  Else we have
-        dnl to fall back to GNU NLS library.
-
-        dnl Add a version number to the cache macros.
-        define([gt_api_version], ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros], 3, ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], 2, 1)))
-        define([gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc], [gt_cv_func_gnugettext]gt_api_version[_libc])
-        define([gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl], [gt_cv_func_gnugettext]gt_api_version[_libintl])
-
-        AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU gettext in libc], gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc,
-         [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>
-]ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros],
-[#ifndef __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION
-#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) ((major) == 0 ? 0 : -1)
-#endif
-changequote(,)dnl
-typedef int array [2 * (__GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(0) >= 1) - 1];
-changequote([,])dnl
-], [])[extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
-extern int *_nl_domain_bindings;],
-            [bindtextdomain ("", "");
-return (int) gettext ("")]ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], [ + (int) ngettext ("", "", 0)], [])[ + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_domain_bindings],
-            gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc=yes,
-            gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc=no)])
-
-        if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc" != "yes"; then
-          dnl Sometimes libintl requires libiconv, so first search for libiconv.
-          ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, , [
-            AM_ICONV_LINK
-          ])
-          dnl Search for libintl and define LIBINTL, LTLIBINTL and INCINTL
-          dnl accordingly. Don't use AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([intl],[iconv])
-          dnl because that would add "-liconv" to LIBINTL and LTLIBINTL
-          dnl even if libiconv doesn't exist.
-          AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([intl])
-          AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU gettext in libintl],
-            gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl,
-           [gt_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
-            CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS $INCINTL"
-            gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
-            LIBS="$LIBS $LIBINTL"
-            dnl Now see whether libintl exists and does not depend on libiconv.
-            AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>
-]ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros],
-[#ifndef __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION
-#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) ((major) == 0 ? 0 : -1)
-#endif
-changequote(,)dnl
-typedef int array [2 * (__GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(0) >= 1) - 1];
-changequote([,])dnl
-], [])[extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
-extern
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-"C"
-#endif
-const char *_nl_expand_alias ();],
-              [bindtextdomain ("", "");
-return (int) gettext ("")]ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], [ + (int) ngettext ("", "", 0)], [])[ + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_expand_alias (0)],
-              gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl=yes,
-              gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl=no)
-            dnl Now see whether libintl exists and depends on libiconv.
-            if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl" != yes && test -n "$LIBICONV"; then
-              LIBS="$LIBS $LIBICONV"
-              AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>
-]ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros],
-[#ifndef __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION
-#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) ((major) == 0 ? 0 : -1)
-#endif
-changequote(,)dnl
-typedef int array [2 * (__GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(0) >= 1) - 1];
-changequote([,])dnl
-], [])[extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
-extern
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-"C"
-#endif
-const char *_nl_expand_alias ();],
-                [bindtextdomain ("", "");
-return (int) gettext ("")]ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], [ + (int) ngettext ("", "", 0)], [])[ + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_expand_alias (0)],
-               [LIBINTL="$LIBINTL $LIBICONV"
-                LTLIBINTL="$LTLIBINTL $LTLIBICONV"
-                gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl=yes
-               ])
-            fi
-            CPPFLAGS="$gt_save_CPPFLAGS"
-            LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS"])
-        fi
-
-        dnl If an already present or preinstalled GNU gettext() is found,
-        dnl use it.  But if this macro is used in GNU gettext, and GNU
-        dnl gettext is already preinstalled in libintl, we update this
-        dnl libintl.  (Cf. the install rule in intl/Makefile.in.)
-        if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc" = "yes" \
-           || { test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl" = "yes" \
-                && test "$PACKAGE" != gettext; }; then
-          gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext=yes
-        else
-          dnl Reset the values set by searching for libintl.
-          LIBINTL=
-          LTLIBINTL=
-          INCINTL=
-        fi
-
-    ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
-        if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" != "yes"; then
-          dnl GNU gettext is not found in the C library.
-          dnl Fall back on included GNU gettext library.
-          nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes
-        fi
-      fi
-
-      if test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
-        dnl Mark actions used to generate GNU NLS library.
-        INTLOBJS="\$(GETTOBJS)"
-        BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
-        USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
-        LIBINTL="ifelse([$3],[],\${top_builddir}/intl,[$3])/libintl.[]gt_libtool_suffix_prefix[]a $LIBICONV"
-        LTLIBINTL="ifelse([$3],[],\${top_builddir}/intl,[$3])/libintl.[]gt_libtool_suffix_prefix[]a $LTLIBICONV"
-        LIBS=`echo " $LIBS " | sed -e 's/ -lintl / /' -e 's/^ //' -e 's/ $//'`
-      fi
-
-      if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes" \
-         || test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
-        dnl Mark actions to use GNU gettext tools.
-        CATOBJEXT=.gmo
-      fi
-    ])
-
-    if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes" \
-       || test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
-      AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS, 1,
-        [Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's native language
-   is requested.])
-    else
-      USE_NLS=no
-    fi
-  fi
-
-  if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
-
-    if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes"; then
-      if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl" = "yes"; then
-        AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with libintl])
-        AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIBINTL])
-        AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INCINTL])
-      fi
-
-      dnl For backward compatibility. Some packages may be using this.
-      AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTEXT, 1,
-       [Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled.])
-      AC_DEFINE(HAVE_DCGETTEXT, 1,
-       [Define if the GNU dcgettext() function is already present or preinstalled.])
-    fi
-
-    dnl We need to process the po/ directory.
-    POSUB=po
-  fi
-
-  ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
-    dnl If this is used in GNU gettext we have to set BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL
-    dnl to 'yes' because some of the testsuite requires it.
-    if test "$PACKAGE" = gettext; then
-      BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
-    fi
-
-    dnl Make all variables we use known to autoconf.
-    AC_SUBST(BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
-    AC_SUBST(USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
-    AC_SUBST(CATOBJEXT)
-    AC_SUBST(INTLOBJS)
-
-    dnl For backward compatibility. Some configure.ins may be using this.
-    nls_cv_header_intl=
-    nls_cv_header_libgt=
-
-    dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
-    DATADIRNAME=share
-    AC_SUBST(DATADIRNAME)
-
-    dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
-    INSTOBJEXT=.mo
-    AC_SUBST(INSTOBJEXT)
-
-    dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
-    GENCAT=gencat
-    AC_SUBST(GENCAT)
-
-    dnl Enable libtool support if the surrounding package wishes it.
-    INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX=gt_libtool_suffix_prefix
-    AC_SUBST(INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX)
-  ])
-
-  dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
-  INTLLIBS="$LIBINTL"
-  AC_SUBST(INTLLIBS)
-
-  dnl Make all documented variables known to autoconf.
-  AC_SUBST(LIBINTL)
-  AC_SUBST(LTLIBINTL)
-  AC_SUBST(POSUB)
-])
-
-
-dnl Checks for all prerequisites of the po subdirectory,
-dnl except for USE_NLS.
-AC_DEFUN([AM_PO_SUBDIRS],
-[
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([AM_MKINSTALLDIRS])dnl
-
-  dnl Perform the following tests also if --disable-nls has been given,
-  dnl because they are needed for "make dist" to work.
-
-  dnl Search for GNU msgfmt in the PATH.
-  dnl The first test excludes Solaris msgfmt and early GNU msgfmt versions.
-  dnl The second test excludes FreeBSD msgfmt.
-  AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
-    [$ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
-     (if $ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi)],
-    :)
-  AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
-
-  dnl Search for GNU xgettext 0.11 or newer in the PATH.
-  dnl The first test excludes Solaris xgettext and early GNU xgettext versions.
-  dnl The second test excludes FreeBSD xgettext.
-  AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
-    [$ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header --copyright-holder= /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
-     (if $ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header --copyright-holder= /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi)],
-    :)
-  dnl Remove leftover from FreeBSD xgettext call.
-  rm -f messages.po
-
-  dnl Search for GNU msgmerge 0.11 or newer in the PATH.
-  AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGMERGE, msgmerge,
-    [$ac_dir/$ac_word --update -q /dev/null /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1], :)
-
-  dnl This could go away some day; the PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST already does it.
-  dnl Test whether we really found GNU msgfmt.
-  if test "$GMSGFMT" != ":"; then
-    dnl If it is no GNU msgfmt we define it as : so that the
-    dnl Makefiles still can work.
-    if $GMSGFMT --statistics /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
-       (if $GMSGFMT --statistics /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi); then
-      : ;
-    else
-      GMSGFMT=`echo "$GMSGFMT" | sed -e 's,^.*/,,'`
-      AC_MSG_RESULT(
-        [found $GMSGFMT program is not GNU msgfmt; ignore it])
-      GMSGFMT=":"
-    fi
-  fi
-
-  dnl This could go away some day; the PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST already does it.
-  dnl Test whether we really found GNU xgettext.
-  if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then
-    dnl If it is no GNU xgettext we define it as : so that the
-    dnl Makefiles still can work.
-    if $XGETTEXT --omit-header --copyright-holder= /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
-       (if $XGETTEXT --omit-header --copyright-holder= /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi); then
-      : ;
-    else
-      AC_MSG_RESULT(
-        [found xgettext program is not GNU xgettext; ignore it])
-      XGETTEXT=":"
-    fi
-    dnl Remove leftover from FreeBSD xgettext call.
-    rm -f messages.po
-  fi
-
-  AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS([
-    for ac_file in $CONFIG_FILES; do
-      # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]"
-      case "$ac_file" in
-        *:*) ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;;
-      esac
-      # PO directories have a Makefile.in generated from Makefile.in.in.
-      case "$ac_file" in */Makefile.in)
-        # Adjust a relative srcdir.
-        ac_dir=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
-        ac_dir_suffix="/`echo "$ac_dir"|sed 's%^\./%%'`"
-        ac_dots=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix"|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
-        # In autoconf-2.13 it is called $ac_given_srcdir.
-        # In autoconf-2.50 it is called $srcdir.
-        test -n "$ac_given_srcdir" || ac_given_srcdir="$srcdir"
-        case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
-          .)  top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'` ;;
-          /*) top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
-          *)  top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
-        esac
-        if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in"; then
-          rm -f "$ac_dir/POTFILES"
-          test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/POTFILES" || echo "creating $ac_dir/POTFILES"
-          cat "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in" | sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^[ 	]*\$/d" -e "s,.*,     $top_srcdir/& \\\\," | sed -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" > "$ac_dir/POTFILES"
-          # ALL_LINGUAS, POFILES, GMOFILES, UPDATEPOFILES, DUMMYPOFILES depend
-          # on $ac_dir but don't depend on user-specified configuration
-          # parameters.
-          if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"; then
-            # The LINGUAS file contains the set of available languages.
-            if test -n "$ALL_LINGUAS"; then
-              test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete" || echo "setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete"
-            fi
-            ALL_LINGUAS_=`sed -e "/^#/d" "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"`
-            # Hide the ALL_LINGUAS assigment from automake.
-            eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''=$ALL_LINGUAS_'
-          fi
-          case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
-            .) srcdirpre= ;;
-            *) srcdirpre='$(srcdir)/' ;;
-          esac
-          POFILES=
-          GMOFILES=
-          UPDATEPOFILES=
-          DUMMYPOFILES=
-          for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
-            POFILES="$POFILES $srcdirpre$lang.po"
-            GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $srcdirpre$lang.gmo"
-            UPDATEPOFILES="$UPDATEPOFILES $lang.po-update"
-            DUMMYPOFILES="$DUMMYPOFILES $lang.nop"
-          done
-          # CATALOGS depends on both $ac_dir and the user's LINGUAS
-          # environment variable.
-          INST_LINGUAS=
-          if test -n "$ALL_LINGUAS"; then
-            for presentlang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
-              useit=no
-              if test "%UNSET%" != "$LINGUAS"; then
-                desiredlanguages="$LINGUAS"
-              else
-                desiredlanguages="$ALL_LINGUAS"
-              fi
-              for desiredlang in $desiredlanguages; do
-                # Use the presentlang catalog if desiredlang is
-                #   a. equal to presentlang, or
-                #   b. a variant of presentlang (because in this case,
-                #      presentlang can be used as a fallback for messages
-                #      which are not translated in the desiredlang catalog).
-                case "$desiredlang" in
-                  "$presentlang"*) useit=yes;;
-                esac
-              done
-              if test $useit = yes; then
-                INST_LINGUAS="$INST_LINGUAS $presentlang"
-              fi
-            done
-          fi
-          CATALOGS=
-          if test -n "$INST_LINGUAS"; then
-            for lang in $INST_LINGUAS; do
-              CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang.gmo"
-            done
-          fi
-          test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/Makefile" || echo "creating $ac_dir/Makefile"
-          sed -e "/^POTFILES =/r $ac_dir/POTFILES" -e "/^# Makevars/r $ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/Makevars" -e "s|@POFILES@|$POFILES|g" -e "s|@GMOFILES@|$GMOFILES|g" -e "s|@UPDATEPOFILES@|$UPDATEPOFILES|g" -e "s|@DUMMYPOFILES@|$DUMMYPOFILES|g" -e "s|@CATALOGS@|$CATALOGS|g" "$ac_dir/Makefile.in" > "$ac_dir/Makefile"
-          for f in "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir"/Rules-*; do
-            if test -f "$f"; then
-              case "$f" in
-                *.orig | *.bak | *~) ;;
-                *) cat "$f" >> "$ac_dir/Makefile" ;;
-              esac
-            fi
-          done
-        fi
-        ;;
-      esac
-    done],
-   [# Capture the value of obsolete ALL_LINGUAS because we need it to compute
-    # POFILES, GMOFILES, UPDATEPOFILES, DUMMYPOFILES, CATALOGS. But hide it
-    # from automake.
-    eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''="$ALL_LINGUAS"'
-    # Capture the value of LINGUAS because we need it to compute CATALOGS.
-    LINGUAS="${LINGUAS-%UNSET%}"
-   ])
-])
-
-
-dnl Checks for all prerequisites of the intl subdirectory,
-dnl except for INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX (and possibly LIBTOOL), INTLOBJS,
-dnl            USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL, BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL.
-AC_DEFUN([AM_INTL_SUBDIR],
-[
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([AM_MKINSTALLDIRS])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_ISC_POSIX])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_CONST])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_OFF_T])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_SIZE_T])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_ALLOCA])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_MMAP])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([jm_GLIBC21])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([gt_INTDIV0])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([gt_HEADER_INTTYPES_H])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([gt_INTTYPES_PRI])dnl
-
-  AC_CHECK_HEADERS([argz.h limits.h locale.h nl_types.h malloc.h stddef.h \
-stdlib.h string.h unistd.h sys/param.h])
-  AC_CHECK_FUNCS([feof_unlocked fgets_unlocked getc_unlocked getcwd getegid \
-geteuid getgid getuid mempcpy munmap putenv setenv setlocale stpcpy \
-strcasecmp strdup strtoul tsearch __argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next])
-
-  AM_ICONV
-  AM_LANGINFO_CODESET
-  if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then
-    AM_LC_MESSAGES
-  fi
-
-  dnl intl/plural.c is generated from intl/plural.y. It requires bison,
-  dnl because plural.y uses bison specific features. It requires at least
-  dnl bison-1.26 because earlier versions generate a plural.c that doesn't
-  dnl compile.
-  dnl bison is only needed for the maintainer (who touches plural.y). But in
-  dnl order to avoid separate Makefiles or --enable-maintainer-mode, we put
-  dnl the rule in general Makefile. Now, some people carelessly touch the
-  dnl files or have a broken "make" program, hence the plural.c rule will
-  dnl sometimes fire. To avoid an error, defines BISON to ":" if it is not
-  dnl present or too old.
-  AC_CHECK_PROGS([INTLBISON], [bison])
-  if test -z "$INTLBISON"; then
-    ac_verc_fail=yes
-  else
-    dnl Found it, now check the version.
-    AC_MSG_CHECKING([version of bison])
-changequote(<<,>>)dnl
-    ac_prog_version=`$INTLBISON --version 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^.*GNU Bison.* \([0-9]*\.[0-9.]*\).*$/\1/p'`
-    case $ac_prog_version in
-      '') ac_prog_version="v. ?.??, bad"; ac_verc_fail=yes;;
-      1.2[6-9]* | 1.[3-9][0-9]* | [2-9].*)
-changequote([,])dnl
-         ac_prog_version="$ac_prog_version, ok"; ac_verc_fail=no;;
-      *) ac_prog_version="$ac_prog_version, bad"; ac_verc_fail=yes;;
-    esac
-    AC_MSG_RESULT([$ac_prog_version])
-  fi
-  if test $ac_verc_fail = yes; then
-    INTLBISON=:
-  fi
-])
-
-
-AC_DEFUN([AM_MKINSTALLDIRS],
-[
-  dnl If the AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR macro for autoconf is used we possibly
-  dnl find the mkinstalldirs script in another subdir but $(top_srcdir).
-  dnl Try to locate is.
-  MKINSTALLDIRS=
-  if test -n "$ac_aux_dir"; then
-    MKINSTALLDIRS="$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs"
-  fi
-  if test -z "$MKINSTALLDIRS"; then
-    MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs"
-  fi
-  AC_SUBST(MKINSTALLDIRS)
-])
-
-
-dnl Usage: AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION([gettext-version])
-AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION], [])

m4/glib-2.0.m4

@@ -1,215 +0,0 @@
-# Configure paths for GLIB
-# Owen Taylor     1997-2001
-
-dnl AM_PATH_GLIB_2_0([MINIMUM-VERSION, [ACTION-IF-FOUND [, ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND [, MODULES]]]])
-dnl Test for GLIB, and define GLIB_CFLAGS and GLIB_LIBS, if gmodule, gobject or 
-dnl gthread is specified in MODULES, pass to pkg-config
-dnl
-AC_DEFUN([AM_PATH_GLIB_2_0],
-[dnl 
-dnl Get the cflags and libraries from pkg-config
-dnl
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(glibtest, [  --disable-glibtest      do not try to compile and run a test GLIB program],
-		    , enable_glibtest=yes)
-
-  pkg_config_args=glib-2.0
-  for module in . $4
-  do
-      case "$module" in
-         gmodule) 
-             pkg_config_args="$pkg_config_args gmodule-2.0"
-         ;;
-         gmodule-no-export) 
-             pkg_config_args="$pkg_config_args gmodule-no-export-2.0"
-         ;;
-         gobject) 
-             pkg_config_args="$pkg_config_args gobject-2.0"
-         ;;
-         gthread) 
-             pkg_config_args="$pkg_config_args gthread-2.0"
-         ;;
-      esac
-  done
-
-  AC_PATH_PROG(PKG_CONFIG, pkg-config, no)
-
-  no_glib=""
-
-  if test x$PKG_CONFIG != xno ; then
-    if $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version 0.7 ; then
-      :
-    else
-      echo *** pkg-config too old; version 0.7 or better required.
-      no_glib=yes
-      PKG_CONFIG=no
-    fi
-  else
-    no_glib=yes
-  fi
-
-  min_glib_version=ifelse([$1], ,2.0.0,$1)
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING(for GLIB - version >= $min_glib_version)
-
-  if test x$PKG_CONFIG != xno ; then
-    ## don't try to run the test against uninstalled libtool libs
-    if $PKG_CONFIG --uninstalled $pkg_config_args; then
-	  echo "Will use uninstalled version of GLib found in PKG_CONFIG_PATH"
-	  enable_glibtest=no
-    fi
-
-    if $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-version $min_glib_version $pkg_config_args; then
-	  :
-    else
-	  no_glib=yes
-    fi
-  fi
-
-  if test x"$no_glib" = x ; then
-    GLIB_GENMARSHAL=`$PKG_CONFIG --variable=glib_genmarshal glib-2.0`
-    GOBJECT_QUERY=`$PKG_CONFIG --variable=gobject_query glib-2.0`
-    GLIB_MKENUMS=`$PKG_CONFIG --variable=glib_mkenums glib-2.0`
-
-    GLIB_CFLAGS=`$PKG_CONFIG --cflags $pkg_config_args`
-    GLIB_LIBS=`$PKG_CONFIG --libs $pkg_config_args`
-    glib_config_major_version=`$PKG_CONFIG --modversion glib-2.0 | \
-           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
-    glib_config_minor_version=`$PKG_CONFIG --modversion glib-2.0 | \
-           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\2/'`
-    glib_config_micro_version=`$PKG_CONFIG --modversion glib-2.0 | \
-           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\3/'`
-    if test "x$enable_glibtest" = "xyes" ; then
-      ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
-      ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
-      CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $GLIB_CFLAGS"
-      LIBS="$GLIB_LIBS $LIBS"
-dnl
-dnl Now check if the installed GLIB is sufficiently new. (Also sanity
-dnl checks the results of pkg-config to some extent)
-dnl
-      rm -f conf.glibtest
-      AC_TRY_RUN([
-#include <glib.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-int 
-main ()
-{
-  int major, minor, micro;
-  char *tmp_version;
-
-  system ("touch conf.glibtest");
-
-  /* HP/UX 9 (%@#!) writes to sscanf strings */
-  tmp_version = g_strdup("$min_glib_version");
-  if (sscanf(tmp_version, "%d.%d.%d", &major, &minor, &micro) != 3) {
-     printf("%s, bad version string\n", "$min_glib_version");
-     exit(1);
-   }
-
-  if ((glib_major_version != $glib_config_major_version) ||
-      (glib_minor_version != $glib_config_minor_version) ||
-      (glib_micro_version != $glib_config_micro_version))
-    {
-      printf("\n*** 'pkg-config --modversion glib-2.0' returned %d.%d.%d, but GLIB (%d.%d.%d)\n", 
-             $glib_config_major_version, $glib_config_minor_version, $glib_config_micro_version,
-             glib_major_version, glib_minor_version, glib_micro_version);
-      printf ("*** was found! If pkg-config was correct, then it is best\n");
-      printf ("*** to remove the old version of GLib. You may also be able to fix the error\n");
-      printf("*** by modifying your LD_LIBRARY_PATH enviroment variable, or by editing\n");
-      printf("*** /etc/ld.so.conf. Make sure you have run ldconfig if that is\n");
-      printf("*** required on your system.\n");
-      printf("*** If pkg-config was wrong, set the environment variable PKG_CONFIG_PATH\n");
-      printf("*** to point to the correct configuration files\n");
-    } 
-  else if ((glib_major_version != GLIB_MAJOR_VERSION) ||
-	   (glib_minor_version != GLIB_MINOR_VERSION) ||
-           (glib_micro_version != GLIB_MICRO_VERSION))
-    {
-      printf("*** GLIB header files (version %d.%d.%d) do not match\n",
-	     GLIB_MAJOR_VERSION, GLIB_MINOR_VERSION, GLIB_MICRO_VERSION);
-      printf("*** library (version %d.%d.%d)\n",
-	     glib_major_version, glib_minor_version, glib_micro_version);
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      if ((glib_major_version > major) ||
-        ((glib_major_version == major) && (glib_minor_version > minor)) ||
-        ((glib_major_version == major) && (glib_minor_version == minor) && (glib_micro_version >= micro)))
-      {
-        return 0;
-       }
-     else
-      {
-        printf("\n*** An old version of GLIB (%d.%d.%d) was found.\n",
-               glib_major_version, glib_minor_version, glib_micro_version);
-        printf("*** You need a version of GLIB newer than %d.%d.%d. The latest version of\n",
-	       major, minor, micro);
-        printf("*** GLIB is always available from ftp://ftp.gtk.org.\n");
-        printf("***\n");
-        printf("*** If you have already installed a sufficiently new version, this error\n");
-        printf("*** probably means that the wrong copy of the pkg-config shell script is\n");
-        printf("*** being found. The easiest way to fix this is to remove the old version\n");
-        printf("*** of GLIB, but you can also set the PKG_CONFIG environment to point to the\n");
-        printf("*** correct copy of pkg-config. (In this case, you will have to\n");
-        printf("*** modify your LD_LIBRARY_PATH enviroment variable, or edit /etc/ld.so.conf\n");
-        printf("*** so that the correct libraries are found at run-time))\n");
-      }
-    }
-  return 1;
-}
-],, no_glib=yes,[echo $ac_n "cross compiling; assumed OK... $ac_c"])
-       CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
-       LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
-     fi
-  fi
-  if test "x$no_glib" = x ; then
-     AC_MSG_RESULT(yes (version $glib_config_major_version.$glib_config_minor_version.$glib_config_micro_version))
-     ifelse([$2], , :, [$2])     
-  else
-     AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
-     if test "$PKG_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
-       echo "*** A new enough version of pkg-config was not found."
-       echo "*** See http://www.freedesktop.org/software/pkgconfig/"
-     else
-       if test -f conf.glibtest ; then
-        :
-       else
-          echo "*** Could not run GLIB test program, checking why..."
-          ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
-          ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
-          CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $GLIB_CFLAGS"
-          LIBS="$LIBS $GLIB_LIBS"
-          AC_TRY_LINK([
-#include <glib.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-],      [ return ((glib_major_version) || (glib_minor_version) || (glib_micro_version)); ],
-        [ echo "*** The test program compiled, but did not run. This usually means"
-          echo "*** that the run-time linker is not finding GLIB or finding the wrong"
-          echo "*** version of GLIB. If it is not finding GLIB, you'll need to set your"
-          echo "*** LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable, or edit /etc/ld.so.conf to point"
-          echo "*** to the installed location  Also, make sure you have run ldconfig if that"
-          echo "*** is required on your system"
-	  echo "***"
-          echo "*** If you have an old version installed, it is best to remove it, although"
-          echo "*** you may also be able to get things to work by modifying LD_LIBRARY_PATH" ],
-        [ echo "*** The test program failed to compile or link. See the file config.log for the"
-          echo "*** exact error that occured. This usually means GLIB is incorrectly installed."])
-          CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
-          LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
-       fi
-     fi
-     GLIB_CFLAGS=""
-     GLIB_LIBS=""
-     GLIB_GENMARSHAL=""
-     GOBJECT_QUERY=""
-     GLIB_MKENUMS=""
-     ifelse([$3], , :, [$3])
-  fi
-  AC_SUBST(GLIB_CFLAGS)
-  AC_SUBST(GLIB_LIBS)
-  AC_SUBST(GLIB_GENMARSHAL)
-  AC_SUBST(GOBJECT_QUERY)
-  AC_SUBST(GLIB_MKENUMS)
-  rm -f conf.glibtest
-])

m4/glibc21.m4

@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-# glibc21.m4 serial 2 (fileutils-4.1.3, gettext-0.10.40)
-dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
-dnl General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
-dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
-dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
-dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
-
-# Test for the GNU C Library, version 2.1 or newer.
-# From Bruno Haible.
-
-AC_DEFUN([jm_GLIBC21],
-  [
-    AC_CACHE_CHECK(whether we are using the GNU C Library 2.1 or newer,
-      ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1,
-      [AC_EGREP_CPP([Lucky GNU user],
-	[
-#include <features.h>
-#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
- #if (__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 1) || (__GLIBC__ > 2)
-  Lucky GNU user
- #endif
-#endif
-	],
-	ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1=yes,
-	ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1=no)
-      ]
-    )
-    AC_SUBST(GLIBC21)
-    GLIBC21="$ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1"
-  ]
-)

m4/iconv.m4

@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-# iconv.m4 serial AM4 (gettext-0.11.3)
-dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
-dnl General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
-dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
-dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
-dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
-
-dnl From Bruno Haible.
-
-AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY],
-[
-  dnl Prerequisites of AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY.
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
-
-  dnl Search for libiconv and define LIBICONV, LTLIBICONV and INCICONV
-  dnl accordingly.
-  AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([iconv])
-])
-
-AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV_LINK],
-[
-  dnl Some systems have iconv in libc, some have it in libiconv (OSF/1 and
-  dnl those with the standalone portable GNU libiconv installed).
-
-  dnl Search for libiconv and define LIBICONV, LTLIBICONV and INCICONV
-  dnl accordingly.
-  AC_REQUIRE([AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY])
-
-  dnl Add $INCICONV to CPPFLAGS before performing the following checks,
-  dnl because if the user has installed libiconv and not disabled its use
-  dnl via --without-libiconv-prefix, he wants to use it. The first
-  dnl AC_TRY_LINK will then fail, the second AC_TRY_LINK will succeed.
-  am_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
-  AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INCICONV])
-
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK(for iconv, am_cv_func_iconv, [
-    am_cv_func_iconv="no, consider installing GNU libiconv"
-    am_cv_lib_iconv=no
-    AC_TRY_LINK([#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <iconv.h>],
-      [iconv_t cd = iconv_open("","");
-       iconv(cd,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL);
-       iconv_close(cd);],
-      am_cv_func_iconv=yes)
-    if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" != yes; then
-      am_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
-      LIBS="$LIBS $LIBICONV"
-      AC_TRY_LINK([#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <iconv.h>],
-        [iconv_t cd = iconv_open("","");
-         iconv(cd,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL);
-         iconv_close(cd);],
-        am_cv_lib_iconv=yes
-        am_cv_func_iconv=yes)
-      LIBS="$am_save_LIBS"
-    fi
-  ])
-  if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" = yes; then
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_ICONV, 1, [Define if you have the iconv() function.])
-  fi
-  if test "$am_cv_lib_iconv" = yes; then
-    AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with libiconv])
-    AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIBICONV])
-  else
-    dnl If $LIBICONV didn't lead to a usable library, we don't need $INCICONV
-    dnl either.
-    CPPFLAGS="$am_save_CPPFLAGS"
-    LIBICONV=
-    LTLIBICONV=
-  fi
-  AC_SUBST(LIBICONV)
-  AC_SUBST(LTLIBICONV)
-])
-
-AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV],
-[
-  AM_ICONV_LINK
-  if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" = yes; then
-    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for iconv declaration])
-    AC_CACHE_VAL(am_cv_proto_iconv, [
-      AC_TRY_COMPILE([
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <iconv.h>
-extern
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-"C"
-#endif
-#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(__cplusplus)
-size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft);
-#else
-size_t iconv();
-#endif
-], [], am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1="", am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1="const")
-      am_cv_proto_iconv="extern size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, $am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1 char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft);"])
-    am_cv_proto_iconv=`echo "[$]am_cv_proto_iconv" | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/( /(/'`
-    AC_MSG_RESULT([$]{ac_t:-
-         }[$]am_cv_proto_iconv)
-    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(ICONV_CONST, $am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1,
-      [Define as const if the declaration of iconv() needs const.])
-  fi
-])

m4/intdiv0.m4

@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
-# intdiv0.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.11.3)
-dnl Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
-dnl General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
-dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
-dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
-dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
-
-dnl From Bruno Haible.
-
-AC_DEFUN([gt_INTDIV0],
-[
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
-
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether integer division by zero raises SIGFPE],
-    gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe,
-    [
-      AC_TRY_RUN([
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <signal.h>
-
-static void
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-sigfpe_handler (int sig)
-#else
-sigfpe_handler (sig) int sig;
-#endif
-{
-  /* Exit with code 0 if SIGFPE, with code 1 if any other signal.  */
-  exit (sig != SIGFPE);
-}
-
-int x = 1;
-int y = 0;
-int z;
-int nan;
-
-int main ()
-{
-  signal (SIGFPE, sigfpe_handler);
-/* IRIX and AIX (when "xlc -qcheck" is used) yield signal SIGTRAP.  */
-#if (defined (__sgi) || defined (_AIX)) && defined (SIGTRAP)
-  signal (SIGTRAP, sigfpe_handler);
-#endif
-/* Linux/SPARC yields signal SIGILL.  */
-#if defined (__sparc__) && defined (__linux__)
-  signal (SIGILL, sigfpe_handler);
-#endif
-
-  z = x / y;
-  nan = y / y;
-  exit (1);
-}
-], gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe=yes, gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe=no,
-        [
-          # Guess based on the CPU.
-          case "$host_cpu" in
-            alpha* | i[34567]86 | m68k | s390*)
-              gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe="guessing yes";;
-            *)
-              gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe="guessing no";;
-          esac
-        ])
-    ])
-  case "$gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe" in
-    *yes) value=1;;
-    *) value=0;;
-  esac
-  AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE, $value,
-    [Define if integer division by zero raises signal SIGFPE.])
-])

m4/inttypes-pri.m4

@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-# inttypes-pri.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.11.4)
-dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
-dnl General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
-dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
-dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
-dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
-
-dnl From Bruno Haible.
-
-# Define PRI_MACROS_BROKEN if <inttypes.h> exists and defines the PRI*
-# macros to non-string values.  This is the case on AIX 4.3.3.
-
-AC_DEFUN([gt_INTTYPES_PRI],
-[
-  AC_REQUIRE([gt_HEADER_INTTYPES_H])
-  if test $gt_cv_header_inttypes_h = yes; then
-    AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether the inttypes.h PRIxNN macros are broken],
-      gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken,
-      [
-        AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <inttypes.h>
-#ifdef PRId32
-char *p = PRId32;
-#endif
-], [], gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken=no, gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken=yes)
-      ])
-  fi
-  if test "$gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken" = yes; then
-    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PRI_MACROS_BROKEN, 1,
-      [Define if <inttypes.h> exists and defines unusable PRI* macros.])
-  fi
-])

m4/inttypes.m4

@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-# inttypes.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.11.4)
-dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
-dnl General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
-dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
-dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
-dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
-
-dnl From Paul Eggert.
-
-# Define HAVE_INTTYPES_H if <inttypes.h> exists and doesn't clash with
-# <sys/types.h>.
-
-AC_DEFUN([gt_HEADER_INTTYPES_H],
-[
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for inttypes.h], gt_cv_header_inttypes_h,
-  [
-    AC_TRY_COMPILE(
-      [#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <inttypes.h>],
-      [], gt_cv_header_inttypes_h=yes, gt_cv_header_inttypes_h=no)
-  ])
-  if test $gt_cv_header_inttypes_h = yes; then
-    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_INTTYPES_H, 1,
-      [Define if <inttypes.h> exists and doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>.])
-  fi
-])

m4/inttypes_h.m4

@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-# inttypes_h.m4 serial 4 (gettext-0.11.4)
-dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
-dnl General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
-dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
-dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
-dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
-
-dnl From Paul Eggert.
-
-# Define HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX if <inttypes.h> exists,
-# doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>, and declares uintmax_t.
-
-AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H],
-[
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for inttypes.h], jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h,
-  [AC_TRY_COMPILE(
-    [#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <inttypes.h>],
-    [uintmax_t i = (uintmax_t) -1;],
-    jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h=yes,
-    jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h=no)])
-  if test $jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h = yes; then
-    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX, 1,
-[Define if <inttypes.h> exists, doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>,
-   and declares uintmax_t. ])
-  fi
-])

m4/isc-posix.m4

@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-# isc-posix.m4 serial 2 (gettext-0.11.2)
-dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
-dnl General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
-dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
-dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
-dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
-
-# This file is not needed with autoconf-2.53 and newer.  Remove it in 2005.
-
-# This test replaces the one in autoconf.
-# Currently this macro should have the same name as the autoconf macro
-# because gettext's gettext.m4 (distributed in the automake package)
-# still uses it.  Otherwise, the use in gettext.m4 makes autoheader
-# give these diagnostics:
-#   configure.in:556: AC_TRY_COMPILE was called before AC_ISC_POSIX
-#   configure.in:556: AC_TRY_RUN was called before AC_ISC_POSIX
-
-undefine([AC_ISC_POSIX])
-
-AC_DEFUN([AC_ISC_POSIX],
-  [
-    dnl This test replaces the obsolescent AC_ISC_POSIX kludge.
-    AC_CHECK_LIB(cposix, strerror, [LIBS="$LIBS -lcposix"])
-  ]
-)

m4/lcmessage.m4

@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-# lcmessage.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.11.3)
-dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
-dnl General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
-dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
-dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
-dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
-dnl
-dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
-dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
-dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
-dnl functionality.
-dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
-dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
-dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
-dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
-
-dnl Authors:
-dnl   Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
-
-# Check whether LC_MESSAGES is available in <locale.h>.
-
-AC_DEFUN([AM_LC_MESSAGES],
-[
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for LC_MESSAGES], am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES,
-    [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <locale.h>], [return LC_MESSAGES],
-       am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=yes, am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=no)])
-  if test $am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES = yes; then
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LC_MESSAGES, 1,
-      [Define if your <locale.h> file defines LC_MESSAGES.])
-  fi
-])

m4/lib-ld.m4

@@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
-# lib-ld.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.11)
-dnl Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
-dnl General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
-dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
-dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
-dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
-
-dnl Subroutines of libtool.m4,
-dnl with replacements s/AC_/AC_LIB/ and s/lt_cv/acl_cv/ to avoid collision
-dnl with libtool.m4.
-
-dnl From libtool-1.4. Sets the variable with_gnu_ld to yes or no.
-AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PROG_LD_GNU],
-[AC_CACHE_CHECK([if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld], acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld,
-[# I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v.
-if $LD -v 2>&1 </dev/null | egrep '(GNU|with BFD)' 1>&5; then
-  acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld=yes
-else
-  acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld=no
-fi])
-with_gnu_ld=$acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld
-])
-
-dnl From libtool-1.4. Sets the variable LD.
-AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PROG_LD],
-[AC_ARG_WITH(gnu-ld,
-[  --with-gnu-ld           assume the C compiler uses GNU ld [default=no]],
-test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes, with_gnu_ld=no)
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
-ac_prog=ld
-if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-  # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path.
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ld used by GCC])
-  case $host in
-  *-*-mingw*)
-    # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return which upsets mingw
-    ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5 | tr -d '\015'` ;;
-  *)
-    ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` ;;
-  esac
-  case $ac_prog in
-    # Accept absolute paths.
-    [[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*)]
-      [re_direlt='/[^/][^/]*/\.\./']
-      # Canonicalize the path of ld
-      ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed 's%\\\\%/%g'`
-      while echo $ac_prog | grep "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do
-	ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed "s%$re_direlt%/%"`
-      done
-      test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog"
-      ;;
-  "")
-    # If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC.
-    ac_prog=ld
-    ;;
-  *)
-    # If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH.
-    with_gnu_ld=unknown
-    ;;
-  esac
-elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for GNU ld])
-else
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for non-GNU ld])
-fi
-AC_CACHE_VAL(acl_cv_path_LD,
-[if test -z "$LD"; then
-  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}${PATH_SEPARATOR-:}"
-  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
-    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
-    if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then
-      acl_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog"
-      # Check to see if the program is GNU ld.  I'd rather use --version,
-      # but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v.
-      # Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer.
-      if "$acl_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 < /dev/null | egrep '(GNU|with BFD)' > /dev/null; then
-	test "$with_gnu_ld" != no && break
-      else
-	test "$with_gnu_ld" != yes && break
-      fi
-    fi
-  done
-  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
-else
-  acl_cv_path_LD="$LD" # Let the user override the test with a path.
-fi])
-LD="$acl_cv_path_LD"
-if test -n "$LD"; then
-  AC_MSG_RESULT($LD)
-else
-  AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
-fi
-test -z "$LD" && AC_MSG_ERROR([no acceptable ld found in \$PATH])
-AC_LIB_PROG_LD_GNU
-])

m4/lib-link.m4

@@ -1,554 +0,0 @@
-# lib-link.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.11.3)
-dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
-dnl General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
-dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
-dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
-dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
-
-dnl From Bruno Haible.
-
-dnl AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS(name [, dependencies]) searches for libname and
-dnl the libraries corresponding to explicit and implicit dependencies.
-dnl Sets and AC_SUBSTs the LIB${NAME} and LTLIB${NAME} variables and
-dnl augments the CPPFLAGS variable.
-AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS],
-[
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
-  define([Name],[translit([$1],[./-], [___])])
-  define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],
-                               [ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])])
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK([how to link with lib[]$1], [ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs], [
-    AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([$1], [$2])
-    ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs="$LIB[]NAME"
-    ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_ltlibs="$LTLIB[]NAME"
-    ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_cppflags="$INC[]NAME"
-  ])
-  LIB[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs"
-  LTLIB[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_ltlibs"
-  INC[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_cppflags"
-  AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INC]NAME)
-  AC_SUBST([LIB]NAME)
-  AC_SUBST([LTLIB]NAME)
-  dnl Also set HAVE_LIB[]NAME so that AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS can reuse the
-  dnl results of this search when this library appears as a dependency.
-  HAVE_LIB[]NAME=yes
-  undefine([Name])
-  undefine([NAME])
-])
-
-dnl AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS(name, dependencies, includes, testcode)
-dnl searches for libname and the libraries corresponding to explicit and
-dnl implicit dependencies, together with the specified include files and
-dnl the ability to compile and link the specified testcode. If found, it
-dnl sets and AC_SUBSTs HAVE_LIB${NAME}=yes and the LIB${NAME} and
-dnl LTLIB${NAME} variables and augments the CPPFLAGS variable, and
-dnl #defines HAVE_LIB${NAME} to 1. Otherwise, it sets and AC_SUBSTs
-dnl HAVE_LIB${NAME}=no and LIB${NAME} and LTLIB${NAME} to empty.
-AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS],
-[
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
-  define([Name],[translit([$1],[./-], [___])])
-  define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],
-                               [ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])])
-
-  dnl Search for lib[]Name and define LIB[]NAME, LTLIB[]NAME and INC[]NAME
-  dnl accordingly.
-  AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([$1], [$2])
-
-  dnl Add $INC[]NAME to CPPFLAGS before performing the following checks,
-  dnl because if the user has installed lib[]Name and not disabled its use
-  dnl via --without-lib[]Name-prefix, he wants to use it.
-  ac_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
-  AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INC]NAME)
-
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for lib[]$1], [ac_cv_lib[]Name], [
-    ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
-    LIBS="$LIBS $LIB[]NAME"
-    AC_TRY_LINK([$3], [$4], [ac_cv_lib[]Name=yes], [ac_cv_lib[]Name=no])
-    LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
-  ])
-  if test "$ac_cv_lib[]Name" = yes; then
-    HAVE_LIB[]NAME=yes
-    AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIB]NAME, 1, [Define if you have the $1 library.])
-    AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with lib[]$1])
-    AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIB[]NAME])
-  else
-    HAVE_LIB[]NAME=no
-    dnl If $LIB[]NAME didn't lead to a usable library, we don't need
-    dnl $INC[]NAME either.
-    CPPFLAGS="$ac_save_CPPFLAGS"
-    LIB[]NAME=
-    LTLIB[]NAME=
-  fi
-  AC_SUBST([HAVE_LIB]NAME)
-  AC_SUBST([LIB]NAME)
-  AC_SUBST([LTLIB]NAME)
-  undefine([Name])
-  undefine([NAME])
-])
-
-dnl Determine the platform dependent parameters needed to use rpath:
-dnl libext, shlibext, hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, hardcode_libdir_separator,
-dnl hardcode_direct, hardcode_minus_L,
-dnl sys_lib_search_path_spec, sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec.
-AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_RPATH],
-[
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])                dnl we use $CC, $GCC, $LDFLAGS
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PROG_LD])            dnl we use $LD, $with_gnu_ld
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])         dnl we use $host
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR_DEFAULT]) dnl we use $ac_aux_dir
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for shared library run path origin], acl_cv_rpath, [
-    CC="$CC" GCC="$GCC" LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" LD="$LD" with_gnu_ld="$with_gnu_ld" \
-    ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} "$ac_aux_dir/config.rpath" "$host" > conftest.sh
-    . ./conftest.sh
-    rm -f ./conftest.sh
-    acl_cv_rpath=done
-  ])
-  wl="$acl_cv_wl"
-  libext="$acl_cv_libext"
-  shlibext="$acl_cv_shlibext"
-  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec="$acl_cv_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"
-  hardcode_libdir_separator="$acl_cv_hardcode_libdir_separator"
-  hardcode_direct="$acl_cv_hardcode_direct"
-  hardcode_minus_L="$acl_cv_hardcode_minus_L"
-  sys_lib_search_path_spec="$acl_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec"
-  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$acl_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec"
-  dnl Determine whether the user wants rpath handling at all.
-  AC_ARG_ENABLE(rpath,
-    [  --disable-rpath         do not hardcode runtime library paths],
-    :, enable_rpath=yes)
-])
-
-dnl AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY(name [, dependencies]) searches for libname and
-dnl the libraries corresponding to explicit and implicit dependencies.
-dnl Sets the LIB${NAME}, LTLIB${NAME} and INC${NAME} variables.
-AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY],
-[
-  define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],
-                               [ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])])
-  dnl By default, look in $includedir and $libdir.
-  use_additional=yes
-  AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
-    eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
-    eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
-  ])
-  AC_ARG_WITH([lib$1-prefix],
-[  --with-lib$1-prefix[=DIR]  search for lib$1 in DIR/include and DIR/lib
-  --without-lib$1-prefix     don't search for lib$1 in includedir and libdir],
-[
-    if test "X$withval" = "Xno"; then
-      use_additional=no
-    else
-      if test "X$withval" = "X"; then
-        AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
-          eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
-          eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
-        ])
-      else
-        additional_includedir="$withval/include"
-        additional_libdir="$withval/lib"
-      fi
-    fi
-])
-  dnl Search the library and its dependencies in $additional_libdir and
-  dnl $LDFLAGS. Using breadth-first-seach.
-  LIB[]NAME=
-  LTLIB[]NAME=
-  INC[]NAME=
-  rpathdirs=
-  ltrpathdirs=
-  names_already_handled=
-  names_next_round='$1 $2'
-  while test -n "$names_next_round"; do
-    names_this_round="$names_next_round"
-    names_next_round=
-    for name in $names_this_round; do
-      already_handled=
-      for n in $names_already_handled; do
-        if test "$n" = "$name"; then
-          already_handled=yes
-          break
-        fi
-      done
-      if test -z "$already_handled"; then
-        names_already_handled="$names_already_handled $name"
-        dnl See if it was already located by an earlier AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS
-        dnl or AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS call.
-        uppername=`echo "$name" | sed -e 'y|abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-|ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___|'`
-        eval value=\"\$HAVE_LIB$uppername\"
-        if test -n "$value"; then
-          if test "$value" = yes; then
-            eval value=\"\$LIB$uppername\"
-            test -z "$value" || LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$value"
-            eval value=\"\$LTLIB$uppername\"
-            test -z "$value" || LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }$value"
-          else
-            dnl An earlier call to AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS has determined
-            dnl that this library doesn't exist. So just drop it.
-            :
-          fi
-        else
-          dnl Search the library lib$name in $additional_libdir and $LDFLAGS
-          dnl and the already constructed $LIBNAME/$LTLIBNAME.
-          found_dir=
-          found_la=
-          found_so=
-          found_a=
-          if test $use_additional = yes; then
-            if test -n "$shlibext" && test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.$shlibext"; then
-              found_dir="$additional_libdir"
-              found_so="$additional_libdir/lib$name.$shlibext"
-              if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"; then
-                found_la="$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"
-              fi
-            else
-              if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.$libext"; then
-                found_dir="$additional_libdir"
-                found_a="$additional_libdir/lib$name.$libext"
-                if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"; then
-                  found_la="$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"
-                fi
-              fi
-            fi
-          fi
-          if test "X$found_dir" = "X"; then
-            for x in $LDFLAGS $LTLIB[]NAME; do
-              AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
-              case "$x" in
-                -L*)
-                  dir=`echo "X$x" | sed -e 's/^X-L//'`
-                  if test -n "$shlibext" && test -f "$dir/lib$name.$shlibext"; then
-                    found_dir="$dir"
-                    found_so="$dir/lib$name.$shlibext"
-                    if test -f "$dir/lib$name.la"; then
-                      found_la="$dir/lib$name.la"
-                    fi
-                  else
-                    if test -f "$dir/lib$name.$libext"; then
-                      found_dir="$dir"
-                      found_a="$dir/lib$name.$libext"
-                      if test -f "$dir/lib$name.la"; then
-                        found_la="$dir/lib$name.la"
-                      fi
-                    fi
-                  fi
-                  ;;
-              esac
-              if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then
-                break
-              fi
-            done
-          fi
-          if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then
-            dnl Found the library.
-            LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir -l$name"
-            if test "X$found_so" != "X"; then
-              dnl Linking with a shared library. We attempt to hardcode its
-              dnl directory into the executable's runpath, unless it's the
-              dnl standard /usr/lib.
-              if test "$enable_rpath" = no || test "X$found_dir" = "X/usr/lib"; then
-                dnl No hardcoding is needed.
-                LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
-              else
-                dnl Use an explicit option to hardcode DIR into the resulting
-                dnl binary.
-                dnl Potentially add DIR to ltrpathdirs.
-                dnl The ltrpathdirs will be appended to $LTLIBNAME at the end.
-                haveit=
-                for x in $ltrpathdirs; do
-                  if test "X$x" = "X$found_dir"; then
-                    haveit=yes
-                    break
-                  fi
-                done
-                if test -z "$haveit"; then
-                  ltrpathdirs="$ltrpathdirs $found_dir"
-                fi
-                dnl The hardcoding into $LIBNAME is system dependent.
-                if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes; then
-                  dnl Using DIR/libNAME.so during linking hardcodes DIR into the
-                  dnl resulting binary.
-                  LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
-                else
-                  if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" && test "$hardcode_minus_L" = no; then
-                    dnl Use an explicit option to hardcode DIR into the resulting
-                    dnl binary.
-                    LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
-                    dnl Potentially add DIR to rpathdirs.
-                    dnl The rpathdirs will be appended to $LIBNAME at the end.
-                    haveit=
-                    for x in $rpathdirs; do
-                      if test "X$x" = "X$found_dir"; then
-                        haveit=yes
-                        break
-                      fi
-                    done
-                    if test -z "$haveit"; then
-                      rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $found_dir"
-                    fi
-                  else
-                    dnl Rely on "-L$found_dir".
-                    dnl But don't add it if it's already contained in the LDFLAGS
-                    dnl or the already constructed $LIBNAME
-                    haveit=
-                    for x in $LDFLAGS $LIB[]NAME; do
-                      AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
-                      if test "X$x" = "X-L$found_dir"; then
-                        haveit=yes
-                        break
-                      fi
-                    done
-                    if test -z "$haveit"; then
-                      LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir"
-                    fi
-                    if test "$hardcode_minus_L" != no; then
-                      dnl FIXME: Not sure whether we should use
-                      dnl "-L$found_dir -l$name" or "-L$found_dir $found_so"
-                      dnl here.
-                      LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
-                    else
-                      dnl We cannot use $hardcode_runpath_var and LD_RUN_PATH
-                      dnl here, because this doesn't fit in flags passed to the
-                      dnl compiler. So give up. No hardcoding. This affects only
-                      dnl very old systems.
-                      dnl FIXME: Not sure whether we should use
-                      dnl "-L$found_dir -l$name" or "-L$found_dir $found_so"
-                      dnl here.
-                      LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name"
-                    fi
-                  fi
-                fi
-              fi
-            else
-              if test "X$found_a" != "X"; then
-                dnl Linking with a static library.
-                LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_a"
-              else
-                dnl We shouldn't come here, but anyway it's good to have a
-                dnl fallback.
-                LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir -l$name"
-              fi
-            fi
-            dnl Assume the include files are nearby.
-            additional_includedir=
-            case "$found_dir" in
-              */lib | */lib/)
-                basedir=`echo "X$found_dir" | sed -e 's,^X,,' -e 's,/lib/*$,,'`
-                additional_includedir="$basedir/include"
-                ;;
-            esac
-            if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X"; then
-              dnl Potentially add $additional_includedir to $INCNAME.
-              dnl But don't add it
-              dnl   1. if it's the standard /usr/include,
-              dnl   2. if it's /usr/local/include and we are using GCC on Linux,
-              dnl   3. if it's already present in $CPPFLAGS or the already
-              dnl      constructed $INCNAME,
-              dnl   4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
-              if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X/usr/include"; then
-                haveit=
-                if test "X$additional_includedir" = "X/usr/local/include"; then
-                  if test -n "$GCC"; then
-                    case $host_os in
-                      linux*) haveit=yes;;
-                    esac
-                  fi
-                fi
-                if test -z "$haveit"; then
-                  for x in $CPPFLAGS $INC[]NAME; do
-                    AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
-                    if test "X$x" = "X-I$additional_includedir"; then
-                      haveit=yes
-                      break
-                    fi
-                  done
-                  if test -z "$haveit"; then
-                    if test -d "$additional_includedir"; then
-                      dnl Really add $additional_includedir to $INCNAME.
-                      INC[]NAME="${INC[]NAME}${INC[]NAME:+ }-I$additional_includedir"
-                    fi
-                  fi
-                fi
-              fi
-            fi
-            dnl Look for dependencies.
-            if test -n "$found_la"; then
-              dnl Read the .la file. It defines the variables
-              dnl dlname, library_names, old_library, dependency_libs, current,
-              dnl age, revision, installed, dlopen, dlpreopen, libdir.
-              save_libdir="$libdir"
-              case "$found_la" in
-                */* | *\\*) . "$found_la" ;;
-                *) . "./$found_la" ;;
-              esac
-              libdir="$save_libdir"
-              dnl We use only dependency_libs.
-              for dep in $dependency_libs; do
-                case "$dep" in
-                  -L*)
-                    additional_libdir=`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-L//'`
-                    dnl Potentially add $additional_libdir to $LIBNAME and $LTLIBNAME.
-                    dnl But don't add it
-                    dnl   1. if it's the standard /usr/lib,
-                    dnl   2. if it's /usr/local/lib and we are using GCC on Linux,
-                    dnl   3. if it's already present in $LDFLAGS or the already
-                    dnl      constructed $LIBNAME,
-                    dnl   4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
-                    if test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/lib"; then
-                      haveit=
-                      if test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/lib"; then
-                        if test -n "$GCC"; then
-                          case $host_os in
-                            linux*) haveit=yes;;
-                          esac
-                        fi
-                      fi
-                      if test -z "$haveit"; then
-                        haveit=
-                        for x in $LDFLAGS $LIB[]NAME; do
-                          AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
-                          if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then
-                            haveit=yes
-                            break
-                          fi
-                        done
-                        if test -z "$haveit"; then
-                          if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then
-                            dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LIBNAME.
-                            LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$additional_libdir"
-                          fi
-                        fi
-                        haveit=
-                        for x in $LDFLAGS $LTLIB[]NAME; do
-                          AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
-                          if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then
-                            haveit=yes
-                            break
-                          fi
-                        done
-                        if test -z "$haveit"; then
-                          if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then
-                            dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LTLIBNAME.
-                            LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-L$additional_libdir"
-                          fi
-                        fi
-                      fi
-                    fi
-                    ;;
-                  -R*)
-                    dir=`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-R//'`
-                    if test "$enable_rpath" != no; then
-                      dnl Potentially add DIR to rpathdirs.
-                      dnl The rpathdirs will be appended to $LIBNAME at the end.
-                      haveit=
-                      for x in $rpathdirs; do
-                        if test "X$x" = "X$dir"; then
-                          haveit=yes
-                          break
-                        fi
-                      done
-                      if test -z "$haveit"; then
-                        rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $dir"
-                      fi
-                      dnl Potentially add DIR to ltrpathdirs.
-                      dnl The ltrpathdirs will be appended to $LTLIBNAME at the end.
-                      haveit=
-                      for x in $ltrpathdirs; do
-                        if test "X$x" = "X$dir"; then
-                          haveit=yes
-                          break
-                        fi
-                      done
-                      if test -z "$haveit"; then
-                        ltrpathdirs="$ltrpathdirs $dir"
-                      fi
-                    fi
-                    ;;
-                  -l*)
-                    dnl Handle this in the next round.
-                    names_next_round="$names_next_round "`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-l//'`
-                    ;;
-                  *.la)
-                    dnl Handle this in the next round. Throw away the .la's
-                    dnl directory; it is already contained in a preceding -L
-                    dnl option.
-                    names_next_round="$names_next_round "`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's,^X.*/,,' -e 's,^lib,,' -e 's,\.la$,,'`
-                    ;;
-                  *)
-                    dnl Most likely an immediate library name.
-                    LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$dep"
-                    LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }$dep"
-                    ;;
-                esac
-              done
-            fi
-          else
-            dnl Didn't find the library; assume it is in the system directories
-            dnl known to the linker and runtime loader. (All the system
-            dnl directories known to the linker should also be known to the
-            dnl runtime loader, otherwise the system is severely misconfigured.)
-            LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name"
-            LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name"
-          fi
-        fi
-      fi
-    done
-  done
-  if test "X$rpathdirs" != "X"; then
-    if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
-      dnl Weird platform: only the last -rpath option counts, the user must
-      dnl pass all path elements in one option. We can arrange that for a
-      dnl single library, but not when more than one $LIBNAMEs are used.
-      alldirs=
-      for found_dir in $rpathdirs; do
-        alldirs="${alldirs}${alldirs:+$hardcode_libdir_separator}$found_dir"
-      done
-      dnl Note: hardcode_libdir_flag_spec uses $libdir and $wl.
-      acl_save_libdir="$libdir"
-      libdir="$alldirs"
-      eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
-      libdir="$acl_save_libdir"
-      LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$flag"
-    else
-      dnl The -rpath options are cumulative.
-      for found_dir in $rpathdirs; do
-        acl_save_libdir="$libdir"
-        libdir="$found_dir"
-        eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
-        libdir="$acl_save_libdir"
-        LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$flag"
-      done
-    fi
-  fi
-  if test "X$ltrpathdirs" != "X"; then
-    dnl When using libtool, the option that works for both libraries and
-    dnl executables is -R. The -R options are cumulative.
-    for found_dir in $ltrpathdirs; do
-      LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-R$found_dir"
-    done
-  fi
-])
-
-dnl AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR(VAR, CONTENTS) appends the elements of CONTENTS to VAR,
-dnl unless already present in VAR.
-dnl Works only for CPPFLAGS, not for LIB* variables because that sometimes
-dnl contains two or three consecutive elements that belong together.
-AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR],
-[
-  for element in [$2]; do
-    haveit=
-    for x in $[$1]; do
-      AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
-      if test "X$x" = "X$element"; then
-        haveit=yes
-        break
-      fi
-    done
-    if test -z "$haveit"; then
-      [$1]="${[$1]}${[$1]:+ }$element"
-    fi
-  done
-])

m4/lib-prefix.m4

@@ -1,148 +0,0 @@
-# lib-prefix.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.11)
-dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
-dnl General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
-dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
-dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
-dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
-
-dnl From Bruno Haible.
-
-dnl AC_LIB_PREFIX adds to the CPPFLAGS and LDFLAGS the flags that are needed
-dnl to access previously installed libraries. The basic assumption is that
-dnl a user will want packages to use other packages he previously installed
-dnl with the same --prefix option.
-dnl This macro is not needed if only AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS is used to locate
-dnl libraries, but is otherwise very convenient.
-AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREFIX],
-[
-  AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS])
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
-  dnl By default, look in $includedir and $libdir.
-  use_additional=yes
-  AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
-    eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
-    eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
-  ])
-  AC_ARG_WITH([lib-prefix],
-[  --with-lib-prefix[=DIR] search for libraries in DIR/include and DIR/lib
-  --without-lib-prefix    don't search for libraries in includedir and libdir],
-[
-    if test "X$withval" = "Xno"; then
-      use_additional=no
-    else
-      if test "X$withval" = "X"; then
-        AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
-          eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
-          eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
-        ])
-      else
-        additional_includedir="$withval/include"
-        additional_libdir="$withval/lib"
-      fi
-    fi
-])
-  if test $use_additional = yes; then
-    dnl Potentially add $additional_includedir to $CPPFLAGS.
-    dnl But don't add it
-    dnl   1. if it's the standard /usr/include,
-    dnl   2. if it's already present in $CPPFLAGS,
-    dnl   3. if it's /usr/local/include and we are using GCC on Linux,
-    dnl   4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
-    if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X/usr/include"; then
-      haveit=
-      for x in $CPPFLAGS; do
-        AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
-        if test "X$x" = "X-I$additional_includedir"; then
-          haveit=yes
-          break
-        fi
-      done
-      if test -z "$haveit"; then
-        if test "X$additional_includedir" = "X/usr/local/include"; then
-          if test -n "$GCC"; then
-            case $host_os in
-              linux*) haveit=yes;;
-            esac
-          fi
-        fi
-        if test -z "$haveit"; then
-          if test -d "$additional_includedir"; then
-            dnl Really add $additional_includedir to $CPPFLAGS.
-            CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS}${CPPFLAGS:+ }-I$additional_includedir"
-          fi
-        fi
-      fi
-    fi
-    dnl Potentially add $additional_libdir to $LDFLAGS.
-    dnl But don't add it
-    dnl   1. if it's the standard /usr/lib,
-    dnl   2. if it's already present in $LDFLAGS,
-    dnl   3. if it's /usr/local/lib and we are using GCC on Linux,
-    dnl   4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
-    if test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/lib"; then
-      haveit=
-      for x in $LDFLAGS; do
-        AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
-        if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then
-          haveit=yes
-          break
-        fi
-      done
-      if test -z "$haveit"; then
-        if test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/lib"; then
-          if test -n "$GCC"; then
-            case $host_os in
-              linux*) haveit=yes;;
-            esac
-          fi
-        fi
-        if test -z "$haveit"; then
-          if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then
-            dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LDFLAGS.
-            LDFLAGS="${LDFLAGS}${LDFLAGS:+ }-L$additional_libdir"
-          fi
-        fi
-      fi
-    fi
-  fi
-])
-
-dnl AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX creates variables acl_final_prefix,
-dnl acl_final_exec_prefix, containing the values to which $prefix and
-dnl $exec_prefix will expand at the end of the configure script.
-AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX],
-[
-  dnl Unfortunately, prefix and exec_prefix get only finally determined
-  dnl at the end of configure.
-  if test "X$prefix" = "XNONE"; then
-    acl_final_prefix="$ac_default_prefix"
-  else
-    acl_final_prefix="$prefix"
-  fi
-  if test "X$exec_prefix" = "XNONE"; then
-    acl_final_exec_prefix='${prefix}'
-  else
-    acl_final_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix"
-  fi
-  acl_save_prefix="$prefix"
-  prefix="$acl_final_prefix"
-  eval acl_final_exec_prefix=\"$acl_final_exec_prefix\"
-  prefix="$acl_save_prefix"
-])
-
-dnl AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([statement]) evaluates statement, with the
-dnl variables prefix and exec_prefix bound to the values they will have
-dnl at the end of the configure script.
-AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX],
-[
-  acl_save_prefix="$prefix"
-  prefix="$acl_final_prefix"
-  acl_save_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix"
-  exec_prefix="$acl_final_exec_prefix"
-  $1
-  exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix"
-  prefix="$acl_save_prefix"
-])

m4/progtest.m4

@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-# progtest.m4 serial 2 (gettext-0.10.40)
-dnl Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
-dnl General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
-dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
-dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
-dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
-dnl
-dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
-dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
-dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
-dnl functionality.
-dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
-dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
-dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
-dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
-
-dnl Authors:
-dnl   Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
-
-# Search path for a program which passes the given test.
-
-dnl AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(VARIABLE, PROG-TO-CHECK-FOR,
-dnl   TEST-PERFORMED-ON-FOUND_PROGRAM [, VALUE-IF-NOT-FOUND [, PATH]])
-AC_DEFUN([AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST],
-[# Extract the first word of "$2", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy $2; ac_word=[$]2
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $ac_word])
-AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_$1,
-[case "[$]$1" in
-  /*)
-  ac_cv_path_$1="[$]$1" # Let the user override the test with a path.
-  ;;
-  *)
-  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
-  for ac_dir in ifelse([$5], , $PATH, [$5]); do
-    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
-    if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
-      if [$3]; then
-	ac_cv_path_$1="$ac_dir/$ac_word"
-	break
-      fi
-    fi
-  done
-  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
-dnl If no 4th arg is given, leave the cache variable unset,
-dnl so AC_PATH_PROGS will keep looking.
-ifelse([$4], , , [  test -z "[$]ac_cv_path_$1" && ac_cv_path_$1="$4"
-])dnl
-  ;;
-esac])dnl
-$1="$ac_cv_path_$1"
-if test ifelse([$4], , [-n "[$]$1"], ["[$]$1" != "$4"]); then
-  AC_MSG_RESULT([$]$1)
-else
-  AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
-fi
-AC_SUBST($1)dnl
-])

m4/stdint_h.m4

@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-# stdint_h.m4 serial 2 (gettext-0.11.4)
-dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
-dnl General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
-dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
-dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
-dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
-
-dnl From Paul Eggert.
-
-# Define HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX if <stdint.h> exists,
-# doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>, and declares uintmax_t.
-
-AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_HEADER_STDINT_H],
-[
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for stdint.h], jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h,
-  [AC_TRY_COMPILE(
-    [#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <stdint.h>],
-    [uintmax_t i = (uintmax_t) -1;],
-    jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h=yes,
-    jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h=no)])
-  if test $jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h = yes; then
-    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX, 1,
-[Define if <stdint.h> exists, doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>,
-   and declares uintmax_t. ])
-  fi
-])

m4/uintmax_t.m4

@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-# uintmax_t.m4 serial 6 (gettext-0.11)
-dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
-dnl General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
-dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
-dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
-dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
-
-dnl From Paul Eggert.
-
-AC_PREREQ(2.13)
-
-# Define uintmax_t to `unsigned long' or `unsigned long long'
-# if <inttypes.h> does not exist.
-
-AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T],
-[
-  AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H])
-  AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_HEADER_STDINT_H])
-  if test $jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h = no && test $jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h = no; then
-    AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG])
-    test $ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long = yes \
-      && ac_type='unsigned long long' \
-      || ac_type='unsigned long'
-    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(uintmax_t, $ac_type,
-  [Define to unsigned long or unsigned long long
-   if <inttypes.h> and <stdint.h> don't define.])
-  fi
-])

m4/ulonglong.m4

@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-# ulonglong.m4 serial 2 (fileutils-4.0.32, gettext-0.10.40)
-dnl Copyright (C) 1999-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
-dnl General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
-dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
-dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
-dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
-
-dnl From Paul Eggert.
-
-AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG],
-[
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for unsigned long long], ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long,
-  [AC_TRY_LINK([unsigned long long ull = 1; int i = 63;],
-    [unsigned long long ullmax = (unsigned long long) -1;
-     return ull << i | ull >> i | ullmax / ull | ullmax % ull;],
-    ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long=yes,
-    ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long=no)])
-  if test $ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long = yes; then
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG, 1,
-      [Define if you have the unsigned long long type.])
-  fi
-])

nano.spec.in

@@ -9,8 +9,8 @@ Summary		: a user-friendly editor, a Pico clone with enhancements
 
 License		: GPLv3+
 Group		: Applications/Editors
-URL		: http://www.nano-editor.org/
-Source		: http://www.nano-editor.org/dist/v2.4/%{name}-%{version}.tar.gz
+URL		: https://nano-editor.org/
+Source		: https://nano-editor.org/dist/v2.6/%{name}-%{version}.tar.gz
 
 BuildRoot	: %{_tmppath}/%{name}-%{version}-root
 BuildRequires	: autoconf, automake, gettext-devel, ncurses-devel, texinfo
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Requires(post)	: info
 Requires(preun)	: info
 
 %description
-nano is a small and friendly text editor.  It aims to emulate the
+GNU nano is a small and friendly text editor.  It aims to emulate the
 Pico text editor while also offering several enhancements.
 
 %prep
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ fi
 
 %files
 %defattr(-,root,root)
-%doc AUTHORS COPYING ChangeLog INSTALL NEWS README THANKS TODO doc/faq.html doc/nanorc.sample
+%doc AUTHORS COPYING ChangeLog INSTALL NEWS README THANKS TODO doc/faq.html doc/sample.nanorc
 %{_bindir}/*
 %{_docdir}/nano/*
 %{_mandir}/man*/*

po/.gitignore

@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*.gmo
 
 /Makefile.in.in
+/Makevars.template
 /Rules-quot
 /boldquot.sed
 /en@boldquot.header
@@ -8,4 +9,6 @@
 /insert-header.sin
 /POTFILES
 /quot.sed
+/remove-potcdate.sed
 /remove-potcdate.sin
+/stamp-po

po/update_linguas.sh

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 #!/bin/sh
 
-# Execute this is the po/ subdir.
+# Let this be executed in the po/ subdir.
 cd "$(dirname "$0")" || exit
 
 echo "Updating translations via TP"
@@ -15,10 +15,12 @@ if [ -n "${NEWSTUFF}" ]; then
     echo $(printf '%s\n' *.po | LC_ALL=C sort | sed 's/\.po//g') >>LINGUAS
 fi
 
-echo "Remerging and recompiling the PO files..."
-make
+echo "Regenerating POT file and remerging and recompiling PO files..."
+make update-po
 
-#echo "Staging the files"
-#git add -v nano.pot
-#git add -v *.po
-#git add -v LINGUAS
+# Ensure that the PO files are newer than the POT.
+touch *.po
+
+# If needed, fix a problem in the Makefile template.
+grep -q '^datarootdir' Makefile.in.in || \
+	sed -i 's/^\(datadir.*\)/datarootdir = @datarootdir@\n\1/' Makefile.in.in

src/Makefile.am

@@ -1,4 +1,23 @@
-AM_CPPFLAGS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -DSYSCONFDIR=\"$(sysconfdir)\"
+AM_CPPFLAGS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -DSYSCONFDIR=\"$(sysconfdir)\" \
+	-I$(top_builddir)/lib -I$(top_srcdir)/lib
+
+CLEANFILES = revision.h
+
+if BUILDING_FROM_GIT
+SOMETHING = "REVISION \"$(shell git describe --tags 2>/dev/null)\""
+else
+SOMETHING = "NOTHING \"from tarball\""
+endif
+
+nano.o: revision.h
+winio.o: revision.h
+
+revision.h: update_revision
+	@[ -f $@ ] || touch $@
+	@echo "#define $(SOMETHING)" | cmp -s $@ - || \
+	echo "#define $(SOMETHING)" > $@
+
+.PHONY: update_revision
 
 bin_PROGRAMS = 	nano
 nano_SOURCES =	browser.c \
@@ -19,7 +38,7 @@ nano_SOURCES =	browser.c \
 		utils.c \
 		winio.c 
 
-nano_LDADD = @GLIB_LIBS@ @LIBINTL@
+nano_LDADD = @LIBINTL@ $(top_builddir)/lib/libgnu.a
 
 install-exec-hook:
 	cd $(DESTDIR)$(bindir) && rm -f rnano && $(LN_S) nano rnano

src/browser.c

@@ -1,23 +1,22 @@
 /**************************************************************************
- *   browser.c                                                            *
+ *   browser.c  --  This file is part of GNU nano.                        *
  *                                                                        *
  *   Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009,  *
  *   2010, 2011, 2013, 2014, 2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.          *
+ *   Copyright (C) 2015, 2016 Benno Schulenberg                           *
  *                                                                        *
- *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
- *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
- *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)  *
- *   any later version.                                                   *
+ *   GNU nano is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify     *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published    *
+ *   by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License,    *
+ *   or (at your option) any later version.                               *
  *                                                                        *
- *   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but  *
- *   WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of           *
- *   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU    *
- *   General Public License for more details.                             *
+ *   GNU nano is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,          *
+ *   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty          *
+ *   of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.              *
+ *   See the GNU General Public License for more details.                 *
  *                                                                        *
  *   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License    *
- *   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software          *
- *   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA            *
- *   02110-1301, USA.                                                     *
+ *   along with this program.  If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.  *
  *                                                                        *
  **************************************************************************/
 
@@ -36,7 +35,7 @@ static char **filelist = NULL;
 static size_t filelist_len = 0;
 	/* The number of files in the list. */
 static int width = 0;
-	/* The number of files that we can display per line. */
+	/* The number of files that we can display per screen row. */
 static int longest = 0;
 	/* The number of columns in the longest filename in the list. */
 static size_t selected = 0;
@@ -46,7 +45,7 @@ static size_t selected = 0;
  * start browsing from. */
 char *do_browser(char *path)
 {
-    char *retval = NULL, *newpath = NULL;
+    char *retval = NULL;
     int kbinput;
     char *present_name = NULL;
 	/* The name of the currently selected file, or of the directory we
@@ -55,33 +54,22 @@ char *do_browser(char *path)
 	/* The number of the selected file before the current selected file. */
     functionptrtype func;
 	/* The function of the key the user typed in. */
-    DIR *dir = opendir(path);
-
-    /* If we can't open the given directory, forget it. */
-    if (dir == NULL) {
-	beep();
-	free(path);
-	return NULL;
-    }
+    DIR *dir;
+	/* The directory whose contents we are showing. */
 
     /* Don't show a cursor in the file list. */
     curs_set(0);
-    blank_statusbar();
-    bottombars(MBROWSER);
 
   read_directory_contents:
 	/* We come here when we refresh or select a new directory. */
 
-    /* Start with no key pressed. */
-    kbinput = ERR;
+    path = free_and_assign(path, get_full_path(path));
 
-    path = mallocstrassn(path, get_full_path(newpath ? newpath : path));
-
-    if (path != NULL && newpath != NULL)
+    if (path != NULL)
 	dir = opendir(path);
 
     if (path == NULL || dir == NULL) {
-	statusline(ALERT, "Cannot open directory: %s", strerror(errno));
+	statusline(ALERT, _("Cannot open directory: %s"), strerror(errno));
 	/* If we don't have a file list yet, there is nothing to show. */
 	if (filelist == NULL) {
 	    napms(1200);
@@ -115,50 +103,26 @@ char *do_browser(char *path)
 
     old_selected = (size_t)-1;
 
-    newpath = NULL;
     present_path = mallocstrcpy(present_path, path);
 
     titlebar(path);
 
     while (TRUE) {
-	struct stat st;
-	int i;
-	char *new_path;
-		/* The path we switch to at the "Go to Directory"
-		 * prompt. */
-
 	/* Make sure that the cursor is off. */
 	curs_set(0);
 	lastmessage = HUSH;
 
-#ifndef NANO_TINY
-	if (kbinput == KEY_WINCH) {
-	    /* Remember the selected file, to be able to reselect it. */
-	    present_name = strdup(filelist[selected]);
+	bottombars(MBROWSER);
 
-	    /* Reopen the current directory. */
-	    dir = opendir(path);
-	    if (dir != NULL)
-		goto read_directory_contents;
-
-	    statusline(ALERT, _("Error reading %s: %s"), path, strerror(errno));
-	    kbinput = ERR;
-	}
-#endif
-	/* Display (or redisplay) the file list if we don't have a key yet,
-	 * or the list has changed, or the selected file has changed. */
-	if (kbinput == ERR || old_selected != selected)
+	/* Display (or redisplay) the file list if the list itself or
+	 * the selected file has changed. */
+	if (old_selected != selected)
 	    browser_refresh();
 
 	old_selected = selected;
 
 	kbinput = get_kbinput(edit);
 
-#ifndef NANO_TINY
-	if (kbinput == KEY_WINCH)
-	    continue;
-#endif
-
 #ifndef DISABLE_MOUSE
 	if (kbinput == KEY_MOUSE) {
 	    int mouse_x, mouse_y;
@@ -183,7 +147,7 @@ char *do_browser(char *path)
 		/* If we selected the same filename as last time, fake a
 		 * press of the Enter key so that the file is read in. */
 		if (old_selected == selected)
-		    unget_kbinput(sc_seq_or(do_enter, 0), FALSE, FALSE);
+		    unget_kbinput(KEY_ENTER, FALSE);
 	    }
 
 	    continue;
@@ -194,15 +158,15 @@ char *do_browser(char *path)
 
 	if (func == total_refresh) {
 	    total_redraw();
-	    /* Simulate a window resize to force a directory reread. */
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
+	    /* Simulate a window resize to force a directory reread. */
 	    kbinput = KEY_WINCH;
 #endif
 	} else if (func == do_help_void) {
 #ifndef DISABLE_HELP
 	    do_help_void();
-	    /* The window dimensions might have changed, so act as if. */
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
+	    /* The window dimensions might have changed, so act as if. */
 	    kbinput = KEY_WINCH;
 #endif
 #else
@@ -214,6 +178,26 @@ char *do_browser(char *path)
 	} else if (func == do_research) {
 	    /* Search for another filename. */
 	    do_fileresearch();
+	} else if (func == do_left) {
+	    if (selected > 0)
+		selected--;
+	} else if (func == do_right) {
+	    if (selected < filelist_len - 1)
+		selected++;
+#ifndef NANO_TINY
+	} else if (func == do_prev_word_void) {
+	    selected -= (selected % width);
+	} else if (func == do_next_word_void) {
+	    selected += width - 1 - (selected % width);
+	    if (selected >= filelist_len)
+		selected = filelist_len - 1;
+#endif
+	} else if (func == do_up_void) {
+	    if (selected >= width)
+		selected -= width;
+	} else if (func == do_down_void) {
+	    if (selected + width <= filelist_len - 1)
+		selected += width;
 	} else if (func == do_page_up) {
 	    if (selected < width)
 		selected = 0;
@@ -235,84 +219,53 @@ char *do_browser(char *path)
 	    selected = filelist_len - 1;
 	} else if (func == goto_dir_void) {
 	    /* Ask for the directory to go to. */
-	    i = do_prompt(TRUE,
-#ifndef DISABLE_TABCOMP
-			FALSE,
-#endif
-			MGOTODIR, NULL,
+	    int i = do_prompt(TRUE, FALSE, MGOTODIR, NULL,
 #ifndef DISABLE_HISTORIES
 			NULL,
 #endif
 			/* TRANSLATORS: This is a prompt. */
 			browser_refresh, _("Go To Directory"));
 
-	    bottombars(MBROWSER);
-
-	    /* If the directory begins with a newline (i.e. an
-	     * encoded null), treat it as though it's blank. */
-	    if (i < 0 || *answer == '\n') {
+	    if (i < 0) {
 		statusbar(_("Cancelled"));
 		continue;
 	    }
 
-	    /* Convert newlines to nulls in the directory name. */
-	    sunder(answer);
-	    align(&answer);
+	    path = free_and_assign(path, real_dir_from_tilde(answer));
 
-	    new_path = real_dir_from_tilde(answer);
-
-	    if (new_path[0] != '/') {
-		new_path = charealloc(new_path, strlen(path) +
-				strlen(answer) + 1);
-		sprintf(new_path, "%s%s", path, answer);
+	    /* If the given path is relative, join it with the current path. */
+	    if (*path != '/') {
+		path = charealloc(path, strlen(present_path) +
+						strlen(answer) + 1);
+		sprintf(path, "%s%s", present_path, answer);
 	    }
 
 #ifndef DISABLE_OPERATINGDIR
-	    if (check_operating_dir(new_path, FALSE)) {
-		/* TRANSLATORS: This refers to the option --operatingdir,
-		 * not to --restricted. */
-		statusline(ALERT, _("Can't go outside of %s "
-				"in confined mode"), full_operating_dir);
-		free(new_path);
+	    if (check_operating_dir(path, FALSE)) {
+		/* TRANSLATORS: This refers to the confining effect of the
+		 * option --operatingdir, not of --restricted. */
+		statusline(ALERT, _("Can't go outside of %s"),
+				full_operating_dir);
+		path = mallocstrcpy(path, present_path);
 		continue;
 	    }
 #endif
+	    /* Snip any trailing slashes, so the name can be compared. */
+	    while (strlen(path) > 1 && path[strlen(path) - 1] == '/')
+		path[strlen(path) - 1] = '\0';
 
-	    dir = opendir(new_path);
-	    if (dir == NULL) {
-		/* We can't open this directory for some reason. */
-		statusline(ALERT, _("Error reading %s: %s"), answer,
-				strerror(errno));
-		free(new_path);
-		continue;
-	    }
+	    /* In case the specified directory cannot be entered, select it
+	     * (if it is in the current list) so it will be highlighted. */
+	    for (i = 0; i < filelist_len; i++)
+		if (strcmp(filelist[i], path) == 0)
+		    selected = i;
 
-	    /* Start over again with the new path value. */
-	    free(path);
-	    path = new_path;
+	    /* Try opening and reading the specified directory. */
 	    goto read_directory_contents;
-	} else if (func == do_up_void) {
-	    if (selected >= width)
-		selected -= width;
-	} else if (func == do_down_void) {
-	    if (selected + width <= filelist_len - 1)
-		selected += width;
-#ifndef NANO_TINY
-	} else if (func == do_prev_word_void) {
-	    selected -= (selected % width);
-	} else if (func == do_next_word_void) {
-	    selected += width - 1 - (selected % width);
-	    if (selected >= filelist_len)
-		selected = filelist_len - 1;
-#endif
-	} else if (func == do_left) {
-	    if (selected > 0)
-		selected--;
-	} else if (func == do_right) {
-	    if (selected < filelist_len - 1)
-		selected++;
 	} else if (func == do_enter) {
-	    /* We can't move up from "/". */
+	    struct stat st;
+
+	    /* It isn't possible to move up from the root directory. */
 	    if (strcmp(filelist[selected], "/..") == 0) {
 		statusline(ALERT, _("Can't move up a directory"));
 		continue;
@@ -323,21 +276,20 @@ char *do_browser(char *path)
 	     * directory if it's ".." or if it's a symlink to a
 	     * directory outside the operating directory. */
 	    if (check_operating_dir(filelist[selected], FALSE)) {
-		statusline(ALERT, _("Can't go outside of %s "
-				"in confined mode"), full_operating_dir);
+		statusline(ALERT, _("Can't go outside of %s"),
+				full_operating_dir);
 		continue;
 	    }
 #endif
-
+	    /* If for some reason the file is inaccessible, complain. */
 	    if (stat(filelist[selected], &st) == -1) {
-		/* We can't open this file for some reason.  Complain. */
 		statusline(ALERT, _("Error reading %s: %s"),
 				filelist[selected], strerror(errno));
 		continue;
 	    }
 
+	    /* If it isn't a directory, a file was selected -- we're done. */
 	    if (!S_ISDIR(st.st_mode)) {
-		/* We've successfully opened a file, so we're done. */
 		retval = mallocstrcpy(NULL, filelist[selected]);
 		break;
 	    }
@@ -345,16 +297,30 @@ char *do_browser(char *path)
 	    /* If we are moving up one level, remember where we came from, so
 	     * this directory can be highlighted and easily reentered. */
 	    if (strcmp(tail(filelist[selected]), "..") == 0)
-		present_name = striponedir(filelist[selected]);
+		present_name = strip_last_component(filelist[selected]);
 
 	    /* Try opening and reading the selected directory. */
-	    newpath = filelist[selected];
+	    path = mallocstrcpy(path, filelist[selected]);
 	    goto read_directory_contents;
 	} else if (func == do_exit) {
 	    /* Exit from the file browser. */
 	    break;
+#ifndef NANO_TINY
+	} else if (kbinput == KEY_WINCH) {
+	    ;
+#endif
 	} else
 	    unbound_key(kbinput);
+
+#ifndef NANO_TINY
+	/* If the window resized, refresh the file list. */
+	if (kbinput == KEY_WINCH) {
+	    /* Remember the selected file, to be able to reselect it. */
+	    present_name = mallocstrcpy(NULL, filelist[selected]);
+	    /* Reread the contents of the current directory. */
+	    goto read_directory_contents;
+	}
+#endif
     }
 
     titlebar(NULL);
@@ -378,8 +344,6 @@ char *do_browse_from(const char *inpath)
     char *path;
 	/* This holds the tilde-expanded version of inpath. */
 
-    assert(inpath != NULL);
-
     path = real_dir_from_tilde(inpath);
 
     /* Perhaps path is a directory.  If so, we'll pass it to
@@ -389,7 +353,7 @@ char *do_browse_from(const char *inpath)
      * at all.  If so, we'll just pass the current directory to
      * do_browser(). */
     if (stat(path, &st) == -1 || !S_ISDIR(st.st_mode)) {
-	path = mallocstrassn(path, striponedir(path));
+	path = free_and_assign(path, strip_last_component(path));
 
 	if (stat(path, &st) == -1 || !S_ISDIR(st.st_mode)) {
 	    char * currentdir = charalloc(PATH_MAX + 1);
@@ -399,12 +363,11 @@ char *do_browse_from(const char *inpath)
 
 	    if (path == NULL) {
 		free(currentdir);
-		statusline(MILD, "The working directory has disappeared");
+		statusline(MILD, _("The working directory has disappeared"));
 		beep();
 		napms(1200);
 		return NULL;
-	    } else
-		align(&path);
+	    }
 	}
     }
 
@@ -422,7 +385,7 @@ char *do_browse_from(const char *inpath)
  * set filelist_len to the number of files in that list, set longest to
  * the width in columns of the longest filename in that list (between 15
  * and COLS), and set width to the number of files that we can display
- * per line.  And sort the list too. */
+ * per screen row.  And sort the list too. */
 void read_the_list(const char *path, DIR *dir)
 {
     const struct dirent *nextdir;
@@ -504,6 +467,10 @@ functionptrtype parse_browser_input(int *kbinput)
 		return do_help_void;
 	    case 'E':
 	    case 'e':
+	    case 'Q':
+	    case 'q':
+	    case 'X':
+	    case 'x':
 		return do_exit;
 	    case 'G':
 	    case 'g':
@@ -519,13 +486,15 @@ functionptrtype parse_browser_input(int *kbinput)
     return func_from_key(kbinput);
 }
 
-/* Set width to the number of files that we can display per line, if
- * necessary, and display the list of files. */
+/* Set width to the number of files that we can display per screen row,
+ * if necessary, and display the list of files. */
 void browser_refresh(void)
 {
     size_t i;
-    int line = 0, col = 0;
-	/* The current line and column while the list is getting displayed. */
+    int row = 0, col = 0;
+	/* The current row and column while the list is getting displayed. */
+    int the_row = 0, the_column = 0;
+	/* The row and column of the selected item. */
     char *info;
 	/* The additional information that we'll display about a file. */
 
@@ -536,7 +505,7 @@ void browser_refresh(void)
 
     i = selected - selected % (editwinrows * width);
 
-    for (; i < filelist_len && line < editwinrows; i++) {
+    for (; i < filelist_len && row < editwinrows; i++) {
 	struct stat st;
 	const char *thename = tail(filelist[i]);
 		/* The filename we display, minus the path. */
@@ -545,51 +514,45 @@ void browser_refresh(void)
 	size_t infolen;
 		/* The length of the file information in columns. */
 	int infomaxlen = 7;
-		/* The maximum length of the file information in
-		 * columns: seven for "--", "(dir)", or the file size,
-		 * and 12 for "(parent dir)". */
+		/* The maximum length of the file information in columns:
+		 * normally seven, but will be twelve for "(parent dir)". */
 	bool dots = (COLS >= 15 && namelen >= longest - infomaxlen);
-		/* Do we put an ellipsis before the filename?  Don't set
-		 * this to TRUE if we have fewer than 15 columns (i.e.
-		 * one column for padding, plus seven columns for a
-		 * filename other than ".."). */
-	char *disp = display_string(thename, dots ? namelen -
-		longest + infomaxlen + 4 : 0, longest, FALSE);
-		/* If we put an ellipsis before the filename, reserve
-		 * one column for padding, plus seven columns for "--",
-		 * "(dir)", or the file size, plus three columns for the
-		 * ellipsis. */
+		/* Whether to put an ellipsis before the filename?  We don't
+		 * waste space on dots when there are fewer than 15 columns. */
+	char *disp = display_string(thename, dots ?
+		namelen + infomaxlen + 4 - longest : 0, longest, FALSE);
+		/* The filename (or a fragment of it) in displayable format.
+		 * When a fragment, account for dots plus one space padding. */
 
-	/* Start highlighting the currently selected file or directory. */
-	if (i == selected)
+	/* If this is the selected item, start its highlighting, and
+	 * remember its location to be able to place the cursor on it. */
+	if (i == selected) {
 	    wattron(edit, hilite_attribute);
+	    the_row = row;
+	    the_column = col;
+	}
 
-	blank_line(edit, line, col, longest);
+	blank_row(edit, row, col, longest);
 
-	/* If dots is TRUE, we will display something like "...ename". */
+	/* If the name is too long, we display something like "...ename". */
 	if (dots)
-	    mvwaddstr(edit, line, col, "...");
-	mvwaddstr(edit, line, dots ? col + 3 : col, disp);
+	    mvwaddstr(edit, row, col, "...");
+	mvwaddstr(edit, row, dots ? col + 3 : col, disp);
 
 	free(disp);
 
 	col += longest;
 
-	/* Show information about the file.  We don't want to report
-	 * file sizes for links, so we use lstat(). */
+	/* Show information about the file: "--" for symlinks (except when
+	 * they point to a directory) and for files that have disappeared,
+	 * "(dir)" for directories, and the file size for normal files. */
 	if (lstat(filelist[i], &st) == -1 || S_ISLNK(st.st_mode)) {
-	    /* If the file doesn't exist (i.e. it's been deleted while
-	     * the file browser is open), or it's a symlink that doesn't
-	     * point to a directory, display "--". */
 	    if (stat(filelist[i], &st) == -1 || !S_ISDIR(st.st_mode))
 		info = mallocstrcpy(NULL, "--");
-	    /* If the file is a symlink that points to a directory,
-	     * display it as a directory. */
 	    else
 		/* TRANSLATORS: Try to keep this at most 7 characters. */
 		info = mallocstrcpy(NULL, _("(dir)"));
 	} else if (S_ISDIR(st.st_mode)) {
-	    /* If the file is a directory, display it as such. */
 	    if (strcmp(thename, "..") == 0) {
 		/* TRANSLATORS: Try to keep this at most 12 characters. */
 		info = mallocstrcpy(NULL, _("(parent dir)"));
@@ -602,6 +565,7 @@ void browser_refresh(void)
 
 	    info = charalloc(infomaxlen + 1);
 
+	    /* Massage the file size into a human-readable form. */
 	    if (st.st_size < (1 << 10))
 		modifier = ' ';  /* bytes */
 	    else if (st.st_size < (1 << 20)) {
@@ -615,8 +579,7 @@ void browser_refresh(void)
 		modifier = 'G';  /* gigabytes */
 	    }
 
-	    /* Show the size if less than a terabyte,
-	     * otherwise show "(huge)". */
+	    /* Show the size if less than a terabyte, else show "(huge)". */
 	    if (result < (1 << 10))
 		sprintf(info, "%4ju %cB", (intmax_t)result, modifier);
 	    else
@@ -628,13 +591,13 @@ void browser_refresh(void)
 	/* Make sure info takes up no more than infomaxlen columns. */
 	infolen = strlenpt(info);
 	if (infolen > infomaxlen) {
-	    null_at(&info, actual_x(info, infomaxlen));
+	    info[actual_x(info, infomaxlen)] = '\0';
 	    infolen = infomaxlen;
 	}
 
-	mvwaddstr(edit, line, col - infolen, info);
+	mvwaddstr(edit, row, col - infolen, info);
 
-	/* Finish highlighting the currently selected file or directory. */
+	/* If this is the selected item, finish its highlighting. */
 	if (i == selected)
 	    wattroff(edit, hilite_attribute);
 
@@ -643,14 +606,18 @@ void browser_refresh(void)
 	/* Add some space between the columns. */
 	col += 2;
 
-	/* If the next entry isn't going to fit on the current line,
-	 * move to the next line. */
+	/* If the next entry isn't going to fit on the current row,
+	 * move to the next row. */
 	if (col > COLS - longest) {
-	    line++;
+	    row++;
 	    col = 0;
 	}
+    }
 
-	wmove(edit, line, col);
+    /* If requested, put the cursor on the selected item and switch it on. */
+    if (ISSET(SHOW_CURSOR)) {
+	wmove(edit, the_row, the_column);
+	curs_set(1);
     }
 
     wnoutrefresh(edit);
@@ -701,15 +668,11 @@ int filesearch_init(void)
 	buf = mallocstrcpy(NULL, "");
 
     /* This is now one simple call.  It just does a lot. */
-    input = do_prompt(FALSE,
-#ifndef DISABLE_TABCOMP
-	TRUE,
-#endif
-	MWHEREISFILE, NULL,
+    input = do_prompt(FALSE, FALSE, MWHEREISFILE, NULL,
 #ifndef DISABLE_HISTORIES
-	&search_history,
+		&search_history,
 #endif
-	browser_refresh, "%s%s", _("Search"), buf);
+		browser_refresh, "%s%s", _("Search"), buf);
 
     /* Release buf now that we don't need it anymore. */
     free(buf);
@@ -738,7 +701,7 @@ void findnextfile(const char *needle)
     /* Save the settings of all flags. */
     memcpy(stash, flags, sizeof(flags));
 
-    /* Search forward, case insensitive and without regexes. */
+    /* Search forward, case insensitive, and without regexes. */
     UNSET(BACKWARDS_SEARCH);
     UNSET(CASE_SENSITIVE);
     UNSET(USE_REGEXP);
@@ -782,11 +745,9 @@ void findnextfile(const char *needle)
 /* Search for a filename. */
 void do_filesearch(void)
 {
-    if (filesearch_init() != 0) {
-	/* Cancelled, or a blank search string, or done something. */
-	bottombars(MBROWSER);
+    /* If the user cancelled or jumped to first or last file, don't search. */
+    if (filesearch_init() != 0)
 	return;
-    }
 
     /* If answer is now "", copy last_search into answer. */
     if (*answer == '\0')
@@ -801,8 +762,6 @@ void do_filesearch(void)
 #endif
 
     findnextfile(answer);
-
-    bottombars(MBROWSER);
 }
 
 /* Search again for the last given filename, without prompting. */
@@ -826,23 +785,17 @@ void do_last_file(void)
     selected = filelist_len - 1;
 }
 
-/* Strip one directory from the end of path, and return the stripped
- * path.  The returned string is dynamically allocated, and should be
- * freed. */
-char *striponedir(const char *path)
+/* Strip one element from the end of path, and return the stripped path.
+ * The returned string is dynamically allocated, and should be freed. */
+char *strip_last_component(const char *path)
 {
-    char *retval, *tmp;
+    char *copy = mallocstrcpy(NULL, path);
+    char *last_slash = strrchr(copy, '/');
 
-    assert(path != NULL);
+    if (last_slash != NULL)
+	*last_slash = '\0';
 
-    retval = mallocstrcpy(NULL, path);
-
-    tmp = strrchr(retval, '/');
-
-    if (tmp != NULL)
-	null_at(&retval, tmp - retval);
-
-    return retval;
+    return copy;
 }
 
 #endif /* !DISABLE_BROWSER */

src/chars.c

@@ -1,22 +1,22 @@
 /**************************************************************************
- *   chars.c                                                              *
+ *   chars.c  --  This file is part of GNU nano.                          *
  *                                                                        *
  *   Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009,  *
  *   2010, 2011, 2013, 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                *
- *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
- *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
- *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)  *
- *   any later version.                                                   *
+ *   Copyright (C) 2016 Benno Schulenberg                                 *
  *                                                                        *
- *   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but  *
- *   WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of           *
- *   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU    *
- *   General Public License for more details.                             *
+ *   GNU nano is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify     *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published    *
+ *   by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License,    *
+ *   or (at your option) any later version.                               *
+ *                                                                        *
+ *   GNU nano is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,          *
+ *   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty          *
+ *   of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.              *
+ *   See the GNU General Public License for more details.                 *
  *                                                                        *
  *   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License    *
- *   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software          *
- *   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA            *
- *   02110-1301, USA.                                                     *
+ *   along with this program.  If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.  *
  *                                                                        *
  **************************************************************************/
 
@@ -26,21 +26,11 @@
 #include <ctype.h>
 
 #ifdef ENABLE_UTF8
-#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_H
 #include <wchar.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_WCTYPE_H
 #include <wctype.h>
-#endif
 
 static bool use_utf8 = FALSE;
 	/* Whether we've enabled UTF-8 support. */
-static const wchar_t bad_wchar = 0xFFFD;
-	/* If we get an invalid multibyte sequence, we treat it as
-	 * Unicode FFFD (Replacement Character), unless we're searching
-	 * for a match to it. */
-static const char *const bad_mbchar = "\xEF\xBF\xBD";
-static const int bad_mbchar_len = 3;
 
 /* Enable UTF-8 support. */
 void utf8_init(void)
@@ -67,22 +57,6 @@ char *addstrings(char* str1, size_t len1, char* str2, size_t len2)
     return str1;
 }
 
-#ifndef HAVE_ISBLANK
-/* This function is equivalent to isblank(). */
-bool nisblank(int c)
-{
-    return isspace(c) && (c == '\t' || !is_cntrl_char(c));
-}
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(HAVE_ISWBLANK) && defined(ENABLE_UTF8)
-/* This function is equivalent to iswblank(). */
-bool niswblank(wchar_t wc)
-{
-    return iswspace(wc) && (wc == '\t' || !is_cntrl_wchar(wc));
-}
-#endif
-
 /* Return TRUE if the value of c is in byte range, and FALSE otherwise. */
 bool is_byte(int c)
 {
@@ -94,9 +68,24 @@ void mbtowc_reset(void)
     IGNORE_CALL_RESULT(mbtowc(NULL, NULL, 0));
 }
 
-void wctomb_reset(void)
+/* This function is equivalent to isalpha() for multibyte characters. */
+bool is_alpha_mbchar(const char *c)
 {
-    IGNORE_CALL_RESULT(wctomb(NULL, 0));
+    assert(c != NULL);
+
+#ifdef ENABLE_UTF8
+    if (use_utf8) {
+	wchar_t wc;
+
+	if (mbtowc(&wc, c, MB_CUR_MAX) < 0) {
+	    mbtowc_reset();
+	    return 0;
+	}
+
+	return iswalpha(wc);
+    } else
+#endif
+	return isalpha((unsigned char)*c);
 }
 
 /* This function is equivalent to isalnum() for multibyte characters. */
@@ -110,7 +99,7 @@ bool is_alnum_mbchar(const char *c)
 
 	if (mbtowc(&wc, c, MB_CUR_MAX) < 0) {
 	    mbtowc_reset();
-	    wc = bad_wchar;
+	    return 0;
 	}
 
 	return iswalnum(wc);
@@ -130,7 +119,7 @@ bool is_blank_mbchar(const char *c)
 
 	if (mbtowc(&wc, c, MB_CUR_MAX) < 0) {
 	    mbtowc_reset();
-	    wc = bad_wchar;
+	    return 0;
 	}
 
 	return iswblank(wc);
@@ -150,37 +139,18 @@ bool is_ascii_cntrl_char(int c)
  * handles high-bit control characters. */
 bool is_cntrl_char(int c)
 {
-    return (-128 <= c && c < -96) || (0 <= c && c < 32) ||
-	(127 <= c && c < 160);
+    return ((c & 0x60) == 0 || c == 127);
 }
 
-#ifdef ENABLE_UTF8
-/* This function is equivalent to iscntrl() for wide characters, except
- * in that it also handles wide control characters with their high bits
- * set. */
-bool is_cntrl_wchar(wchar_t wc)
-{
-    return (0 <= wc && wc < 32) || (127 <= wc && wc < 160);
-}
-#endif
-
 /* This function is equivalent to iscntrl() for multibyte characters,
  * except in that it also handles multibyte control characters with
  * their high bits set. */
 bool is_cntrl_mbchar(const char *c)
 {
-    assert(c != NULL);
-
 #ifdef ENABLE_UTF8
     if (use_utf8) {
-	wchar_t wc;
-
-	if (mbtowc(&wc, c, MB_CUR_MAX) < 0) {
-	    mbtowc_reset();
-	    wc = bad_wchar;
-	}
-
-	return is_cntrl_wchar(wc);
+	return ((c[0] & 0xE0) == 0 || c[0] == 127 ||
+		((signed char)c[0] == -62 && (signed char)c[1] < -96));
     } else
 #endif
 	return is_cntrl_char((unsigned char)*c);
@@ -197,7 +167,7 @@ bool is_punct_mbchar(const char *c)
 
 	if (mbtowc(&wc, c, MB_CUR_MAX) < 0) {
 	    mbtowc_reset();
-	    wc = bad_wchar;
+	    return 0;
 	}
 
 	return iswpunct(wc);
@@ -206,103 +176,91 @@ bool is_punct_mbchar(const char *c)
 	return ispunct((unsigned char)*c);
 }
 
-/* Return TRUE for a multibyte character found in a word (currently only
- * an alphanumeric or punctuation character, and only the latter if
- * allow_punct is TRUE) and FALSE otherwise. */
+/* Return TRUE when the given multibyte character c is a word-forming
+ * character (that is: alphanumeric, or specified in wordchars, or
+ * punctuation when allow_punct is TRUE), and FALSE otherwise. */
 bool is_word_mbchar(const char *c, bool allow_punct)
 {
-    assert(c != NULL);
+    if (*c == '\0')
+	return FALSE;
 
-    return is_alnum_mbchar(c) || (allow_punct ? is_punct_mbchar(c) :
-	FALSE);
+    if (is_alnum_mbchar(c))
+	return TRUE;
+
+    if (word_chars != NULL && *word_chars != '\0') {
+	char symbol[mb_cur_max() + 1];
+	int symlen = parse_mbchar(c, symbol, NULL);
+
+	symbol[symlen] = '\0';
+	return (strstr(word_chars, symbol) != NULL);
+    }
+
+    return (allow_punct && is_punct_mbchar(c));
 }
 
-/* c is a control character.  It displays as ^@, ^?, or ^[ch], where ch
- * is (c + 64).  We return that character. */
-char control_rep(char c)
+/* Return the visible representation of control character c. */
+char control_rep(const signed char c)
 {
-    assert(is_cntrl_char(c));
-
-    /* Treat newlines embedded in a line as encoded nulls. */
-    if (c == '\n')
-	return '@';
-    else if (c == NANO_CONTROL_8)
+    if (c == DEL_CODE)
 	return '?';
+    else if (c == -97)
+	return '=';
+    else if (c < 0)
+	return c + 224;
     else
 	return c + 64;
 }
 
-#ifdef ENABLE_UTF8
-/* c is a wide control character.  It displays as ^@, ^?, or ^[ch],
- * where ch is (c + 64).  We return that wide character. */
-wchar_t control_wrep(wchar_t wc)
+/* Return the visible representation of multibyte control character c. */
+char control_mbrep(const char *c, bool isdata)
 {
-    assert(is_cntrl_wchar(wc));
-
-    /* Treat newlines embedded in a line as encoded nulls. */
-    if (wc == '\n')
+    /* An embedded newline is an encoded NUL if it is data. */
+    if (*c == '\n' && (isdata || as_an_at))
 	return '@';
-    else if (wc == NANO_CONTROL_8)
-	return '?';
-    else
-	return wc + 64;
-}
-#endif
-
-/* c is a multibyte control character.  It displays as ^@, ^?, or ^[ch],
- * where ch is (c + 64).  We return that multibyte character. */
-char *control_mbrep(const char *c, char *crep, int *crep_len)
-{
-    assert(c != NULL && crep != NULL && crep_len != NULL);
 
 #ifdef ENABLE_UTF8
     if (use_utf8) {
-	wchar_t wc;
-
-	IGNORE_CALL_RESULT(mbtowc(&wc, c, MB_CUR_MAX));
-	*crep_len = wctomb(crep, control_wrep(wc));
+	if ((unsigned char)c[0] < 128)
+	    return control_rep(c[0]);
+	else
+	    return control_rep(c[1]);
     } else
 #endif
-    {
-	*crep_len = 1;
-	*crep = control_rep(*c);
-    }
-
-    return crep;
+	return control_rep(*c);
 }
 
-/* c is a multibyte non-control character.  We return that multibyte
- * character.  If crep is an invalid multibyte sequence, it will be
- * replaced with Unicode 0xFFFD (Replacement Character). */
-char *mbrep(const char *c, char *crep, int *crep_len)
+/* Assess how many bytes the given (multibyte) character occupies.  Return -1
+ * if the byte sequence is invalid, and return the number of bytes minus 8
+ * when it encodes an invalid codepoint.  Also, in the second parameter,
+ * return the number of columns that the character occupies. */
+int length_of_char(const char *c, int *width)
 {
-    assert(c != NULL && crep != NULL && crep_len != NULL);
+    assert(c != NULL);
 
 #ifdef ENABLE_UTF8
     if (use_utf8) {
 	wchar_t wc;
+	int charlen = mbtowc(&wc, c, MB_CUR_MAX);
 
-	/* Reject invalid Unicode characters. */
-	if (mbtowc(&wc, c, MB_CUR_MAX) < 0 || !is_valid_unicode(wc)) {
+	/* If the sequence is invalid... */
+	if (charlen < 0) {
 	    mbtowc_reset();
-	    *crep_len = bad_mbchar_len;
-	    strncpy(crep, bad_mbchar, *crep_len);
-	} else {
-	    *crep_len = wctomb(crep, wc);
+	    return -1;
+	}
 
-	    if (*crep_len < 0) {
-		wctomb_reset();
-		*crep_len = 0;
-	    }
+	/* If the codepoint is invalid... */
+	if (!is_valid_unicode(wc))
+	    return charlen - 8;
+	else {
+	    *width = wcwidth(wc);
+	    /* If the codepoint is unassigned, assume a width of one. */
+	    if (*width < 0)
+		*width = 1;
+	    return charlen;
 	}
     } else
 #endif
-    {
-	*crep_len = 1;
-	*crep = *c;
-    }
-
-    return crep;
+	return 1;
 }
 
 /* This function is equivalent to wcwidth() for multibyte characters. */
@@ -317,15 +275,13 @@ int mbwidth(const char *c)
 
 	if (mbtowc(&wc, c, MB_CUR_MAX) < 0) {
 	    mbtowc_reset();
-	    wc = bad_wchar;
+	    return 1;
 	}
 
 	width = wcwidth(wc);
 
-	if (width == -1) {
-	    wc = bad_wchar;
-	    width = wcwidth(wc);
-	}
+	if (width == -1)
+	    return 1;
 
 	return width;
     } else
@@ -333,27 +289,25 @@ int mbwidth(const char *c)
 	return 1;
 }
 
-/* Return the maximum width in bytes of a multibyte character. */
+/* Return the maximum length (in bytes) of a character. */
 int mb_cur_max(void)
 {
-    return
 #ifdef ENABLE_UTF8
-	use_utf8 ? MB_CUR_MAX :
+    if (use_utf8)
+	return MB_CUR_MAX;
+    else
 #endif
-	1;
+	return 1;
 }
 
-/* Convert the Unicode value in chr to a multibyte character with the
- * same wide character value as chr, if possible.  If the conversion
- * succeeds, return the (dynamically allocated) multibyte character and
- * its length.  Otherwise, return an undefined (dynamically allocated)
- * multibyte character and a length of zero. */
+/* Convert the Unicode value in chr to a multibyte character, if possible.
+ * If the conversion succeeds, return the (dynamically allocated) multibyte
+ * character and its length.  Otherwise, return an undefined (dynamically
+ * allocated) multibyte character and a length of zero. */
 char *make_mbchar(long chr, int *chr_mb_len)
 {
     char *chr_mb;
 
-    assert(chr_mb_len != NULL);
-
 #ifdef ENABLE_UTF8
     if (use_utf8) {
 	chr_mb = charalloc(MB_CUR_MAX);
@@ -361,7 +315,7 @@ char *make_mbchar(long chr, int *chr_mb_len)
 
 	/* Reject invalid Unicode characters. */
 	if (*chr_mb_len < 0 || !is_valid_unicode((wchar_t)chr)) {
-	    wctomb_reset();
+	    IGNORE_CALL_RESULT(wctomb(NULL, 0));
 	    *chr_mb_len = 0;
 	}
     } else
@@ -376,37 +330,35 @@ char *make_mbchar(long chr, int *chr_mb_len)
 
 /* Parse a multibyte character from buf.  Return the number of bytes
  * used.  If chr isn't NULL, store the multibyte character in it.  If
- * col isn't NULL, store the new display width in it.  If *buf is '\t',
- * we expect col to have the current display width. */
+ * col isn't NULL, add the character's width (in columns) to it. */
 int parse_mbchar(const char *buf, char *chr, size_t *col)
 {
-    int buf_mb_len;
+    int length;
 
     assert(buf != NULL);
 
 #ifdef ENABLE_UTF8
     if (use_utf8) {
 	/* Get the number of bytes in the multibyte character. */
-	buf_mb_len = mblen(buf, MB_CUR_MAX);
+	length = mblen(buf, MB_CUR_MAX);
 
 	/* When the multibyte sequence is invalid, only take the first byte. */
-	if (buf_mb_len < 0) {
+	if (length <= 0) {
 	    IGNORE_CALL_RESULT(mblen(NULL, 0));
-	    buf_mb_len = 1;
-	} else if (buf_mb_len == 0)
-	    buf_mb_len++;
+	    length = 1;
+	}
 
 	/* When requested, store the multibyte character in chr. */
 	if (chr != NULL) {
 	    int i;
 
-	    for (i = 0; i < buf_mb_len; i++)
+	    for (i = 0; i < length; i++)
 		chr[i] = buf[i];
 	}
 
-	/* When requested, store the width of the wide character in col. */
+	/* When requested, add the width of the character to col. */
 	if (col != NULL) {
-	    /* If we have a tab, get its width in columns using the
+	    /* If we have a tab, compute its width in columns based on the
 	     * current value of col. */
 	    if (*buf == '\t')
 		*col += tabsize - *col % tabsize;
@@ -414,8 +366,7 @@ int parse_mbchar(const char *buf, char *chr, size_t *col)
 	     * column for the "^", and one for the visible character. */
 	    else if (is_cntrl_mbchar(buf)) {
 		*col += 2;
-	    /* If we have a normal character, get its width in columns
-	     * normally. */
+	    /* If we have a normal character, get its width normally. */
 	    } else
 		*col += mbwidth(buf);
 	}
@@ -423,15 +374,15 @@ int parse_mbchar(const char *buf, char *chr, size_t *col)
 #endif
     {
 	/* A byte character is one byte long. */
-	buf_mb_len = 1;
+	length = 1;
 
 	/* When requested, store the byte character in chr. */
 	if (chr != NULL)
 	    *chr = *buf;
 
-	/* When requested, store the width of the wide character in col. */
+	/* When requested, add the width of the character to col. */
 	if (col != NULL) {
-	    /* If we have a tab, get its width in columns using the
+	    /* If we have a tab, compute its width in columns using the
 	     * current value of col. */
 	    if (*buf == '\t')
 		*col += tabsize - *col % tabsize;
@@ -445,7 +396,7 @@ int parse_mbchar(const char *buf, char *chr, size_t *col)
 	}
     }
 
-    return buf_mb_len;
+    return length;
 }
 
 /* Return the index in buf of the beginning of the multibyte character
@@ -479,38 +430,12 @@ size_t move_mbright(const char *buf, size_t pos)
     return pos + parse_mbchar(buf + pos, NULL, NULL);
 }
 
-#ifndef HAVE_STRCASECMP
-/* This function is equivalent to strcasecmp(). */
-int nstrcasecmp(const char *s1, const char *s2)
-{
-    return strncasecmp(s1, s2, HIGHEST_POSITIVE);
-}
-#endif
-
 /* This function is equivalent to strcasecmp() for multibyte strings. */
 int mbstrcasecmp(const char *s1, const char *s2)
 {
     return mbstrncasecmp(s1, s2, HIGHEST_POSITIVE);
 }
 
-#ifndef HAVE_STRNCASECMP
-/* This function is equivalent to strncasecmp(). */
-int nstrncasecmp(const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n)
-{
-    if (s1 == s2)
-	return 0;
-
-    assert(s1 != NULL && s2 != NULL);
-
-    for (; *s1 != '\0' && *s2 != '\0' && n > 0; s1++, s2++, n--) {
-	if (tolower(*s1) != tolower(*s2))
-	    break;
-    }
-
-    return (n > 0) ? tolower(*s1) - tolower(*s2) : 0;
-}
-#endif
-
 /* This function is equivalent to strncasecmp() for multibyte strings. */
 int mbstrncasecmp(const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n)
 {
@@ -518,81 +443,60 @@ int mbstrncasecmp(const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n)
     if (use_utf8) {
 	wchar_t wc1, wc2;
 
-	if (s1 == s2)
-	    return 0;
-
-	assert(s1 != NULL && s2 != NULL);
-
-	for (; *s1 != '\0' && *s2 != '\0' && n > 0;
-		s1 += move_mbright(s1, 0), s2 += move_mbright(s2, 0), n--) {
+	while (*s1 != '\0' && *s2 != '\0' && n > 0) {
 	    bool bad1 = FALSE, bad2 = FALSE;
 
 	    if (mbtowc(&wc1, s1, MB_CUR_MAX) < 0) {
 		mbtowc_reset();
-		wc1 = (unsigned char)*s1;
 		bad1 = TRUE;
 	    }
 
 	    if (mbtowc(&wc2, s2, MB_CUR_MAX) < 0) {
 		mbtowc_reset();
-		wc2 = (unsigned char)*s2;
 		bad2 = TRUE;
 	    }
 
-	    if (bad1 != bad2 || towlower(wc1) != towlower(wc2))
-		break;
+	    if (bad1 || bad2) {
+		if (*s1 != *s2)
+		    return (unsigned char)*s1 - (unsigned char)*s2;
+
+		if (bad1 != bad2)
+		    return (bad1 ? 1 : -1);
+	    } else {
+		int difference = towlower(wc1) - towlower(wc2);
+
+		if (difference != 0)
+		    return difference;
+	    }
+
+	    s1 += move_mbright(s1, 0);
+	    s2 += move_mbright(s2, 0);
+	    n--;
 	}
 
-	return (n > 0) ? towlower(wc1) - towlower(wc2) : 0;
+	return (n > 0) ? ((unsigned char)*s1 - (unsigned char)*s2) : 0;
     } else
 #endif
 	return strncasecmp(s1, s2, n);
 }
 
-#ifndef HAVE_STRCASESTR
-/* This function is equivalent to strcasestr(). */
-char *nstrcasestr(const char *haystack, const char *needle)
-{
-    size_t haystack_len, needle_len;
-
-    assert(haystack != NULL && needle != NULL);
-
-    if (*needle == '\0')
-	return (char *)haystack;
-
-    haystack_len = strlen(haystack);
-    needle_len = strlen(needle);
-
-    for (; *haystack != '\0' && haystack_len >= needle_len; haystack++,
-	haystack_len--) {
-	if (strncasecmp(haystack, needle, needle_len) == 0)
-	    return (char *)haystack;
-    }
-
-    return NULL;
-}
-#endif
-
 /* This function is equivalent to strcasestr() for multibyte strings. */
 char *mbstrcasestr(const char *haystack, const char *needle)
 {
 #ifdef ENABLE_UTF8
     if (use_utf8) {
-	size_t haystack_len, needle_len;
-
-	assert(haystack != NULL && needle != NULL);
+	size_t needle_len;
 
 	if (*needle == '\0')
 	    return (char *)haystack;
 
-	haystack_len = mbstrlen(haystack);
 	needle_len = mbstrlen(needle);
 
-	for (; *haystack != '\0' && haystack_len >= needle_len;
-		haystack += move_mbright(haystack, 0), haystack_len--) {
-	    if (mbstrncasecmp(haystack, needle, needle_len) == 0 &&
-			mblen(haystack, MB_CUR_MAX) > 0)
+	while (*haystack != '\0') {
+	    if (mbstrncasecmp(haystack, needle, needle_len) == 0)
 		return (char *)haystack;
+
+	    haystack += move_mbright(haystack, 0);
 	}
 
 	return NULL;
@@ -601,37 +505,32 @@ char *mbstrcasestr(const char *haystack, const char *needle)
 	return (char *) strcasestr(haystack, needle);
 }
 
-#if !defined(NANO_TINY) || !defined(DISABLE_TABCOMP)
 /* This function is equivalent to strstr(), except in that it scans the
  * string in reverse, starting at rev_start. */
-char *revstrstr(const char *haystack, const char *needle, const char
-	*rev_start)
+char *revstrstr(const char *haystack, const char *needle,
+	const char *pointer)
 {
-    size_t rev_start_len, needle_len;
+    size_t needle_len = strlen(needle);
+    size_t tail_len = strlen(pointer);
 
-    assert(haystack != NULL && needle != NULL && rev_start != NULL);
-
-    if (*needle == '\0')
-	return (char *)rev_start;
-
-    needle_len = strlen(needle);
+    if (needle_len == 0)
+	return (char *)pointer;
 
     if (strlen(haystack) < needle_len)
 	return NULL;
 
-    rev_start_len = strlen(rev_start);
+    if (tail_len < needle_len)
+	pointer += tail_len - needle_len;
 
-    for (; rev_start >= haystack; rev_start--, rev_start_len++) {
-	if (rev_start_len >= needle_len && strncmp(rev_start, needle,
-		needle_len) == 0)
-	    return (char *)rev_start;
+    while (pointer >= haystack) {
+	if (strncmp(pointer, needle, needle_len) == 0)
+	    return (char *)pointer;
+	pointer--;
     }
 
     return NULL;
 }
-#endif /* !NANO_TINY || !DISABLE_TABCOMP */
 
-#ifndef NANO_TINY
 /* This function is equivalent to strcasestr(), except in that it scans
  * the string in reverse, starting at rev_start. */
 char *revstrcasestr(const char *haystack, const char *needle, const char
@@ -639,8 +538,6 @@ char *revstrcasestr(const char *haystack, const char *needle, const char
 {
     size_t rev_start_len, needle_len;
 
-    assert(haystack != NULL && needle != NULL && rev_start != NULL);
-
     if (*needle == '\0')
 	return (char *)rev_start;
 
@@ -667,11 +564,8 @@ char *mbrevstrcasestr(const char *haystack, const char *needle, const
 {
 #ifdef ENABLE_UTF8
     if (use_utf8) {
-	bool begin_line = FALSE;
 	size_t rev_start_len, needle_len;
 
-	assert(haystack != NULL && needle != NULL && rev_start != NULL);
-
 	if (*needle == '\0')
 	    return (char *)rev_start;
 
@@ -682,27 +576,22 @@ char *mbrevstrcasestr(const char *haystack, const char *needle, const
 
 	rev_start_len = mbstrlen(rev_start);
 
-	while (!begin_line) {
+	while (TRUE) {
 	    if (rev_start_len >= needle_len &&
-			mbstrncasecmp(rev_start, needle, needle_len) == 0 &&
-			mblen(rev_start, MB_CUR_MAX) > 0)
+			mbstrncasecmp(rev_start, needle, needle_len) == 0)
 		return (char *)rev_start;
 
+	    /* If we've reached the head of the haystack, we found nothing. */
 	    if (rev_start == haystack)
-		begin_line = TRUE;
-	    else {
-		rev_start = haystack + move_mbleft(haystack, rev_start -
-			haystack);
-		rev_start_len++;
-	    }
-	}
+		return NULL;
 
-	return NULL;
+	    rev_start = haystack + move_mbleft(haystack, rev_start - haystack);
+	    rev_start_len++;
+	}
     } else
 #endif
 	return revstrcasestr(haystack, needle, rev_start);
 }
-#endif /* !NANO_TINY */
 
 /* This function is equivalent to strlen() for multibyte strings. */
 size_t mbstrlen(const char *s)
@@ -710,26 +599,9 @@ size_t mbstrlen(const char *s)
     return mbstrnlen(s, (size_t)-1);
 }
 
-#ifndef HAVE_STRNLEN
-/* This function is equivalent to strnlen(). */
-size_t nstrnlen(const char *s, size_t maxlen)
-{
-    size_t n = 0;
-
-    assert(s != NULL);
-
-    for (; *s != '\0' && maxlen > 0; s++, maxlen--, n++)
-	;
-
-    return n;
-}
-#endif
-
 /* This function is equivalent to strnlen() for multibyte strings. */
 size_t mbstrnlen(const char *s, size_t maxlen)
 {
-    assert(s != NULL);
-
 #ifdef ENABLE_UTF8
     if (use_utf8) {
 	size_t n = 0;
@@ -753,7 +625,7 @@ char *mbstrchr(const char *s, const char *c)
 #ifdef ENABLE_UTF8
     if (use_utf8) {
 	bool bad_s_mb = FALSE, bad_c_mb = FALSE;
-	char *s_mb = charalloc(MB_CUR_MAX);
+	char symbol[MB_CUR_MAX];
 	const char *q = s;
 	wchar_t ws, wc;
 
@@ -764,9 +636,9 @@ char *mbstrchr(const char *s, const char *c)
 	}
 
 	while (*s != '\0') {
-	    int s_mb_len = parse_mbchar(s, s_mb, NULL);
+	    int sym_len = parse_mbchar(s, symbol, NULL);
 
-	    if (mbtowc(&ws, s_mb, s_mb_len) < 0) {
+	    if (mbtowc(&ws, symbol, sym_len) < 0) {
 		mbtowc_reset();
 		ws = (unsigned char)*s;
 		bad_s_mb = TRUE;
@@ -775,12 +647,10 @@ char *mbstrchr(const char *s, const char *c)
 	    if (bad_s_mb == bad_c_mb && ws == wc)
 		break;
 
-	    s += s_mb_len;
-	    q += s_mb_len;
+	    s += sym_len;
+	    q += sym_len;
 	}
 
-	free(s_mb);
-
 	if (*s == '\0')
 	    q = NULL;
 
@@ -795,8 +665,6 @@ char *mbstrchr(const char *s, const char *c)
 /* This function is equivalent to strpbrk() for multibyte strings. */
 char *mbstrpbrk(const char *s, const char *accept)
 {
-    assert(s != NULL && accept != NULL);
-
 #ifdef ENABLE_UTF8
     if (use_utf8) {
 	for (; *s != '\0'; s += move_mbright(s, 0)) {
@@ -817,11 +685,14 @@ char *revstrpbrk(const char *s, const char *accept, const char
 {
     assert(s != NULL && accept != NULL && rev_start != NULL);
 
-    for (; rev_start >= s; rev_start--) {
-	const char *q = (*rev_start == '\0') ? NULL : strchr(accept,
-		*rev_start);
+    if (*rev_start == '\0') {
+	if (rev_start == s)
+	   return NULL;
+	rev_start--;
+    }
 
-	if (q != NULL)
+    for (; rev_start >= s; rev_start--) {
+	if (strchr(accept, *rev_start) != NULL)
 	    return (char *)rev_start;
     }
 
@@ -837,22 +708,22 @@ char *mbrevstrpbrk(const char *s, const char *accept, const char
 
 #ifdef ENABLE_UTF8
     if (use_utf8) {
-	bool begin_line = FALSE;
-
-	while (!begin_line) {
-	    const char *q = (*rev_start == '\0') ? NULL :
-		mbstrchr(accept, rev_start);
-
-	    if (q != NULL)
-		return (char *)rev_start;
-
+	if (*rev_start == '\0') {
 	    if (rev_start == s)
-		begin_line = TRUE;
-	    else
-		rev_start = s + move_mbleft(s, rev_start - s);
+		return NULL;
+	    rev_start = s + move_mbleft(s, rev_start - s);
 	}
 
-	return NULL;
+	while (TRUE) {
+	    if (mbstrchr(accept, rev_start) != NULL)
+		return (char *)rev_start;
+
+	    /* If we've reached the head of the string, we found nothing. */
+	    if (rev_start == s)
+		return NULL;
+
+	    rev_start = s + move_mbleft(s, rev_start - s);
+	}
     } else
 #endif
 	return revstrpbrk(s, accept, rev_start);
@@ -864,10 +735,8 @@ char *mbrevstrpbrk(const char *s, const char *accept, const char
  * and FALSE otherwise. */
 bool has_blank_chars(const char *s)
 {
-    assert(s != NULL);
-
     for (; *s != '\0'; s++) {
-	if (isblank(*s))
+	if (isblank((unsigned char)*s))
 	    return TRUE;
     }
 
@@ -878,25 +747,18 @@ bool has_blank_chars(const char *s)
  * multibyte characters, and FALSE otherwise. */
 bool has_blank_mbchars(const char *s)
 {
-    assert(s != NULL);
-
 #ifdef ENABLE_UTF8
     if (use_utf8) {
-	bool retval = FALSE;
-	char *chr_mb = charalloc(MB_CUR_MAX);
+	char symbol[MB_CUR_MAX];
 
 	for (; *s != '\0'; s += move_mbright(s, 0)) {
-	    parse_mbchar(s, chr_mb, NULL);
+	    parse_mbchar(s, symbol, NULL);
 
-	    if (is_blank_mbchar(chr_mb)) {
-		retval = TRUE;
-		break;
-	    }
+	    if (is_blank_mbchar(symbol))
+		return TRUE;
 	}
 
-	free(chr_mb);
-
-	return retval;
+	return FALSE;
     } else
 #endif
 	return has_blank_chars(s);
@@ -919,12 +781,11 @@ bool is_valid_unicode(wchar_t wc)
  * is, and FALSE otherwise. */
 bool is_valid_mbstring(const char *s)
 {
-    assert(s != NULL);
-
-    return
 #ifdef ENABLE_UTF8
-	use_utf8 ? (mbstowcs(NULL, s, 0) != (size_t)-1) :
+    if (use_utf8)
+	return (mbstowcs(NULL, s, 0) != (size_t)-1);
+    else
 #endif
-	TRUE;
+	return TRUE;
 }
 #endif /* !DISABLE_NANORC */

src/color.c

@@ -1,22 +1,22 @@
 /**************************************************************************
- *   color.c                                                              *
+ *   color.c  --  This file is part of GNU nano.                          *
  *                                                                        *
  *   Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009,  *
  *   2010, 2011, 2013, 2014, 2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.          *
- *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
- *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
- *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)  *
- *   any later version.                                                   *
+ *   Copyright (C) 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017 Benno Schulenberg               *
  *                                                                        *
- *   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but  *
- *   WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of           *
- *   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU    *
- *   General Public License for more details.                             *
+ *   GNU nano is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify     *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published    *
+ *   by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License,    *
+ *   or (at your option) any later version.                               *
+ *                                                                        *
+ *   GNU nano is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,          *
+ *   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty          *
+ *   of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.              *
+ *   See the GNU General Public License for more details.                 *
  *                                                                        *
  *   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License    *
- *   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software          *
- *   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA            *
- *   02110-1301, USA.                                                     *
+ *   along with this program.  If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.  *
  *                                                                        *
  **************************************************************************/
 
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
  * for the colors in each syntax. */
 void set_colorpairs(void)
 {
-    const syntaxtype *this_syntax = syntaxes;
+    const syntaxtype *sint;
     bool using_defaults = FALSE;
     short foreground, background;
     size_t i;
@@ -62,15 +62,14 @@ void set_colorpairs(void)
 	    if (background == -1 && !using_defaults)
 		background = COLOR_BLACK;
 	    init_pair(i + 1, foreground, background);
-	    interface_color_pair[i].bright = bright;
-	    interface_color_pair[i].pairnum = COLOR_PAIR(i + 1);
+	    interface_color_pair[i] =
+			COLOR_PAIR(i + 1) | (bright ? A_BOLD : A_NORMAL);
 	}
 	else {
-	    interface_color_pair[i].bright = FALSE;
 	    if (i != FUNCTION_TAG)
-		interface_color_pair[i].pairnum = hilite_attribute;
+		interface_color_pair[i] = hilite_attribute;
 	    else
-		interface_color_pair[i].pairnum = A_NORMAL;
+		interface_color_pair[i] = A_NORMAL;
 	}
 
 	free(specified_color_combo[i]);
@@ -79,25 +78,25 @@ void set_colorpairs(void)
 
     /* For each syntax, go through its list of colors and assign each
      * its pair number, giving identical color pairs the same number. */
-    for (; this_syntax != NULL; this_syntax = this_syntax->next) {
-	colortype *this_color = this_syntax->color;
-	int clr_pair = NUMBER_OF_ELEMENTS + 1;
+    for (sint = syntaxes; sint != NULL; sint = sint->next) {
+	colortype *ink;
+	int new_number = NUMBER_OF_ELEMENTS + 1;
 
-	for (; this_color != NULL; this_color = this_color->next) {
-	    const colortype *beforenow = this_syntax->color;
+	for (ink = sint->color; ink != NULL; ink = ink->next) {
+	    const colortype *beforenow = sint->color;
 
-	    while (beforenow != this_color &&
-			(beforenow->fg != this_color->fg ||
-			beforenow->bg != this_color->bg ||
-			beforenow->bright != this_color->bright))
+	    while (beforenow != ink && (beforenow->fg != ink->fg ||
+					beforenow->bg != ink->bg ||
+					beforenow->bright != ink->bright))
 		beforenow = beforenow->next;
 
-	    if (beforenow != this_color)
-		this_color->pairnum = beforenow->pairnum;
-	    else {
-		this_color->pairnum = clr_pair;
-		clr_pair++;
-	    }
+	    if (beforenow != ink)
+		ink->pairnum = beforenow->pairnum;
+	    else
+		ink->pairnum = new_number++;
+
+	    ink->attributes = COLOR_PAIR(ink->pairnum) |
+				(ink->bright ? A_BOLD : A_NORMAL);
 	}
     }
 }
@@ -105,12 +104,10 @@ void set_colorpairs(void)
 /* Initialize the color information. */
 void color_init(void)
 {
-    colortype *tmpcolor = openfile->colorstrings;
+    const colortype *ink;
     bool using_defaults = FALSE;
     short foreground, background;
 
-    assert(openfile != NULL);
-
     /* If the terminal is not capable of colors, forget it. */
     if (!has_colors())
 	return;
@@ -121,9 +118,9 @@ void color_init(void)
 #endif
 
     /* For each coloring expression, initialize the color pair. */
-    for (; tmpcolor != NULL; tmpcolor = tmpcolor->next) {
-	foreground = tmpcolor->fg;
-	background = tmpcolor->bg;
+    for (ink = openfile->colorstrings; ink != NULL; ink = ink->next) {
+	foreground = ink->fg;
+	background = ink->bg;
 
 	if (foreground == -1 && !using_defaults)
 	    foreground = COLOR_WHITE;
@@ -131,7 +128,7 @@ void color_init(void)
 	if (background == -1 && !using_defaults)
 	    background = COLOR_BLACK;
 
-	init_pair(tmpcolor->pairnum, foreground, background);
+	init_pair(ink->pairnum, foreground, background);
 #ifdef DEBUG
 	fprintf(stderr, "init_pair(): fg = %hd, bg = %hd\n", foreground, background);
 #endif
@@ -165,8 +162,6 @@ void color_update(void)
     syntaxtype *sint = NULL;
     colortype *ink;
 
-    assert(openfile != NULL);
-
     /* If the rcfiles were not read, or contained no syntaxes, get out. */
     if (syntaxes == NULL)
 	return;
@@ -295,87 +290,47 @@ void color_update(void)
     }
 }
 
-/* Reset the multiline coloring cache for one specific regex (given by
- * index) for lines that need reevaluation. */
-void reset_multis_for_id(filestruct *fileptr, int index)
+/* Determine whether the matches of multiline regexes are still the same,
+ * and if not, schedule a screen refresh, so things will be repainted. */
+void check_the_multis(filestruct *line)
 {
-    filestruct *row;
-
-    /* Reset the cache of earlier lines, as far back as needed. */
-    for (row = fileptr->prev; row != NULL; row = row->prev) {
-	alloc_multidata_if_needed(row);
-	if (row->multidata[index] == CNONE)
-	    break;
-	row->multidata[index] = -1;
-    }
-    for (; row != NULL; row = row->prev) {
-	alloc_multidata_if_needed(row);
-	if (row->multidata[index] != CNONE)
-	    break;
-	row->multidata[index] = -1;
-    }
-
-    /* Reset the cache of the current line. */
-    fileptr->multidata[index] = -1;
-
-    /* Reset the cache of later lines, as far ahead as needed. */
-    for (row = fileptr->next; row != NULL; row = row->next) {
-	alloc_multidata_if_needed(row);
-	if (row->multidata[index] == CNONE)
-	    break;
-	row->multidata[index] = -1;
-    }
-    for (; row != NULL; row = row->next) {
-	alloc_multidata_if_needed(row);
-	if (row->multidata[index] != CNONE)
-	    break;
-	row->multidata[index] = -1;
-    }
-
-    refresh_needed = TRUE;
-}
-
-/* Reset multi-line strings around the filestruct fileptr, trying to be
- * smart about stopping.  Bool force means: reset everything regardless,
- * useful when we don't know how much screen state has changed. */
-void reset_multis(filestruct *fileptr, bool force)
-{
-    int nobegin, noend;
+    const colortype *ink;
+    bool astart, anend;
     regmatch_t startmatch, endmatch;
-    const colortype *tmpcolor = openfile->colorstrings;
 
     /* If there is no syntax or no multiline regex, there is nothing to do. */
     if (openfile->syntax == NULL || openfile->syntax->nmultis == 0)
 	return;
 
-    for (; tmpcolor != NULL; tmpcolor = tmpcolor->next) {
-	/* If it's not a multi-line regex, amscray. */
-	if (tmpcolor->end == NULL)
+    for (ink = openfile->colorstrings; ink != NULL; ink = ink->next) {
+	/* If it's not a multiline regex, skip. */
+	if (ink->end == NULL)
 	    continue;
 
-	alloc_multidata_if_needed(fileptr);
+	alloc_multidata_if_needed(line);
 
-	if (force == FALSE) {
-	    /* Check whether the multidata still matches the current situation. */
-	    nobegin = regexec(tmpcolor->start, fileptr->data, 1, &startmatch, 0);
-	    noend = regexec(tmpcolor->end, fileptr->data, 1, &endmatch, 0);
-	    if ((fileptr->multidata[tmpcolor->id] == CWHOLELINE ||
-			fileptr->multidata[tmpcolor->id] == CNONE) &&
-			nobegin && noend)
+	astart = (regexec(ink->start, line->data, 1, &startmatch, 0) == 0);
+	anend = (regexec(ink->end, line->data, 1, &endmatch, 0) == 0);
+
+	/* Check whether the multidata still matches the current situation. */
+	if (line->multidata[ink->id] == CNONE ||
+			line->multidata[ink->id] == CWHOLELINE) {
+	    if (!astart && !anend)
 		continue;
-	    else if (fileptr->multidata[tmpcolor->id] == CSTARTENDHERE &&
-			!nobegin && !noend && startmatch.rm_so < endmatch.rm_so)
+	} else if (line->multidata[ink->id] == CSTARTENDHERE) {
+	    if (astart && anend && startmatch.rm_so < endmatch.rm_so)
 		continue;
-	    else if (fileptr->multidata[tmpcolor->id] == CBEGINBEFORE &&
-			nobegin && !noend)
+	} else if (line->multidata[ink->id] == CBEGINBEFORE) {
+	    if (!astart && anend)
 		continue;
-	    else if (fileptr->multidata[tmpcolor->id] == CENDAFTER &&
-			!nobegin && noend)
+	} else if (line->multidata[ink->id] == CENDAFTER) {
+	    if (astart && !anend)
 		continue;
 	}
 
-	/* If we got here, things have changed. */
-	reset_multis_for_id(fileptr, tmpcolor->id);
+	/* There is a mismatch, so something changed: repaint. */
+	refresh_needed = TRUE;
+	return;
     }
 }
 
@@ -392,138 +347,94 @@ void alloc_multidata_if_needed(filestruct *fileptr)
     }
 }
 
-/* Poll the keyboard every second to see if the user starts typing. */
-bool key_was_pressed(void)
-{
-    static time_t last_time = 0;
-
-    if (time(NULL) != last_time) {
-	last_time = time(NULL);
-	return (wgetch(edit) != ERR);
-    } else
-	return FALSE;
-}
-
 /* Precalculate the multi-line start and end regex info so we can
  * speed up rendering (with any hope at all...). */
 void precalc_multicolorinfo(void)
 {
-    const colortype *tmpcolor = openfile->colorstrings;
+    const colortype *ink;
     regmatch_t startmatch, endmatch;
-    filestruct *fileptr, *endptr;
+    filestruct *line, *tailline;
 
     if (openfile->colorstrings == NULL || ISSET(NO_COLOR_SYNTAX))
 	return;
 
 #ifdef DEBUG
-    fprintf(stderr, "Entering precalculation of multiline color info\n");
+    fprintf(stderr, "Precalculating the multiline color info...\n");
 #endif
-    /* Let us get keypresses to see if the user is trying to start
-     * editing.  Later we may want to throw up a statusbar message
-     * before starting this if it takes too long to do this routine.
-     * For now silently abort if they hit a key. */
-    nodelay(edit, TRUE);
 
-    for (; tmpcolor != NULL; tmpcolor = tmpcolor->next) {
+    for (ink = openfile->colorstrings; ink != NULL; ink = ink->next) {
 	/* If this is not a multi-line regex, skip it. */
-	if (tmpcolor->end == NULL)
+	if (ink->end == NULL)
 	    continue;
-#ifdef DEBUG
-	fprintf(stderr, "Starting work on color id %d\n", tmpcolor->id);
-#endif
 
-	for (fileptr = openfile->fileage; fileptr != NULL; fileptr = fileptr->next) {
-	    int startx = 0, nostart = 0;
+	for (line = openfile->fileage; line != NULL; line = line->next) {
+	    int index = 0;
 
-	    if (key_was_pressed())
-		goto precalc_cleanup;
-#ifdef DEBUG
-	    fprintf(stderr, "working on lineno %ld... ", (long)fileptr->lineno);
-#endif
-	    alloc_multidata_if_needed(fileptr);
+	    alloc_multidata_if_needed(line);
+	    /* Assume nothing applies until proven otherwise below. */
+	    line->multidata[ink->id] = CNONE;
 
-	    while ((nostart = regexec(tmpcolor->start, &fileptr->data[startx],
-			1, &startmatch, (startx == 0) ? 0 : REG_NOTBOL)) == 0) {
-		/* Look for an end, and start marking how many lines are
-		 * encompassed, which should speed up rendering later. */
-		startx += startmatch.rm_eo;
-#ifdef DEBUG
-		fprintf(stderr, "start found at pos %lu... ", (unsigned long)startx);
-#endif
-		/* Look first on this line for an end. */
-		if (regexec(tmpcolor->end, &fileptr->data[startx], 1,
-			&endmatch, (startx == 0) ? 0 : REG_NOTBOL) == 0) {
-		    startx += endmatch.rm_eo;
-		    /* Step ahead when both start and end are mere anchors. */
+	    /* For an unpaired start match, mark all remaining lines. */
+	    if (line->prev && line->prev->multidata[ink->id] == CWOULDBE) {
+		line->multidata[ink->id] = CWOULDBE;
+		continue;
+	    }
+
+	    /* When the line contains a start match, look for an end, and if
+	     * found, mark all the lines that are affected. */
+	    while (regexec(ink->start, line->data + index, 1,
+			&startmatch, (index == 0) ? 0 : REG_NOTBOL) == 0) {
+		/* Begin looking for an end match after the start match. */
+		index += startmatch.rm_eo;
+
+		/* If there is an end match on this line, mark the line, but
+		 * continue looking for other starts after it. */
+		if (regexec(ink->end, line->data + index, 1,
+			&endmatch, (index == 0) ? 0 : REG_NOTBOL) == 0) {
+		    line->multidata[ink->id] = CSTARTENDHERE;
+		    index += endmatch.rm_eo;
+		    /* If both start and end are mere anchors, step ahead. */
 		    if (startmatch.rm_so == startmatch.rm_eo &&
-				endmatch.rm_so == endmatch.rm_eo)
-			startx += 1;
-		    fileptr->multidata[tmpcolor->id] = CSTARTENDHERE;
-#ifdef DEBUG
-		    fprintf(stderr, "end found on this line\n");
-#endif
+				endmatch.rm_so == endmatch.rm_eo) {
+			/* When at end-of-line, we're done. */
+			if (line->data[index] == '\0')
+			    break;
+			index = move_mbright(line->data, index);
+		    }
 		    continue;
 		}
 
-		/* Nice, we didn't find the end regex on this line.  Let's start looking for it. */
-		for (endptr = fileptr->next; endptr != NULL; endptr = endptr->next) {
-#ifdef DEBUG
-		    fprintf(stderr, "\nadvancing to line %ld to find end... ", (long)endptr->lineno);
-#endif
-		    /* Check for interrupting keyboard input again. */
-		    if (key_was_pressed())
-			goto precalc_cleanup;
+		/* Look for an end match on later lines. */
+		tailline = line->next;
 
-		    if (regexec(tmpcolor->end, endptr->data, 1, &endmatch, 0) == 0)
+		while (tailline != NULL) {
+		    if (regexec(ink->end, tailline->data, 1, &endmatch, 0) == 0)
 			break;
+		    tailline = tailline->next;
 		}
 
-		if (endptr == NULL) {
-#ifdef DEBUG
-		    fprintf(stderr, "no end found, breaking out\n");
-#endif
+		if (tailline == NULL) {
+		    line->multidata[ink->id] = CWOULDBE;
 		    break;
 		}
-#ifdef DEBUG
-		fprintf(stderr, "end found\n");
-#endif
+
 		/* We found it, we found it, la la la la la.  Mark all
 		 * the lines in between and the end properly. */
-		fileptr->multidata[tmpcolor->id] = CENDAFTER;
-#ifdef DEBUG
-		fprintf(stderr, "marking line %ld as CENDAFTER\n", (long)fileptr->lineno);
-#endif
-		for (fileptr = fileptr->next; fileptr != endptr; fileptr = fileptr->next) {
-		    alloc_multidata_if_needed(fileptr);
-		    fileptr->multidata[tmpcolor->id] = CWHOLELINE;
-#ifdef DEBUG
-		    fprintf(stderr, "marking intermediary line %ld as CWHOLELINE\n", (long)fileptr->lineno);
-#endif
+		line->multidata[ink->id] = CENDAFTER;
+
+		for (line = line->next; line != tailline; line = line->next) {
+		    alloc_multidata_if_needed(line);
+		    line->multidata[ink->id] = CWHOLELINE;
 		}
 
-		alloc_multidata_if_needed(endptr);
-		fileptr->multidata[tmpcolor->id] = CBEGINBEFORE;
-#ifdef DEBUG
-		fprintf(stderr, "marking line %ld as CBEGINBEFORE\n", (long)fileptr->lineno);
-#endif
-		/* Skip to the end point of the match. */
-		startx = endmatch.rm_eo;
-#ifdef DEBUG
-		fprintf(stderr, "jumping to line %ld pos %lu to continue\n", (long)fileptr->lineno, (unsigned long)startx);
-#endif
-	    }
+		alloc_multidata_if_needed(tailline);
+		tailline->multidata[ink->id] = CBEGINBEFORE;
 
-	    if (nostart && startx == 0) {
-#ifdef DEBUG
-		fprintf(stderr, "no match\n");
-#endif
-		fileptr->multidata[tmpcolor->id] = CNONE;
-		continue;
+		/* Begin looking for a new start after the end match. */
+		index = endmatch.rm_eo;
 	    }
 	}
     }
-precalc_cleanup:
-    nodelay(edit, FALSE);
 }
 
 #endif /* !DISABLE_COLOR */

src/cut.c

@@ -1,22 +1,23 @@
 /**************************************************************************
- *   cut.c                                                                *
+ *   cut.c  --  This file is part of GNU nano.                            *
  *                                                                        *
  *   Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,  *
  *   2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2013, 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.    *
- *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
- *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
- *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)  *
- *   any later version.                                                   *
+ *   Copyright (C) 2014 Mark Majeres                                      *
+ *   Copyright (C) 2016 Benno Schulenberg                                 *
  *                                                                        *
- *   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but  *
- *   WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of           *
- *   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU    *
- *   General Public License for more details.                             *
+ *   GNU nano is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify     *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published    *
+ *   by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License,    *
+ *   or (at your option) any later version.                               *
+ *                                                                        *
+ *   GNU nano is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,          *
+ *   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty          *
+ *   of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.              *
+ *   See the GNU General Public License for more details.                 *
  *                                                                        *
  *   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License    *
- *   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software          *
- *   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA            *
- *   02110-1301, USA.                                                     *
+ *   along with this program.  If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.  *
  *                                                                        *
  **************************************************************************/
 
@@ -48,10 +49,10 @@ inline bool keeping_cutbuffer(void)
 void cut_line(void)
 {
     if (openfile->current != openfile->filebot)
-	move_to_filestruct(&cutbuffer, &cutbottom, openfile->current, 0,
+	extract_buffer(&cutbuffer, &cutbottom, openfile->current, 0,
 		openfile->current->next, 0);
     else
-	move_to_filestruct(&cutbuffer, &cutbottom, openfile->current, 0,
+	extract_buffer(&cutbuffer, &cutbottom, openfile->current, 0,
 		openfile->current, strlen(openfile->current->data));
     openfile->placewewant = 0;
 }
@@ -59,15 +60,15 @@ void cut_line(void)
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
 /* Move all currently marked text into the cutbuffer, and set the
  * current place we want to where the text used to start. */
-void cut_marked(void)
+void cut_marked(bool *right_side_up)
 {
     filestruct *top, *bot;
     size_t top_x, bot_x;
 
     mark_order((const filestruct **)&top, &top_x,
-		(const filestruct **)&bot, &bot_x, NULL);
+		(const filestruct **)&bot, &bot_x, right_side_up);
 
-    move_to_filestruct(&cutbuffer, &cutbottom, top, top_x, bot, bot_x);
+    extract_buffer(&cutbuffer, &cutbottom, top, top_x, bot, bot_x);
     openfile->placewewant = xplustabs();
 }
 
@@ -81,20 +82,18 @@ void cut_to_eol(void)
 {
     size_t data_len = strlen(openfile->current->data);
 
-    assert(openfile->current_x <= data_len);
-
     if (openfile->current_x < data_len)
 	/* If we're not at the end of the line, move all the text from
 	 * the current position up to it, not counting the newline at
 	 * the end, into the cutbuffer. */
-	move_to_filestruct(&cutbuffer, &cutbottom, openfile->current,
+	extract_buffer(&cutbuffer, &cutbottom, openfile->current,
 		openfile->current_x, openfile->current, data_len);
     else if (openfile->current != openfile->filebot) {
 	/* If we're at the end of the line, and it isn't the last line
 	 * of the file, move all the text from the current position up
 	 * to the beginning of the next line, i.e. the newline at the
 	 * end, into the cutbuffer. */
-	move_to_filestruct(&cutbuffer, &cutbottom, openfile->current,
+	extract_buffer(&cutbuffer, &cutbottom, openfile->current,
 		openfile->current_x, openfile->current->next, 0);
 	openfile->placewewant = xplustabs();
     }
@@ -104,7 +103,7 @@ void cut_to_eol(void)
  * file into the cutbuffer. */
 void cut_to_eof(void)
 {
-    move_to_filestruct(&cutbuffer, &cutbottom,
+    extract_buffer(&cutbuffer, &cutbottom,
 		openfile->current, openfile->current_x,
 		openfile->filebot, strlen(openfile->filebot->data));
 }
@@ -114,13 +113,7 @@ void cut_to_eof(void)
  * copy_text is TRUE, copy the text back into the filestruct afterward.
  * If cut_till_eof is TRUE, move all text from the current cursor
  * position to the end of the file into the cutbuffer. */
-void do_cut_text(
-#ifndef NANO_TINY
-	bool copy_text, bool cut_till_eof
-#else
-	void
-#endif
-	)
+void do_cut_text(bool copy_text, bool cut_till_eof)
 {
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
     filestruct *cb_save = NULL;
@@ -129,45 +122,39 @@ void do_cut_text(
 	/* The length of the string at the current end of the cutbuffer,
 	 * before we add text to it. */
     bool old_no_newlines = ISSET(NO_NEWLINES);
+    bool right_side_up = TRUE;
+	/* There *is* no region, *or* it is marked forward. */
 #endif
+    size_t was_totsize = openfile->totsize;
 
-    assert(openfile->current != NULL && openfile->current->data != NULL);
-
-    /* Empty the cutbuffer when a chain of cuts is broken. */
+    /* If a chain of cuts was broken, empty the cutbuffer. */
     if (!keep_cutbuffer) {
 	free_filestruct(cutbuffer);
 	cutbuffer = NULL;
 #ifdef DEBUG
 	fprintf(stderr, "Blew away cutbuffer =)\n");
 #endif
+	/* Indicate that future cuts should add to the cutbuffer. */
+	keep_cutbuffer = TRUE;
     }
 
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
     if (copy_text) {
+	/* If the cutbuffer isn't empty, remember where it currently ends. */
 	if (cutbuffer != NULL) {
-	    /* If the cutbuffer isn't empty, save where it currently
-	     * ends.  This is where we'll add the new text. */
 	    cb_save = cutbottom;
 	    cb_save_len = strlen(cutbottom->data);
 	}
-
-	/* Set NO_NEWLINES to TRUE, so that we don't disturb the last
-	 * line of the file when moving text to the cutbuffer. */
+	/* Don't add a magicline when moving text to the cutbuffer. */
 	SET(NO_NEWLINES);
     }
-#endif
 
-    /* Ensure that the text we're going to move into the cutbuffer will
-     * be added to the text already there, instead of replacing it. */
-    keep_cutbuffer = TRUE;
-
-#ifndef NANO_TINY
     if (cut_till_eof) {
 	/* Move all text up to the end of the file into the cutbuffer. */
 	cut_to_eof();
     } else if (openfile->mark_set) {
 	/* Move the marked text to the cutbuffer, and turn the mark off. */
-	cut_marked();
+	cut_marked(&right_side_up);
 	openfile->mark_set = FALSE;
     } else if (ISSET(CUT_TO_END))
 	/* Move all text up to the end of the line into the cutbuffer. */
@@ -179,35 +166,35 @@ void do_cut_text(
 
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
     if (copy_text) {
-	/* Copy the text in the cutbuffer, starting at its saved end if
-	 * there is one, back into the filestruct.  This effectively
-	 * uncuts the text we just cut without marking the file as
-	 * modified. */
+	/* Copy the text that is in the cutbuffer (starting at its saved end,
+	 * if there is one) back into the current buffer.  This effectively
+	 * uncuts the text we just cut. */
 	if (cutbuffer != NULL) {
 	    if (cb_save != NULL) {
 		cb_save->data += cb_save_len;
-		copy_from_filestruct(cb_save);
+		copy_from_buffer(cb_save);
 		cb_save->data -= cb_save_len;
 	    } else
-		copy_from_filestruct(cutbuffer);
+		copy_from_buffer(cutbuffer);
 
-	    /* Set the current place we want to where the text from the
-	     * cutbuffer ends. */
-	    openfile->placewewant = xplustabs();
+	    /* If the copied region was marked forward, put the new desired
+	     * x position at its end; otherwise, leave it at its beginning. */
+	    if (right_side_up)
+		openfile->placewewant = xplustabs();
 	}
-
-	/* Set NO_NEWLINES back to what it was before, since we're done
-	 * disturbing the text. */
+	/* Restore the magicline behavior now that we're done fiddling. */
 	if (!old_no_newlines)
 	    UNSET(NO_NEWLINES);
     } else
 #endif /* !NANO_TINY */
+    /* Only set the modification flag if actually something was cut. */
+    if (openfile->totsize != was_totsize)
 	set_modified();
 
     refresh_needed = TRUE;
 
 #ifndef DISABLE_COLOR
-    reset_multis(openfile->current, FALSE);
+    check_the_multis(openfile->current);
 #endif
 
 #ifdef DEBUG
@@ -220,10 +207,10 @@ void do_cut_text_void(void)
 {
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
     add_undo(CUT);
+#endif
     do_cut_text(FALSE, FALSE);
+#ifndef NANO_TINY
     update_undo(CUT);
-#else
-    do_cut_text();
 #endif
 }
 
@@ -236,8 +223,9 @@ void do_copy_text(void)
     static struct filestruct *next_contiguous_line = NULL;
     bool mark_set = openfile->mark_set;
 
-    /* Remember the current view port and cursor position. */
+    /* Remember the current viewport and cursor position. */
     ssize_t is_edittop_lineno = openfile->edittop->lineno;
+    size_t is_firstcolumn = openfile->firstcolumn;
     ssize_t is_current_lineno = openfile->current->lineno;
     size_t is_current_x = openfile->current_x;
 
@@ -250,8 +238,9 @@ void do_copy_text(void)
     next_contiguous_line = (mark_set ? NULL : openfile->current);
 
     if (mark_set) {
-	/* Restore the view port and cursor position. */
+	/* Restore the viewport and cursor position. */
 	openfile->edittop = fsfromline(is_edittop_lineno);
+	openfile->firstcolumn = is_firstcolumn;
 	openfile->current = fsfromline(is_current_lineno);
 	openfile->current_x = is_current_x;
     }
@@ -269,40 +258,47 @@ void do_cut_till_eof(void)
 /* Copy text from the cutbuffer into the current filestruct. */
 void do_uncut_text(void)
 {
-    int was_lineno = openfile->current->lineno;
+    ssize_t was_lineno = openfile->current->lineno;
+	/* The line number where we started the paste. */
+    size_t was_leftedge = 0;
+	/* The leftedge where we started the paste. */
 
-    assert(openfile->current != NULL && openfile->current->data != NULL);
-
-    /* If the cutbuffer is empty, get out. */
+    /* If the cutbuffer is empty, there is nothing to do. */
     if (cutbuffer == NULL)
 	return;
 
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
     add_undo(PASTE);
+
+    if (ISSET(SOFTWRAP))
+	was_leftedge = (xplustabs() / editwincols) * editwincols;
 #endif
 
     /* Add a copy of the text in the cutbuffer to the current filestruct
      * at the current cursor position. */
-    copy_from_filestruct(cutbuffer);
+    copy_from_buffer(cutbuffer);
 
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
     update_undo(PASTE);
 #endif
 
-    if (openfile->current->lineno - was_lineno < editwinrows)
+    /* If we pasted less than a screenful, don't center the cursor. */
+    if (less_than_a_screenful(was_lineno, was_leftedge))
 	focusing = FALSE;
 
-    /* Set the current place we want to where the text from the
-     * cutbuffer ends. */
+    /* Set the desired x position to where the pasted text ends. */
     openfile->placewewant = xplustabs();
 
     /* Mark the file as modified. */
     set_modified();
 
+    /* Update the cursor position to account for the inserted lines. */
+    reset_cursor();
+
     refresh_needed = TRUE;
 
 #ifndef DISABLE_COLOR
-    reset_multis(openfile->current, FALSE);
+    check_the_multis(openfile->current);
 #endif
 
 #ifdef DEBUG

src/help.c

@@ -1,22 +1,22 @@
 /**************************************************************************
- *   help.c                                                               *
+ *   help.c  --  This file is part of GNU nano.                           *
  *                                                                        *
  *   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008,  *
  *   2009, 2010, 2011, 2013, 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.          *
- *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
- *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
- *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)  *
- *   any later version.                                                   *
+ *   Copyright (C) 2014, 2015, 2016 Benno Schulenberg                     *
  *                                                                        *
- *   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but  *
- *   WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of           *
- *   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU    *
- *   General Public License for more details.                             *
+ *   GNU nano is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify     *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published    *
+ *   by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License,    *
+ *   or (at your option) any later version.                               *
+ *                                                                        *
+ *   GNU nano is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,          *
+ *   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty          *
+ *   of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.              *
+ *   See the GNU General Public License for more details.                 *
  *                                                                        *
  *   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License    *
- *   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software          *
- *   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA            *
- *   02110-1301, USA.                                                     *
+ *   along with this program.  If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.  *
  *                                                                        *
  **************************************************************************/
 
@@ -141,6 +141,12 @@ void do_help(void)
 
 	if (func == total_refresh) {
 	    total_redraw();
+	} else if (func == do_up_void) {
+	    if (line > 0)
+		line--;
+	} else if (func == do_down_void) {
+	    if (line + (editwinrows - 1) < last_line)
+		line++;
 	} else if (func == do_page_up) {
 	    if (line > editwinrows - 2)
 		line -= editwinrows - 2;
@@ -149,12 +155,6 @@ void do_help(void)
 	} else if (func == do_page_down) {
 	    if (line + (editwinrows - 1) < last_line)
 		line += editwinrows - 2;
-	} else if (func == do_up_void) {
-	    if (line > 0)
-		line--;
-	} else if (func == do_down_void) {
-	    if (line + (editwinrows - 1) < last_line)
-		line++;
 	} else if (func == do_first_line) {
 	    line = 0;
 	} else if (func == do_last_line) {
@@ -419,7 +419,11 @@ void help_init(void)
 		 * but allow it to spill into the second, for "M-Space". */
 		if (scsfound == 1) {
 		    sprintf(ptr, "%s              ", s->keystr);
-		    ptr += 6;
+		    /* Unicode arrows take three bytes instead of one. */
+		    if (s->keystr[1] == '\xE2')
+			ptr += 8;
+		    else
+			ptr += 6;
 		} else {
 		    ptr += sprintf(ptr, "(%s)\t", s->keystr);
 		    break;
@@ -482,6 +486,10 @@ functionptrtype parse_help_input(int *kbinput)
 		return do_page_up;
 	    case 'E':
 	    case 'e':
+	    case 'Q':
+	    case 'q':
+	    case 'X':
+	    case 'x':
 		return do_exit;
 	}
     }

src/move.c

@@ -1,22 +1,22 @@
 /**************************************************************************
- *   move.c                                                               *
+ *   move.c  --  This file is part of GNU nano.                           *
  *                                                                        *
  *   Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,  *
  *   2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2013, 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.    *
- *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
- *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
- *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)  *
- *   any later version.                                                   *
+ *   Copyright (C) 2014, 2015, 2016 Benno Schulenberg                     *
  *                                                                        *
- *   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but  *
- *   WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of           *
- *   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU    *
- *   General Public License for more details.                             *
+ *   GNU nano is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify     *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published    *
+ *   by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License,    *
+ *   or (at your option) any later version.                               *
+ *                                                                        *
+ *   GNU nano is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,          *
+ *   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty          *
+ *   of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.              *
+ *   See the GNU General Public License for more details.                 *
  *                                                                        *
  *   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License    *
- *   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software          *
- *   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA            *
- *   02110-1301, USA.                                                     *
+ *   along with this program.  If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.  *
  *                                                                        *
  **************************************************************************/
 
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 /* Move to the first line of the file. */
 void do_first_line(void)
 {
-    openfile->current = openfile->edittop = openfile->fileage;
+    openfile->current = openfile->fileage;
     openfile->current_x = 0;
     openfile->placewewant = 0;
 
@@ -41,103 +41,95 @@ void do_last_line(void)
     openfile->current = openfile->filebot;
     openfile->current_x = strlen(openfile->filebot->data);
     openfile->placewewant = xplustabs();
+
+    /* Set the last line of the screen as the target for the cursor. */
     openfile->current_y = editwinrows - 1;
 
     refresh_needed = TRUE;
     focusing = FALSE;
 }
 
-/* Move up one page. */
+/* Determine the actual current chunk and the target column. */
+void get_edge_and_target(size_t *leftedge, size_t *target_column)
+{
+#ifndef NANO_TINY
+    if (ISSET(SOFTWRAP)) {
+	size_t realspan = strlenpt(openfile->current->data);
+
+	if (openfile->placewewant < realspan)
+	    realspan = openfile->placewewant;
+
+	*leftedge = (realspan / editwincols) * editwincols;
+	*target_column = openfile->placewewant % editwincols;
+    } else
+#endif
+    {
+	*leftedge = 0;
+	*target_column = openfile->placewewant;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Move up nearly one screenful. */
 void do_page_up(void)
 {
-    int i, skipped = 0;
+    int mustmove = (editwinrows < 3) ? 1 : editwinrows - 2;
+    size_t leftedge, target_column;
 
-    /* If the cursor is less than a page away from the top of the file,
-     * put it at the beginning of the first line. */
-    if (openfile->current->lineno == 1 || (
-#ifndef NANO_TINY
-	!ISSET(SOFTWRAP) &&
-#endif
-	openfile->current->lineno <= editwinrows - 2)) {
+    /* If we're not in smooth scrolling mode, put the cursor at the
+     * beginning of the top line of the edit window, as Pico does. */
+    if (!ISSET(SMOOTH_SCROLL)) {
+	openfile->current = openfile->edittop;
+	openfile->placewewant = openfile->firstcolumn;
+	openfile->current_y = 0;
+    }
+
+    get_edge_and_target(&leftedge, &target_column);
+
+    /* Move up the required number of lines or chunks.  If we can't, we're
+     * at the top of the file, so put the cursor there and get out. */
+    if (go_back_chunks(mustmove, &openfile->current, &leftedge) > 0) {
 	do_first_line();
 	return;
     }
 
-    /* If we're not in smooth scrolling mode, put the cursor at the
-     * beginning of the top line of the edit window, as Pico does. */
-#ifndef NANO_TINY
-    if (!ISSET(SMOOTH_SCROLL)) {
-#endif
-	openfile->current = openfile->edittop;
-	openfile->placewewant = openfile->current_y = 0;
-#ifndef NANO_TINY
-    }
-#endif
-
-    for (i = editwinrows - 2; i - skipped > 0 && openfile->current !=
-	openfile->fileage; i--) {
-	openfile->current = openfile->current->prev;
-#ifndef NANO_TINY
-	if (ISSET(SOFTWRAP) && openfile->current) {
-	    skipped += strlenpt(openfile->current->data) / COLS;
-#ifdef DEBUG
-	    fprintf(stderr, "do_page_up: i = %d, skipped = %d based on line %ld len %lu\n",
-			i, skipped, (long)openfile->current->lineno, (unsigned long)strlenpt(openfile->current->data));
-#endif
-	}
-#endif
-    }
-
+    openfile->placewewant = leftedge + target_column;
     openfile->current_x = actual_x(openfile->current->data,
 					openfile->placewewant);
 
-#ifdef DEBUG
-    fprintf(stderr, "do_page_up: openfile->current->lineno = %lu, skipped = %d\n",
-	(unsigned long)openfile->current->lineno, skipped);
-#endif
-
     /* Scroll the edit window up a page. */
-    edit_update(STATIONARY);
+    adjust_viewport(STATIONARY);
     refresh_needed = TRUE;
 }
 
-/* Move down one page. */
+/* Move down nearly one screenful. */
 void do_page_down(void)
 {
-    int i;
+    int mustmove = (editwinrows < 3) ? 1 : editwinrows - 2;
+    size_t leftedge, target_column;
 
-    /* If the cursor is less than a page away from the bottom of the file,
-     * put it at the end of the last line. */
-    if (openfile->current->lineno + maxrows - 2 >= openfile->filebot->lineno) {
+    /* If we're not in smooth scrolling mode, put the cursor at the
+     * beginning of the top line of the edit window, as Pico does. */
+    if (!ISSET(SMOOTH_SCROLL)) {
+	openfile->current = openfile->edittop;
+	openfile->placewewant = openfile->firstcolumn;
+	openfile->current_y = 0;
+    }
+
+    get_edge_and_target(&leftedge, &target_column);
+
+    /* Move down the required number of lines or chunks.  If we can't, we're
+     * at the bottom of the file, so put the cursor there and get out. */
+    if (go_forward_chunks(mustmove, &openfile->current, &leftedge) > 0) {
 	do_last_line();
 	return;
     }
 
-    /* If we're not in smooth scrolling mode, put the cursor at the
-     * beginning of the top line of the edit window, as Pico does. */
-#ifndef NANO_TINY
-    if (!ISSET(SMOOTH_SCROLL)) {
-#endif
-	openfile->current = openfile->edittop;
-	openfile->placewewant = openfile->current_y = 0;
-#ifndef NANO_TINY
-    }
-#endif
-
-    for (i = maxrows - 2; i > 0 && openfile->current !=
-	openfile->filebot; i--) {
-	openfile->current = openfile->current->next;
-#ifdef DEBUG
-	fprintf(stderr, "do_page_down: moving to line %lu\n", (unsigned long)openfile->current->lineno);
-#endif
-
-    }
-
+    openfile->placewewant = leftedge + target_column;
     openfile->current_x = actual_x(openfile->current->data,
 					openfile->placewewant);
 
     /* Scroll the edit window down a page. */
-    edit_update(STATIONARY);
+    adjust_viewport(STATIONARY);
     refresh_needed = TRUE;
 }
 
@@ -147,19 +139,18 @@ void do_page_down(void)
  * afterwards. */
 void do_para_begin(bool allow_update)
 {
-    filestruct *current_save = openfile->current;
+    filestruct *was_current = openfile->current;
 
     if (openfile->current != openfile->fileage) {
-	do {
+	do
 	    openfile->current = openfile->current->prev;
-	    openfile->current_y--;
-	} while (!begpar(openfile->current));
+	while (!begpar(openfile->current));
     }
 
     openfile->current_x = 0;
 
     if (allow_update)
-	edit_redraw(current_save);
+	edit_redraw(was_current);
 }
 
 /* Move up to the beginning of the last beginning-of-paragraph line
@@ -177,7 +168,7 @@ void do_para_begin_void(void)
  * paragraph or isn't in a paragraph. */
 void do_para_end(bool allow_update)
 {
-    filestruct *const current_save = openfile->current;
+    filestruct *was_current = openfile->current;
 
     while (openfile->current != openfile->filebot &&
 		!inpar(openfile->current))
@@ -187,7 +178,6 @@ void do_para_end(bool allow_update)
 		inpar(openfile->current->next) &&
 		!begpar(openfile->current->next)) {
 	openfile->current = openfile->current->next;
-	openfile->current_y++;
     }
 
     if (openfile->current != openfile->filebot) {
@@ -197,7 +187,7 @@ void do_para_end(bool allow_update)
 	openfile->current_x = strlen(openfile->current->data);
 
     if (allow_update)
-	edit_redraw(current_save);
+	edit_redraw(was_current);
 }
 
 /* Move down to the beginning of the last line of the current paragraph.
@@ -209,17 +199,54 @@ void do_para_end_void(void)
 }
 #endif /* !DISABLE_JUSTIFY */
 
-#ifndef NANO_TINY
+/* Move to the preceding block of text in the file. */
+void do_prev_block(void)
+{
+    filestruct *was_current = openfile->current;
+    bool is_text = FALSE, seen_text = FALSE;
+
+    /* Skip backward until first blank line after some nonblank line(s). */
+    while (openfile->current->prev != NULL && (!seen_text || is_text)) {
+	openfile->current = openfile->current->prev;
+	is_text = !white_string(openfile->current->data);
+	seen_text = seen_text || is_text;
+    }
+
+    /* Step forward one line again if this one is blank. */
+    if (openfile->current->next != NULL &&
+		white_string(openfile->current->data))
+	openfile->current = openfile->current->next;
+
+    openfile->current_x = 0;
+    edit_redraw(was_current);
+}
+
+/* Move to the next block of text in the file. */
+void do_next_block(void)
+{
+    filestruct *was_current = openfile->current;
+    bool is_white = white_string(openfile->current->data);
+    bool seen_white = is_white;
+
+    /* Skip forward until first nonblank line after some blank line(s). */
+    while (openfile->current->next != NULL && (!seen_white || is_white)) {
+	openfile->current = openfile->current->next;
+	is_white = white_string(openfile->current->data);
+	seen_white = seen_white || is_white;
+    }
+
+    openfile->current_x = 0;
+    edit_redraw(was_current);
+}
+
 /* Move to the previous word in the file.  If allow_punct is TRUE, treat
  * punctuation as part of a word.  If allow_update is TRUE, update the
  * screen afterwards. */
 void do_prev_word(bool allow_punct, bool allow_update)
 {
-    filestruct *current_save = openfile->current;
+    filestruct *was_current = openfile->current;
     bool seen_a_word = FALSE, step_forward = FALSE;
 
-    assert(openfile->current != NULL && openfile->current->data != NULL);
-
     /* Move backward until we pass over the start of a word. */
     while (TRUE) {
 	/* If at the head of a line, move to the end of the preceding one. */
@@ -255,7 +282,7 @@ void do_prev_word(bool allow_punct, bool allow_update)
     /* If allow_update is TRUE, update the screen. */
     if (allow_update) {
 	focusing = FALSE;
-	edit_redraw(current_save);
+	edit_redraw(was_current);
     }
 }
 
@@ -272,13 +299,11 @@ void do_prev_word_void(void)
  * otherwise. */
 bool do_next_word(bool allow_punct, bool allow_update)
 {
-    filestruct *current_save = openfile->current;
+    filestruct *was_current = openfile->current;
     bool started_on_word = is_word_mbchar(openfile->current->data +
 				openfile->current_x, allow_punct);
     bool seen_space = !started_on_word;
 
-    assert(openfile->current != NULL && openfile->current->data != NULL);
-
     /* Move forward until we reach the start of a word. */
     while (TRUE) {
 	/* If at the end of a line, move to the beginning of the next one. */
@@ -307,7 +332,7 @@ bool do_next_word(bool allow_punct, bool allow_update)
     /* If allow_update is TRUE, update the screen. */
     if (allow_update) {
 	focusing = FALSE;
-	edit_redraw(current_save);
+	edit_redraw(was_current);
     }
 
     /* Return whether we started on a word. */
@@ -320,210 +345,217 @@ void do_next_word_void(void)
 {
     do_next_word(ISSET(WORD_BOUNDS), TRUE);
 }
-#endif /* !NANO_TINY */
 
-/* Move to the beginning of the current line.  If the SMART_HOME flag is
- * set, move to the first non-whitespace character of the current line
- * if we aren't already there, or to the beginning of the current line
- * if we are. */
-void do_home(void)
+/* Move to the beginning of the current line (or softwrapped chunk).
+ * If be_clever is TRUE, do a smart home when wanted and possible,
+ * and do a dynamic home when in softwrap mode and it'spossible.
+ * If be_clever is FALSE, just do a simple home. */
+void do_home(bool be_clever)
 {
-    size_t pww_save = openfile->placewewant;
-
+    filestruct *was_current = openfile->current;
+    size_t was_column = xplustabs();
+    bool moved_off_chunk = TRUE;
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
-    if (ISSET(SMART_HOME)) {
-	size_t current_x_save = openfile->current_x;
+    bool moved = FALSE;
+    size_t leftedge_x = 0;
 
-	openfile->current_x = indent_length(openfile->current->data);
+    if (ISSET(SOFTWRAP))
+	leftedge_x = actual_x(openfile->current->data,
+			(was_column / editwincols) * editwincols);
 
-	if (openfile->current_x == current_x_save ||
-		openfile->current->data[openfile->current_x] == '\0')
+    if (ISSET(SMART_HOME) && be_clever) {
+	size_t indent_x = indent_length(openfile->current->data);
+
+	if (openfile->current->data[indent_x] != '\0') {
+	    /* If we're exactly on the indent, move fully home.  Otherwise,
+	     * when not softwrapping or not after the first nonblank chunk,
+	     * move to the first nonblank character. */
+	    if (openfile->current_x == indent_x) {
+		openfile->current_x = 0;
+		moved = TRUE;
+	    } else if (!ISSET(SOFTWRAP) || leftedge_x <= indent_x) {
+		openfile->current_x = indent_x;
+		moved = TRUE;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (!moved && ISSET(SOFTWRAP)) {
+	/* If already at the left edge of the screen, move fully home.
+	 * Otherwise, move to the left edge. */
+	if (openfile->current_x == leftedge_x && be_clever)
 	    openfile->current_x = 0;
-    } else
+	else {
+	    openfile->current_x = leftedge_x;
+	    moved_off_chunk = FALSE;
+	}
+    } else if (!moved)
 #endif
 	openfile->current_x = 0;
 
     openfile->placewewant = xplustabs();
 
-    if (need_screen_update(pww_save))
+    /* If we changed chunk, we might be offscreen.  Otherwise,
+     * update current if the mark is on or we changed "page". */
+    if (ISSET(SOFTWRAP) && moved_off_chunk) {
+	focusing = FALSE;
+	edit_redraw(was_current);
+    } else if (line_needs_update(was_column, openfile->placewewant))
 	update_line(openfile->current, openfile->current_x);
 }
 
-/* Move to the end of the current line. */
-void do_end(void)
+/* Do a (smart or dynamic) home. */
+void do_home_void(void)
 {
-    size_t pww_save = openfile->placewewant;
+    do_home(TRUE);
+}
+
+/* Move to the end of the current line (or softwrapped chunk).
+ * If be_clever is TRUE, do a dynamic end when in softwrap mode and
+ * it's possible.  If be_clever is FALSE, just do a simple end. */
+void do_end(bool be_clever)
+{
+    filestruct *was_current = openfile->current;
+    size_t was_column = xplustabs();
+    size_t line_len = strlen(openfile->current->data);
+    bool moved_off_chunk = TRUE;
+
+#ifndef NANO_TINY
+    if (ISSET(SOFTWRAP)) {
+	size_t rightedge_x = actual_x(openfile->current->data,
+			((was_column / editwincols) * editwincols) +
+			(editwincols - 1));
+
+	/* If already at the right edge of the screen, move fully to
+	 * the end of the line.  Otherwise, move to the right edge. */
+	if (openfile->current_x == rightedge_x && be_clever)
+	    openfile->current_x = line_len;
+	else {
+	    openfile->current_x = rightedge_x;
+	    moved_off_chunk = FALSE;
+	}
+    } else
+#endif
+	openfile->current_x = line_len;
 
-    openfile->current_x = strlen(openfile->current->data);
     openfile->placewewant = xplustabs();
 
-    if (need_screen_update(pww_save))
+    /* If we changed chunk, we might be offscreen.  Otherwise,
+     * update current if the mark is on or we changed "page". */
+    if (ISSET(SOFTWRAP) && moved_off_chunk) {
+	focusing = FALSE;
+	edit_redraw(was_current);
+    } else if (line_needs_update(was_column, openfile->placewewant))
 	update_line(openfile->current, openfile->current_x);
 }
 
-/* If scroll_only is FALSE, move up one line.  If scroll_only is TRUE,
- * scroll up one line without scrolling the cursor. */
-void do_up(
-#ifndef NANO_TINY
-	bool scroll_only
-#else
-	void
-#endif
-	)
+/* Do a (dynamic) end. */
+void do_end_void(void)
 {
-    /* If we're at the top of the file, or if scroll_only is TRUE and
-     * the top of the file is onscreen, get out. */
-    if (openfile->current == openfile->fileage
-#ifndef NANO_TINY
-	|| (scroll_only && openfile->edittop == openfile->fileage)
-#endif
-	)
+    do_end(TRUE);
+}
+
+/* Move the cursor to the preceding line or chunk.  If scroll_only is TRUE,
+ * also scroll the screen one row, so the cursor stays in the same spot. */
+void do_up(bool scroll_only)
+{
+    filestruct *was_current = openfile->current;
+    size_t was_column = xplustabs();
+    size_t leftedge, target_column;
+
+    /* When just scrolling and the top of the file is onscreen, get out. */
+    if (scroll_only && openfile->edittop == openfile->fileage &&
+			openfile->firstcolumn == 0)
 	return;
 
-    assert(ISSET(SOFTWRAP) || openfile->current_y == openfile->current->lineno - openfile->edittop->lineno);
+    get_edge_and_target(&leftedge, &target_column);
 
-    /* Move the current line of the edit window up. */
-    openfile->current = openfile->current->prev;
+    /* If we can't move up one line or chunk, we're at top of file. */
+    if (go_back_chunks(1, &openfile->current, &leftedge) > 0)
+	return;
+
+    openfile->placewewant = leftedge + target_column;
     openfile->current_x = actual_x(openfile->current->data,
 					openfile->placewewant);
 
-    /* If scroll_only is FALSE and if we're on the first line of the
-     * edit window, scroll the edit window up one line if we're in
-     * smooth scrolling mode, or up half a page if we're not.  If
-     * scroll_only is TRUE, scroll the edit window up one line
-     * unconditionally. */
-    if (openfile->current_y == 0
-#ifndef NANO_TINY
-	|| (ISSET(SOFTWRAP) && openfile->edittop->lineno == openfile->current->next->lineno) || scroll_only
-#endif
-	)
-	edit_scroll(UPWARD,
-#ifndef NANO_TINY
-		(ISSET(SMOOTH_SCROLL) || scroll_only) ? 1 :
-#endif
-		editwinrows / 2 + 1);
+    /* When the cursor was on the first line of the edit window (or when just
+     * scrolling without moving the cursor), scroll the edit window up -- one
+     * line if we're in smooth scrolling mode, and half a page otherwise. */
+    if (openfile->current_y == 0 || scroll_only)
+	edit_scroll(UPWARD, (ISSET(SMOOTH_SCROLL) || scroll_only) ?
+				1 : editwinrows / 2 + 1);
 
-    /* If we're not on the first line of the edit window, and the target
-     * column is beyond the screen or the mark is on, redraw the prior
-     * and current lines. */
-    if (openfile->current_y > 0 && need_screen_update(0)) {
-	update_line(openfile->current->next, 0);
-	update_line(openfile->current, openfile->current_x);
+    if (openfile->current_y > 0) {
+	/* Redraw the prior line if it's not offscreen, and it's not the same
+	 * line as the current one, and the line was horizontally scrolled. */
+	if ((!scroll_only || openfile->current_y < editwinrows - 1) &&
+			openfile->current != was_current &&
+			line_needs_update(was_column, 0))
+	    update_line(openfile->current->next, 0);
+	/* Redraw the current line if it needs to be horizontally scrolled. */
+	if (line_needs_update(0, xplustabs()))
+	    update_line(openfile->current, openfile->current_x);
     }
 }
 
-/* Move up one line. */
+/* Move up one line or chunk. */
 void do_up_void(void)
 {
-    do_up(
-#ifndef NANO_TINY
-	FALSE
-#endif
-	);
+    do_up(FALSE);
+}
+
+/* Move the cursor to next line or chunk.  If scroll_only is TRUE, also
+ * scroll the screen one row, so the cursor stays in the same spot. */
+void do_down(bool scroll_only)
+{
+    filestruct *was_current = openfile->current;
+    size_t was_column = xplustabs();
+    size_t leftedge, target_column;
+
+    get_edge_and_target(&leftedge, &target_column);
+
+    /* If we can't move down one line or chunk, we're at bottom of file. */
+    if (go_forward_chunks(1, &openfile->current, &leftedge) > 0)
+	return;
+
+    openfile->placewewant = leftedge + target_column;
+    openfile->current_x = actual_x(openfile->current->data,
+					openfile->placewewant);
+
+    /* When the cursor was on the last line of the edit window (or when just
+     * scrolling without moving the cursor), scroll the edit window down -- one
+     * line if we're in smooth scrolling mode, and half a page otherwise. */
+    if (openfile->current_y == editwinrows - 1 || scroll_only)
+	edit_scroll(DOWNWARD, (ISSET(SMOOTH_SCROLL) || scroll_only) ?
+				1 : editwinrows / 2 + 1);
+
+    if (openfile->current_y < editwinrows - 1) {
+	/* Redraw the prior line if it's not offscreen, and it's not the same
+	 * line as the current one, and the line was horizontally scrolled. */
+	if ((!scroll_only || openfile->current_y > 0) &&
+			openfile->current != was_current &&
+			line_needs_update(was_column, 0))
+	    update_line(openfile->current->prev, 0);
+	/* Redraw the current line if it needs to be horizontally scrolled. */
+	if (line_needs_update(0, xplustabs()))
+	    update_line(openfile->current, openfile->current_x);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Move down one line or chunk. */
+void do_down_void(void)
+{
+    do_down(FALSE);
 }
 
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
-/* Scroll up one line without scrolling the cursor. */
+/* Scroll up one line or chunk without scrolling the cursor. */
 void do_scroll_up(void)
 {
     do_up(TRUE);
 }
-#endif
 
-/* If scroll_only is FALSE, move down one line.  If scroll_only is TRUE,
- * scroll down one line without scrolling the cursor. */
-void do_down(
-#ifndef NANO_TINY
-	bool scroll_only
-#else
-	void
-#endif
-	)
-{
-#ifndef NANO_TINY
-    int amount = 0, enough;
-    filestruct *topline;
-#endif
-
-    /* If we're at the bottom of the file, get out. */
-    if (openfile->current == openfile->filebot)
-	return;
-
-    assert(ISSET(SOFTWRAP) || openfile->current_y ==
-		openfile->current->lineno - openfile->edittop->lineno);
-    assert(openfile->current->next != NULL);
-
-#ifndef NANO_TINY
-    if (ISSET(SOFTWRAP)) {
-	/* Compute the number of lines to scroll. */
-	amount = strlenpt(openfile->current->data) / COLS - xplustabs() / COLS +
-			strlenpt(openfile->current->next->data) / COLS +
-			openfile->current_y - editwinrows + 2;
-	topline = openfile->edittop;
-	/* Reduce the amount when there are overlong lines at the top. */
-	for (enough = 1; enough < amount; enough++) {
-	    amount -= strlenpt(topline->data) / COLS;
-	    if (amount <= 0) {
-		amount = enough;
-		break;
-	    }
-	    topline = topline->next;
-	}
-    }
-#endif
-
-    /* Move to the next line in the file. */
-    openfile->current = openfile->current->next;
-    openfile->current_x = actual_x(openfile->current->data,
-					openfile->placewewant);
-
-    /* If scroll_only is FALSE and if we're on the last line of the
-     * edit window, scroll the edit window down one line if we're in
-     * smooth scrolling mode, or down half a page if we're not.  If
-     * scroll_only is TRUE, scroll the edit window down one line
-     * unconditionally. */
-    if (openfile->current_y == editwinrows - 1
-#ifndef NANO_TINY
-	|| amount > 0 || scroll_only
-#endif
-	) {
-#ifndef NANO_TINY
-	if (amount < 1 || scroll_only)
-	    amount = 1;
-#endif
-	edit_scroll(DOWNWARD,
-#ifndef NANO_TINY
-		(ISSET(SMOOTH_SCROLL) || scroll_only) ? amount :
-#endif
-		editwinrows / 2 + 1);
-
-	if (ISSET(SOFTWRAP)) {
-	    refresh_needed = TRUE;
-	    return;
-	}
-    }
-
-    /* If we're not on the last line of the edit window, and the target
-     * column is beyond the screen or the mark is on, redraw the prior
-     * and current lines. */
-    if (openfile->current_y < editwinrows - 1 && need_screen_update(0)) {
-	update_line(openfile->current->prev, 0);
-	update_line(openfile->current, openfile->current_x);
-    }
-}
-
-/* Move down one line. */
-void do_down_void(void)
-{
-    do_down(
-#ifndef NANO_TINY
-	FALSE
-#endif
-	);
-}
-
-#ifndef NANO_TINY
-/* Scroll down one line without scrolling the cursor. */
+/* Scroll down one line or chunk without scrolling the cursor. */
 void do_scroll_down(void)
 {
     do_down(TRUE);
@@ -533,39 +565,71 @@ void do_scroll_down(void)
 /* Move left one character. */
 void do_left(void)
 {
-    size_t pww_save = openfile->placewewant;
+    size_t was_column = xplustabs();
+#ifndef NANO_TINY
+    size_t was_chunk = (was_column / editwincols);
+    filestruct *was_current = openfile->current;
+#endif
 
     if (openfile->current_x > 0)
 	openfile->current_x = move_mbleft(openfile->current->data,
 						openfile->current_x);
     else if (openfile->current != openfile->fileage) {
 	do_up_void();
-	openfile->current_x = strlen(openfile->current->data);
+	do_end(FALSE);
+	return;
     }
 
     openfile->placewewant = xplustabs();
 
-    if (need_screen_update(pww_save))
+#ifndef NANO_TINY
+    /* If we were on the first line of the edit window, and we changed chunk,
+     * we're now above the first line of the edit window, so scroll up. */
+    if (ISSET(SOFTWRAP) && openfile->current_y == 0 &&
+		openfile->current == was_current &&
+		openfile->placewewant / editwincols != was_chunk) {
+	edit_scroll(UPWARD, ISSET(SMOOTH_SCROLL) ? 1 : editwinrows / 2 + 1);
+	return;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /* Update current if the mark is on or it has changed "page". */
+    if (line_needs_update(was_column, openfile->placewewant))
 	update_line(openfile->current, openfile->current_x);
 }
 
 /* Move right one character. */
 void do_right(void)
 {
-    size_t pww_save = openfile->placewewant;
-
-    assert(openfile->current_x <= strlen(openfile->current->data));
+    size_t was_column = xplustabs();
+#ifndef NANO_TINY
+    size_t was_chunk = (was_column / editwincols);
+    filestruct *was_current = openfile->current;
+#endif
 
     if (openfile->current->data[openfile->current_x] != '\0')
 	openfile->current_x = move_mbright(openfile->current->data,
 						openfile->current_x);
     else if (openfile->current != openfile->filebot) {
+	do_home(FALSE);
 	do_down_void();
-	openfile->current_x = 0;
+	return;
     }
 
     openfile->placewewant = xplustabs();
 
-    if (need_screen_update(pww_save))
+#ifndef NANO_TINY
+    /* If we were on the last line of the edit window, and we changed chunk,
+     * we're now below the first line of the edit window, so scroll down. */
+    if (ISSET(SOFTWRAP) && openfile->current_y == editwinrows - 1 &&
+		openfile->current == was_current &&
+		openfile->placewewant / editwincols != was_chunk) {
+	edit_scroll(DOWNWARD, ISSET(SMOOTH_SCROLL) ? 1 : editwinrows / 2 + 1);
+	return;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /* Update current if the mark is on or it has changed "page". */
+    if (line_needs_update(was_column, openfile->placewewant))
 	update_line(openfile->current, openfile->current_x);
 }

src/nano.h

@@ -1,22 +1,22 @@
 /**************************************************************************
- *   nano.h                                                               *
+ *   nano.h  --  This file is part of GNU nano.                           *
  *                                                                        *
  *   Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,  *
  *   2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2013, 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.    *
- *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
- *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
- *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)  *
- *   any later version.                                                   *
+ *   Copyright (C) 2014, 2015, 2016 Benno Schulenberg                     *
  *                                                                        *
- *   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but  *
- *   WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of           *
- *   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU    *
- *   General Public License for more details.                             *
+ *   GNU nano is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify     *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published    *
+ *   by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License,    *
+ *   or (at your option) any later version.                               *
+ *                                                                        *
+ *   GNU nano is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,          *
+ *   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty          *
+ *   of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.              *
+ *   See the GNU General Public License for more details.                 *
  *                                                                        *
  *   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License    *
- *   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software          *
- *   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA            *
- *   02110-1301, USA.                                                     *
+ *   along with this program.  If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.  *
  *                                                                        *
  **************************************************************************/
 
@@ -49,16 +49,14 @@
 #include <sys/param.h>
 #endif
 
-#ifdef HAVE_STDARG_H
 #include <stdarg.h>
-#endif
 
 /* Suppress warnings for __attribute__((warn_unused_result)). */
 #define IGNORE_CALL_RESULT(call) do { if (call) {} } while(0)
 
 /* Macros for flags, indexing each bit in a small array. */
 #define FLAGS(flag) flags[((flag) / (sizeof(unsigned) * 8))]
-#define FLAGMASK(flag) (1 << ((flag) % (sizeof(unsigned) * 8)))
+#define FLAGMASK(flag) ((unsigned)1 << ((flag) % (sizeof(unsigned) * 8)))
 #define SET(flag) FLAGS(flag) |= FLAGMASK(flag)
 #define UNSET(flag) FLAGS(flag) &= ~FLAGMASK(flag)
 #define ISSET(flag) ((FLAGS(flag) & FLAGMASK(flag)) != 0)
@@ -92,6 +90,10 @@
 #include <curses.h>
 #endif /* CURSES_H */
 
+#if defined(NCURSES_VERSION_MAJOR) && (NCURSES_VERSION_MAJOR < 6)
+#define USING_OLD_NCURSES yes
+#endif
+
 #ifdef ENABLE_NLS
 /* Native language support. */
 #ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H
@@ -112,46 +114,10 @@
 #include <sys/types.h>
 #include <sys/stat.h>
 #include <dirent.h>
-#ifdef HAVE_REGEX_H
 #include <regex.h>
-#endif
 #include <signal.h>
 #include <assert.h>
 
-/* If no vsnprintf(), use the version from glib 2.x. */
-#ifndef HAVE_VSNPRINTF
-#include <glib.h>
-#define vsnprintf g_vsnprintf
-#endif
-
-/* If no isblank(), iswblank(), strcasecmp(), strncasecmp(),
- * strcasestr(), strnlen(), getdelim(), or getline(), use the versions
- * we have. */
-#ifndef HAVE_ISBLANK
-#define isblank nisblank
-#endif
-#ifndef HAVE_ISWBLANK
-#define iswblank niswblank
-#endif
-#ifndef HAVE_STRCASECMP
-#define strcasecmp nstrcasecmp
-#endif
-#ifndef HAVE_STRNCASECMP
-#define strncasecmp nstrncasecmp
-#endif
-#ifndef HAVE_STRCASESTR
-#define strcasestr nstrcasestr
-#endif
-#ifndef HAVE_STRNLEN
-#define strnlen nstrnlen
-#endif
-#ifndef HAVE_GETDELIM
-#define getdelim ngetdelim
-#endif
-#ifndef HAVE_GETLINE
-#define getline ngetline
-#endif
-
 /* If we aren't using ncurses with mouse support, turn the mouse support
  * off, as it's useless then. */
 #ifndef NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION
@@ -173,7 +139,11 @@ typedef enum {
 
 typedef enum {
     OVERWRITE, APPEND, PREPEND
-} append_type;
+} kind_of_writing_type;
+
+typedef enum {
+    SOFTMARK, HARDMARK
+} mark_type;
 
 typedef enum {
     UPWARD, DOWNWARD
@@ -183,10 +153,6 @@ typedef enum {
     CENTERING, FLOWING, STATIONARY
 } update_type;
 
-typedef enum {
-    CONTROL, META, FKEY, RAWINPUT
-}  key_type;
-
 typedef enum {
     ADD, DEL, BACK, CUT, CUT_EOF, REPLACE,
 #ifndef DISABLE_WRAPPING
@@ -199,14 +165,6 @@ typedef enum {
 } undo_type;
 
 /* Structure types. */
-typedef struct color_pair {
-    int pairnum;
-	/* The color pair number used for this foreground color and
-	 * background color. */
-    bool bright;
-	/* Is this color A_BOLD? */
-} color_pair;
-
 #ifndef DISABLE_COLOR
 typedef struct colortype {
     short fg;
@@ -218,6 +176,8 @@ typedef struct colortype {
     int pairnum;
 	/* The color pair number used for this foreground color and
 	 * background color. */
+    int attributes;
+	/* Pair number and brightness composed into ready-to-use attributes. */
     int rex_flags;
 	/* The regex compilation flags (with or without REG_ICASE). */
     char *start_regex;
@@ -290,6 +250,8 @@ typedef struct lintstruct {
 	/* Whole line engulfed by the regex, start < me, end > me. */
 #define CSTARTENDHERE	(1<<5)
 	/* Regex starts and ends within this line. */
+#define CWOULDBE	(1<<6)
+	/* An unpaired start match on or before this line. */
 #endif /* !DISABLE_COLOR */
 
 /* More structure types. */
@@ -391,6 +353,9 @@ typedef struct openfilestruct {
 	/* The current line for this file. */
     size_t totsize;
 	/* The file's total number of characters. */
+    size_t firstcolumn;
+	/* The starting column of the top line of the edit window.
+	 * When not in softwrap mode, it's always zero. */
     size_t current_x;
 	/* The file's x-coordinate position. */
     size_t placewewant;
@@ -399,6 +364,8 @@ typedef struct openfilestruct {
 	/* The file's y-coordinate position. */
     bool modified;
 	/* Whether the file has been modified. */
+    struct stat *current_stat;
+	/* The file's current stat information. */
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
     bool mark_set;
 	/* Whether the mark is on in this file. */
@@ -406,10 +373,10 @@ typedef struct openfilestruct {
 	/* The file's line where the mark is, if any. */
     size_t mark_begin_x;
 	/* The file's mark's x-coordinate position, if any. */
+    mark_type kind_of_mark;
+	/* Whether this is a soft or a hard mark. */
     file_format fmt;
 	/* The file's format. */
-    struct stat *current_stat;
-	/* The file's current stat information. */
     undo *undotop;
 	/* The top of the undo list. */
     undo *current_undo;
@@ -441,21 +408,23 @@ typedef struct rcoption {
 #endif
 
 typedef struct sc {
-    char *keystr;
-	/* The shortcut key for a function, ASCII version. */
-    key_type type;
-	/* What kind of command key it is, for convenience later. */
-    int seq;
-	/* The actual sequence to check once the type is determined. */
+    const char *keystr;
+	/* The string that describes a keystroke, like "^C" or "M-R". */
+    bool meta;
+	/* Whether this is a Meta keystroke. */
+    int keycode;
+	/* The integer that, together with meta, identifies the keystroke. */
     int menus;
 	/* Which menus this applies to. */
     void (*scfunc)(void);
 	/* The function we're going to run. */
+#ifndef NANO_TINY
     int toggle;
 	/* If a toggle, what we're toggling. */
     int ordinal;
 	/* The how-manieth toggle this is, in order to be able to
 	 * keep them in sequence. */
+#endif
     struct sc *next;
 	/* Next in the list. */
 } sc;
@@ -482,10 +451,18 @@ typedef struct subnfunc {
 	/* Next item in the list. */
 } subnfunc;
 
+#ifdef ENABLE_WORDCOMPLETION
+typedef struct completion_word {
+    char *word;
+    struct completion_word *next;
+} completion_word;
+#endif
+
 /* The elements of the interface that can be colored differently. */
 enum
 {
     TITLE_BAR = 0,
+    LINE_NUMBER,
     STATUS_BAR,
     KEY_COMBO,
     FUNCTION_TAG,
@@ -533,7 +510,10 @@ enum
     LOCKING,
     NOREAD_MODE,
     MAKE_IT_UNIX,
-    JUSTIFY_TRIM
+    JUSTIFY_TRIM,
+    SHOW_CURSOR,
+    LINE_NUMBERS,
+    NO_PAUSES
 };
 
 /* Flags for the menus in which a given function should be present. */
@@ -556,16 +536,28 @@ enum
 #define MMOST  (MMAIN|MWHEREIS|MREPLACE|MREPLACEWITH|MGOTOLINE|MWRITEFILE|MINSERTFILE|\
 		MEXTCMD|MBROWSER|MWHEREISFILE|MGOTODIR|MSPELL|MLINTER)
 
-/* Control key sequences.  Changing these would be very, very bad. */
-#define NANO_CONTROL_SPACE 0
-#define NANO_CONTROL_I 9
-#define NANO_CONTROL_3 27
-#define NANO_CONTROL_7 31
-#define NANO_CONTROL_8 127
+/* Basic control codes. */
+#define TAB_CODE  0x09
+#define ESC_CODE  0x1B
+#define DEL_CODE  0x7F
 
 /* Codes for "modified" Arrow keys, beyond KEY_MAX of ncurses. */
 #define CONTROL_LEFT 0x401
 #define CONTROL_RIGHT 0x402
+#define CONTROL_UP 0x403
+#define CONTROL_DOWN 0x404
+#define SHIFT_CONTROL_LEFT 0x405
+#define SHIFT_CONTROL_RIGHT 0x406
+#define SHIFT_CONTROL_UP 0x407
+#define SHIFT_CONTROL_DOWN 0x408
+#define SHIFT_ALT_LEFT 0x409
+#define SHIFT_ALT_RIGHT 0x40a
+#define SHIFT_ALT_UP 0x40b
+#define SHIFT_ALT_DOWN 0x40c
+#define SHIFT_PAGEUP 0x40d
+#define SHIFT_PAGEDOWN 0x40e
+#define SHIFT_HOME 0x40f
+#define SHIFT_END 0x410
 
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
 /* An imaginary key for when we get a SIGWINCH (window resize). */
@@ -582,11 +574,6 @@ enum
 /* The maximum number of entries displayed in the main shortcut list. */
 #define MAIN_VISIBLE (((COLS + 40) / 20) * 2)
 
-/* The minimum editor window columns and rows required for nano to work
- * correctly.  Don't make these smaller than 4 and 1. */
-#define MIN_EDITOR_COLS 4
-#define MIN_EDITOR_ROWS 1
-
 /* The default number of characters from the end of the line where
  * wrapping occurs. */
 #define CHARS_FROM_EOL 8
@@ -604,10 +591,4 @@ enum
 /* The largest size_t number that doesn't have the high bit set. */
 #define HIGHEST_POSITIVE ((~(size_t)0) >> 1)
 
-#ifdef REVISION
-#define BRANDING PACKAGE_VERSION"-git  "REVISION
-#else
-#define BRANDING PACKAGE_STRING
-#endif
-
 #endif /* !NANO_H */